Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
CAG2006-0582 - Original - Clements Bros, Inc. - Service Club Ballfield Restroom & Concession Building - 05/31/2006
Records Manza'' gement::�. KENT _ Document WASHINGTON CONTRACT COVER SHEET This is to be completed by the Contract Manager prior to submission to City Clerks Office. All portions are to be completed, if you have questions, please contact Mary Simmons, City Clerks Office. Vendor Name: �����.� / � //7 L° Contract Number: This is assigned by Mary Simmons Vendor Number: 14114:;,/S Project Name: 6eyilme, (,144 &l�{'-/fx�z Contract Effective Date: Contract Termination Date: Contract Renewal Notice (Days): Number of days required notice for termination or renewal or amendment Contract Manager: Alzo' Department: oepy. Abstract: ADCL7832 07/02 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made in triplicate, i s entered into between the CITY OF K ENT, a Washington municipal corporation ("City"), and Clements Bros, Inc., organized under the laws of the State of Washington, located and doing business at PO Box 7964 Bonney Lake, Washington 98391 ("Contractor"). WITNESS: In consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this Agreement, the parties agree as follows: 1. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for: Construction of the Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building in Kent, Washington in accordance with and as described in the Contract Documents and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under the Contract Documents and every part thereof. The Contract Documents shall include all project specifications, provisions, and plans; the City's general and special conditions; the 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations, if applicable ("Standard Specifications"); the City's bid documents; and the Contractor's response to the City's bid. Unless otherwise directed by the City, work shall start within ten (10) days after the City issues its Notice to Proceed and be completed within 120 calendar days. The Contractor shall provide and bear all expense of all equipment, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in the Contract Documents and every part thereof, except as mentioned in the specifications to be furnished by the City. 2. The City hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ, the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the Contract Documents and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the Contract Documents and the schedule of unit or itemized prices provided by Contractor in its response to the City's bid, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in the Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor for itself, and for its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor 4. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of entering into this contract, except as expressly provided herein. Project Name. Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building Page 1 5. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, volunteers and assigns harniless from any and all claims, injuries, damages, losses or suits, including all legal costs and attorney fees, arising out of or in connection with the performance of this contract, except for injuries and damages caused by the sole negligence of the City. The City's inspection or acceptance of any of Contractor's work when completed shall not be grounds to avoid any of these covenants of indemnification. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this contract is subject to RCW 4.24 115, then, in the event of liability for damages arising out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the Contractor and the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers, the Contractor's liability hereunder shall be only to the extent of the Contractor's negligence. IT IS FURTHER SPECIFICALLY AND EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD THAT THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE CONTRACTOR'S WAIVER OF IMIv1UNITY UNDER INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE, TITLE 51 RCW, SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS INDEMNIFICATION. THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE MUTUALLY NEGOTIATED THIS WAIVER. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this contract. 6. Contractor a grees, u pon t he C ity's w ritten demand, to make all books and records available to the City for inspection, review, photocopying, and audit in the event of a contract related dispute, claim, modification, or other contract related action at reasonable times (not to exceed three (3) business days) and at places designated by the City. 7. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the term of construction and throughout the specified term of maintenance, insurance of the types and in the amounts described in Exhibit A attached and incorporated by this reference 8. Contractor is responsible for locating any underground utilities affected by the work and i s d eemed t o b e an e xcavator for purposes of RCW Ch. 19 122, as amended. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with RCW Ch 19 122, including utilization of the "one call" locator service before commencing any excavation activities. 9. Contractor shall fully cover any and all loads of loose construction materials, including but not limited to sand, dirt, gravel, asphalt, excavated materials, construction debris, etc, to protect said materials from air exposure and to minimize emission of airborne particles to the ambient air environment within the City. Project Name. Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building Page 2 F f t IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF KENT BY: Z TE COOKE, MAYOR DA .�✓ O ATTEST: BRENDA JACOBER, CIT CLERK APPROVED AS TO FO KENT LAW DEPARTMENT CONTRACTOR: CLEMENTS BROS, INC. BY- 'a PRINT NAME: Tim J. Clements TITLE: President DATE: Uri Project Name. Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building Page. 3 WITNESS, if INDIVIDUAL OR PARTNERSHIP: d STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ) ss COUNTY OF KING ) ,--,On this _Z_3_ day of 2006, before me personally appeared to me known to be and of the corporation/individual that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they were authorized to execute said instrument and that the seal affixed is the corporate seal of said corporation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I ha ereunto y Ind and official seal the day and year first above written. /it 1* lotZ Metes ►�1 wh;te /� NOTARY PUBLIC, in and for the State of Washington, residing at -fa Mne( `�c► p My appointment expires 09-0q-Oq fill It ),I it Project Name: Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building Page 4 EXHIBIT A CITY OF KENT KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON BIDDER'S PACKET FOR SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID PROJECT NUMBER PR 2006-05 BID DUE: TUESDAY MAY 9, 2006 10:00 A.M. AT KENT CITY HALL CITY CLERK'S OFFICE 220 4TH AVENUE SOUTH KENT, WASHINGTON 98032 TO BE PUBLICLY READ ALOUD: TUESDAY, MAY 9, 2006 10:15 A.M. LORIHOGAN ACTING DIRECTOR OF PARKS, RECREATION & COMMUNITY SERVICES BIDDER'S NAME: �LEw( �S �JZgS, TiC1C . KENT WASHINGTON R BIDDER'S PACKET ORDER OF CONTENTS Location Map and Directions to Site Contractor's Compliance Statement Bid Proposal General Contractor's Request for References General Contractor's Qualification Statement Major Subcontractor List Greater Than 3% Subcontractor List Bid Bond Form Combined Affidavit & Certification Forms: Non-Collusion and Minimum Wage (Non Federal Aid) E.E.O. Policy Declaration City of Kent Administrative Policy No. 1.2 — MWBE Certification of Non-segregated Facilities Proposal Signature Page SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID 14608 SE 288th Street Kent, Washington 98042 Directions from 1-5: (southbound or northbound) Take the Kent-Des Moines Exit. Turn east (down the hill) onto Kent-Des Moines Road. Drive east on Kent-Des Moines Road/State Route 516, it will become Willis Street in the Kent valley. Turn north (left) onto Central Avenue. Turn east (right) onto Smith Street, it will become Kent- Kangley Road/SE 272"d Street Continue on Kent-Kangley Road to 144th Avenue SE Turn south (right) onto 144th Avenue SE. The project site is located at the northeast corner of 144th Avenue SE and SE 288th Street. �VO.TM19`� Sly j44�77Y xz ., fi plSo Yt?I r`711: r t a l � l,t �+ 1 �s, f: kr'f:1tar_n „ {.u, Vt ��9 r L00 St Se27td`� _ �'�' �• Ss 276't4�Pl Se 278t(l St? Loz Se 279tI Pt� a , Se 280th S4 18 �t 2Wnd S y o a22nd PI ro i Sc 280 St �: 1 cv > � r' Se 88th Pt �o Service Club Ballfield 46 __ ro ft � rr Se 297th St �"21985 Sty 299411 St S f �1 ' 2004 t'4 Q11Pit,t pill Inc.;0 2,044 NRVTEQ � r a CONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (President's Executive Order#11246) Date: 5&10& 2006 This statement relates to a proposed contract with the City of Kent named Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid. am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent that I (please circle one response) have or have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the President's Executive Order #11246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. BIDDER: mp)a ny Name By: 7VI N Contras or r Contractor's R resentative Signature Its: DATE: V d ADDRESS: [3oX 79tfa`� I�civ.u� Gi�f, For information about your previous contracts or subcontracts, consult http*//envirotext.eh doe.gov/data/eos/iohnson/l96509 24 html. BID PROPOSAL To The City Clerk City Hall 220 Fourth Avenue South Kent, Washington 98032 The undersigned hereby certifies that CC4---M4F-;kcly &k)& r,.. QC • has personally examined the job site and construction details of the work as outlined on the Plans and described in the Contract Documents for Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid for the City of Kent, Washington, and has read and thoroughly understands the Plans and Contract Documents, specifically including all specifications, governing the work in this project and the method by which payment will be made for said work and hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement in accordance with said iPlans and all Contract Documents and at the following schedule of rates and prices: NOTE TO BIDDERS: (1) Unit prices for all items, all extensions and total amount of bid must be shown. Show unit prices in both words and figures and, where conflict occurs, the written or typed words shall prevail. It is the intention of the City to award the entire contract to one contractor. (2) Washington State Department of Revenue Special Rule 170, and its related rules, applies to this contract. Under these rules, the City will automatically add retail sales tax to each payment made to the Contractor. Accordingly, the Contractor should not include retail sales tax i n t he U nit B id I tern (s) o r L ump S um Prices, s ubject t o c ertain I im)ted e xceptions. S ee WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 1-07.2. A. BASE BID: SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID I. BASE BID (LUMP SUM): $ C? /, �Z (fi ures) yr llL6i� ,f/ 4A ` /_✓6E 4 o IarE4'IeU (Written in dollars) Base bid amount should include all overhead, labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work. Work noted as "not in contract" abbreviated N.I.C_ is not included in Base Bid. 11. TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS (LUMP SUM) If the contract contains any work which requires trenching exceeding a depth of four (4)feet, all costs for adequate trench safety systems shall be identified as a separate bid item in compliance with Chapter 39.04 RCW. The purpose of this provision is to ensure that the bidder P p P P agrees to comply with all the relevant trench safety requirements of Chapter 49.17 RCW. If trench excavation safety provisions do not pertain to this project, put N/A for dollar amount. Failure to complete this requirement shall be considered as non-responsive to the bid solicitation. 1. Trench Excavation Safety Provisions Lump Sum $ -®-- 2 l_ �I,J (dollars) PROJECT TOTAL TOTAL LUMP SUM BID,,ITEMS I and If Lump Sum liars) (Written in dollars) _eve- 1. Import Fill PER C.Y. $ ys (dollars) (The price includes all la(or, materials, and equipment necessary to provide and place on site imported fill in accordance with Section 02300 of the Technical Specifications.) 2. Export Fill PER C.Y. $ 3S- ✓ Aye csi (dollars) (The price includes all I bor, materials, and equipment necessary to excavate and remove from site unsuitable soil in accordance with Section 02300 of the Technical Specifications.) eA- 3. Concrete Flatwork PER C.Y. $ .3: �� // (dollars) J � (The price includes all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to provide and install cubic yards of concrete flatwork as detailed and in accordance with Section 03311 of the Technical Specifications.) 4. FRP (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic) PER Sq.F. $ 4 /5 (dollars) (The price includes all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to provide and install square feet of FRP detailed and in accordance with Section 09770 of the Technical Specifications.) DO NOT INCLUDE SALES TAX The undersigned Bidder hereby verifies that these listed bid prices are true and correct in all respects. BIDDER: DATE: S�9'�t3 Lo (signature) By: Title: �Gk', (print name) Company Name: cc� n1-<, Address; City/state/Zip: Phone: �zs� 8,S z-Q373 GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S REFERENCES PROJECT NAME: SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID PR #2006-05 If you have not worked for the City of Kent in the past three years: Please provide three references for work performed similar in size and scope to the Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid Protect. At least two of the references should be from a public agency. Agency Name Address, city, state, zip Phone Contact Name Name of Project Amount of Contract (approx.) and Year Agency Name Address, city, state, zip Phone Contact Name Name of Project Amount of Contract (approx.) and Year Agency Name Address, city, state, zip Phone Contact Name Name of Project Amount of Contract (approx.) and Year Note: This form must be included with your bid. * I have worked for the City of Kent in 2003, 2004, or 2005. Name of Project: 6G'1!Fw'V �l} '- GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT ALL BIDDERS MUST COMPLETE THIS STATEMENT AND INCLUDE WITH BID. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES: CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. The City will use information offered by the Bidder in this Statement as a significant factor in determining whether the Bidder is responsible and able to perform the contract work. The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. SUBMITTED BY: ,I- fr, NAME: -✓, 'w-fr� ADDRESS: x 7Wo 9��11 PRINCIPAL OFFICE: x;44-i; A. Contractor Qualification Requirements This project calls for the construction of a 1,023 square foot restroom and concession building within a ballfield complex currently under construction in Kent, Washington. In order to be qualified to bid for this project, the city shall require the following qualifications of bidders: • The bidder shall construct the building using a minimum of 18% of his/her own forces. ■ The bidder shall have constructed at least one building in similar size and scope. 1. ORGANIZATION 1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? 51mc.e 19SO S(� y0AWS 1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? /LP 7a4p-S Iuc4p_r wlAJJf�,2: Grt-4*IVE- i.V 199� 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has our organization operated?�^ 1 �0f� C&4e4*"F�.7S �*cT j r j i�w � j 5�. CST 1.3 If your rganization is a corporation, answ the following- 1.3.1 Date of incorporation: `IlzVe 1.3.2 State of incorporation: wr/ sFe.�rcx�r 1.3.3 President's name: ,�,.,, v: C�r�,�euyS 1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s): 1.3.5 Secretary's name: \\ 1.3.6 Treasurer's name: r 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: 1.4.1 Date of organization: 1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable): 1.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s): 1.5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following: 1.5.1 Date of organization: 1.5.2 Name of owner: 1.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals: 2. LICENSING 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified tondo business, and indicate license numbers, if applicable. 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. GCJ/�SI j'J ntrdl�i� 3. EXPERIENCE 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. 5rrE-wuzc.j C�+�G - � Wcr�0 P-Frt"4,6nr61 3.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details ) 3.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it'? ffG 3.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your or its officers? 100 3.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years9 Ala 3.3 Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details ) /yU 3.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date. 3.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract: 4JyZ4J32:7 3.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces. 3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years: f Z 3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience n� d presseencommitments of the key individuals of your organization. —s — 3.7 On a separate sheet, list your major equipment. G:Xc C4%e- S'eo crzgwr`� 4. REFERENCES 4.1 Trade References: JI cQ.5i, ; C -w•ram Czs'-%,) 4.2 Bank References: US,- I�y+N k � �y�tie� �� C;-.X 33 4.3 Surety: ` 4.3.1 Name of bonding company. Afq S SCR, cmu�'� 4.3.2 Name and address of agent: O S;r, A 5. FINANCING 100 / F:�,-%-"4 /LUG scq-�s-c.c� � yPasti 5.1 Financial Statement. After bid opening, the City may require the following financial information from any of the three apparent low bidders. If so required, the selected bidder(s) must respond with this financial information within 24 hours of the City's request for that information. The City's request for this information shall not be construed as an award or as an intent to award the contract. A bidder's failure or refusal to provide this information may result in rejection of that bidder's bid. 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses); Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes); Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof: 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one, Section one? 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g , parent-subsidiary) 5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for construction? 6. SIGNATURE D 6.1 Dated at this day of / is , 2006. Name of Organization: CCF—&J-t loS 9 X10AJ c, By. Title: 6.2 A. being duly sworn, deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. Subscribed and sworn before me this a day of , 2006. Notary Public: t; My Commission Expires: Notary Public 3tste of W25111110000 WINDY E.BUCHEN WCOMMMUMIDWIMS APM,2e 2D00 MAJOR SUBCONTRACTOR LIST List each subcontractor, as indicated below, that shall perform subcontract work on the project in compliance with RCW 39 30.060., Bids on public works—When Subcontractors must be identified. This form must be submitted to the Owner within one (1) hour of the bid opening for the three apparent low bidders. Failure of the bidder to submit as part of the bid the names of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the naming of two or more subcontractors to perform the same work shall render the bidder's bid non-responsive and, therefore, void. The requirement of this section to name the bidder's proposed plumbing and electrical subcontractors applies only to proposed plumbing and electrical subcontractors who will contract directly with the general contractor submitting the bid to the public entity PROJECT NAME: SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE Plumbing as described in Chapter 18.106ppRCW Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Namer Item Numbers G/ �►//�f Subcontractor Name Item Numbers GREATER THAN 3% SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Due within five working days after Bid Opening) List each subcontractor, from any tier of subcontractors, that shall perform any subcontract work amounting to greater than 3% of the total bid contract price Subcontractors listed on the Major Subcontractor list may be omitted from this form. Least each bid item to be performed by each designated subcontractor in numerical sequence. If no subcontractors will be performing the specified percentage of the work, indicated this by writing "None" and signing this form. This document must be completed by the three apparent low bidders and submitted to the Owner within five (5) working days after bid opening; the City will reject all late submissions of this form. Your failure to name these subcontractors or yourself shall render your bid non-responsive and void. If additional space is required, copies of this form or similar type forms are acceptable. PROJECT NAME: SERVICE CLUB BALLRELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers BOND FORM Herewith find deposited to the City of Kent in the form of a cashiers check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ , an amount equal to five percent of the total bid. BID BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF KENT, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bond themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid. According to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS DAY OF 2006. PRINCIPAL: by : its: SURETY: by : its: s City of Kent Combined Affidavit & Certification Form: Non Collusion, Anti-Trust, Minimum Wage (Non Federal Aid) and Certification of Lawful Employment NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being first duly sworn, the undersigned deposes and says, that they are the identical person who submitted the foregoing proposal o r bid, a nd that such b id is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself/herself or to any other person any advantage over other bidder or bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti trust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that each of her/his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, depose, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, worker, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wage as specified in the principal contract, that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, and that I know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. AND CERTIFICATION OF LAWFUL EMPLOYMENT The Contractor hereby certifies that he/she has complied with all provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act, now or as hereafter amended, 8 USC Section 1101 et. seq., and that all employees, including subcontractor e mployees, a re lawfully permitted t o p erform work in the United States as provided in this agreement with the City of Kent. FOR: NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER, MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATION OF LAWFUL EMPLOYMENT NAME OF PROJECT SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID �3 NAME OF BIDDER'S FIRM a SIGNATURE OF UTHORIZEIJ--R PRESENTATIVE OF BIDDER (Notarization Required) [CORPORATEIPARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT] STATE OF WASHINGTON) ) ss. COUNTY OF K I N G ) I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she signed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the �7e�- of the Partnership orporatiorr to be the free and voluntary act of such Partnership/Corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. DATED- NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, residing at My commission expires Z� Kstary Public State ofWaamogtoa WINDY E BUCHEN w Cotwist M ocvuu;s APWL zs.zoos SIGNATURE OF AUTHO IZED RES NATIVE OF BIDDER (Notarization Required) [INDIVIDUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT] STATE OF WASHINGTON) ) ss. COUNTY OF K I N G ) I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that �/. c(,a4-" ��S is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she signed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it to be his/her free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. DATED: NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State ofWashington, residing at My commission expires C lJ�1C E Public sLingb90UCt1EIfs zoos DECLARATION CITY OF KENT EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POLICY The City of Kent is committed to conform to Federal and State laws regarding equal opportunity. As such, all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers who perform work with relation to this contract shall comply with the regulations of the City's Equal Employment Opportunity policies. The following questions specifically identify the requirements the City deems necessary for any contractor, subcontractor or supplier on this specific contract to adhere to. An affirmative response is required on all of the following questions for this contract to be valid and binding. If any contractor, subcontractor or supplier willfully misrepresents themselves with regard to the directives outlined, it will b e considered a breach of contract a nd it w ill b e a t the C ity's s ole determination regarding suspension or termination for all or part of the contract. The questions are as follows: 1. I have read the attached City of Kent Administrative Policy Number 1.2. 2. During the time of this contract I will not discriminate in employment on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, age, or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical disability. 3. During the time of this contract I, the prime contractor, will provide a written statement to all new employees and subcontractors indicating commitment as an equal opportunity employer 4. During the time of the contract I, the prime contractor, will actively consider the hiring and promoting of women and minorities. 5. Before acceptance of this contract I, the prime contractor, will sign an adherence statement that the requirements as heretofore outlined were complied with. By signing below, I �agree to fulfill the five requirements referenced above. Dated this day of 2006. By: Company: ci�=-� 4=A75, �%�S, ZCG Title: CITY OF KENT ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY NUMBER: 1.2 EFFECTIVE DATE: January 1, 1998 SUBJECT: MINORITY AND WOMEN SUPERSEDES. April 1, 1996 CONTRACTORS APPROVED BY Jim White, Mayor POLICY: Equal employment opportunity requirements for the City of Kent will conform to federal and state laws. All contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers of the City must guarantee equal employment opportunity within their organization and, if holding Agreements with the City amounting to $10,000 or more within any given year, must take the following affirmative steps: 1. Provide a written statement to all new employees and subcontractors indicating commitment as an equal opportunity employer. 2. Actively consider for promotion and advancement available minorities and women. Any contractor, subcontractor, consultant or supplier who willfully disregards the City's nondiscrimination and equal opportunity requirements shall be considered in breach of contract and subject to suspension or termination for all or part of the Agreement. Contract Compliance Officers will be appointed by the Directors of Planning, Parks, and Public Works Departments to assume the following duties for their respective departments. 1. Ensuring that contractors, subcontractors, consultants, and suppliers subject to these regulations are familiar with the regulations and the City's equal employment opportunity policy. 2. Monitoring to assure adherence to federal, state and local laws, policies and guidelines. CITY OF KENT CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES The undersigned certifies that s/he does not maintain or provide for her/his employees any segregated facilities at any of her/his establishments, and that s/he does not permit her/his employees to perform their services at any locations under her/his control where segregated facilities are maintained. The undersigned certifies further that s/he will not maintain or provide for her/his employees to perform their services at any location under her/his control where segregated facilities are maintained. The undersigned agrees that a breach of this certification will be in violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause set forth in this contract. As used in this certification, the term segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive, or are in fact segregated on the basis or race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The undersigned agrees that except where s/he has obtained identical certifications from subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000, which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause, that s/he will obtain identical certifications from subcontractors and that s/he will retain such certifications in her/his files. Ic P Signature: C I —' Title: n Company: 2�tlS. (rC, Address: I,- C/ .f ox ?y(r y City/State/Zip Date: i PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE The undersigned bidder hereby proposes and agrees to start construction work on the Contract, if awarded to him or her, on or before ten (10) calendar days from the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and further agrees to complete the Contract within approximately four (4) months after issuance of the City's Notice to Proceed. No bidder may withdraw her/his bid for a period of sixty 60 days after the day of bid opening. The required bid security consisting of cash, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount equal to 5% of the total amount is included. Notice of acceptance of this bid or request for additional information shall be addressed to the undersigned at the address stated below. Receipt of Addendum No.'s E3- to the plans and/or specifications is hereby acknowledged. By signing this proposal Signature Page, the undersigned bidder agrees to be bound by all terms, requirements and representations listed in the bid documents whether set forth by the City or by the Bidder. NAME OF BIDDER: � wtt�LiTa � S �.L o(I Ct /n�struction Company Signature: Date: f/9 ") Printed Name: Title: Address: P. U Phone: �S 3� 85-Z 'U37-� BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposited to the City of Kent in the form of a cashiers check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ 5% of Total Bid Amount------- an amount equal to five percent of the total bid. BID BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we Clements Bros, Inc. as Principal, and North American Specialty Insurance Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF KENT, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (5 o) of the Total Bid Amount-- Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bond themselves, their heirs, executors, admjnistratcrs, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building. According to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obli Igoe; or if the Principal shall in case of failure so to do a and forfeit to the 9 P . P Y Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 4th DAY OF May 2006_ PRINCIPA . C ements Bros, Inc. by : its SURETY- North American Specialty Insurance Company by \JftWtJ� its' Holly E. Olfers, Attorney-in-Fact f NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,TI IAT North American Specialty Insurance Company,a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire,and having its principal office in the City of Manchester,New I lantpshire,and Washington international insurance Company,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of file State of Arizona and having its principal office m the City of Itasca, IlhnolS,each does hereby make,constitute and appoint Mary A.Dobbs,David J Forsyth, Steven W Palmer and holly E Ulfers Jointly or severally Its true and lawful Attomcy(s)-m-Fact,to make,execute,seal and deliver,for and on its behalf and as its act and deed,bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of bond on behalf of each of said Companies,as surety,on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law,regulation,contract or otherwise,provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of TEN MILLION(10,000,000 00)DOLLARS This Power of Attorney Is granted and is signed by facslmllr,under and by the authority of the followin-Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington international insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 24`h of March,2000 "RESOLVED,that any two of the President,any Executive Vice President,any Vice President,any Assistant Vice President,the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be,and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds,undertakings and all contracts of surety,and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company, and it is FURTI IER RESOLVED,that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile,and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond,undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached" \\ Q��tlltlalllrbq/ ,`;�4 ,Uunnn.q `�.o�piipuryf yip/. Z 0N41 yHs`',, 6 G�0.Peq�T G9'� =a SFAI� o= Puut0 AmstuBir,Proal&ChnfE%ffrrtlVe OfGcerof Wushmghrn ln(arnubon d lnrunnI,Company,4 •Q jiI.QRPO{�tiEtY,.,' ± Zm 1873 \PWo` vae Prc,o&.i rNorth American Spottily imerdnce compilerLE SEAL Y Slcvan P Anaarsnn,Esaulm SSca Pnsu4nl of Wushington Intermit renal Insu ranee Company& Vlfe PresdaM or North American Spwalty insumoce Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF,North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed,and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 30 day of December 12002 North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Du Page SS' On this 30 day of December ,20 02,before me,a Notary Pabl:c personally appeared Paul D Amstutz Piesident and CLO of Washington International insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Steven P Anderson Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally known to me,who being by me duly swam,acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies am YA01rYrAMrB rroxrnv Ptrrat n.in ar Raww Yasm n A Patel,Notary Public 1, James A Carpenter , the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington international Insurance Company,which is still in full force and effect IN WITNESS WIIEREOF,I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this day of ✓ J 20 v J ores A Capci la,V ae PresnhnI S Assnl un Sccref.oy of W c4mgom Inlcrnatiun d In'tmmae coral & Amr.Lint sara.ry afNurih Amanc in Spcu illy Inver mac Comp my J YYYYY � YYYYYYY = � YYYYY O N 0) O (D O O CO O N 0 0 (D 0 0 u7 0 0 LO a 00 co 00 (D U') V ONONNNMM (N V d' r N 't Ce) Clrr Mr 00 h (n N (D N r- LO r r r d O 0 0 z Ozz w H O W p0p1= Uw Q Yd �QW (� YLLOOZO wW � Y0a VT � g O 9omQ = � 0ozQa 2Zz = Q w J W E2� cn _ ` iQQZD- O () Mzw � w0 :: U = )OwLL UZ = aF- UObD * wnawZe = W Iu)( Z� n � Dz > j (90Dw� vONco00 (ornn � o0or- rnrn (Dro00 (3) co r (O O 4 (M f- Q) r N f� N 1` 000OON W M CO CO h r d' N N 1M N M O r LO LO It (A (DN Z 00 (c) h (n M CD 1-- NM r CO 'TO (n 1D .1 00 (Dr G 40) r v CD CD ao N M O LO U) (n (M IN (O (D N COr N W m (D (D N 'q 0 CCO w) 'q 'D CN CO M (0r CN i LO O M 47 1O00f� NNd' OMd' V N ((� �tOr (f) " O O M O M N O O M (n N LO O (n CD M O M O M 0.. (ON ([) CO (n NCO CO tC) NN (A (I] CO (nO (n N U 200 Fn Z <U) � � g = m 0 m Z w Z� � Z Q a M Y Z Y Q a/ Q2 `ozYZI- Ozw < QF- mQwQ Q ui Z C) U Ycn Ugw U g J W L V w U W J J -( Q rG 'w Q �' W Z Fo < 0 ° o < aomo = 1- wow ° 0 W 2 = w U Q V ® !- 0 -z' � �w Z LU Z 0 Q Q �z = Uww :E LL Q � w p } � z F- Y LL - aZg QO < twooD _ L J W � 2 >- z5ZOVZOQQ WoDHDw m 0 mc¢nmofYgF- � >_0 n0 �- F � po � o � wjoozOoJQ o0OO2 =0oxUw:� n (nzUJ3 fm � WH -J ~ ao > fwQwQ U UUn6U > m5 w > -0z w IL U) Q M Lo M LD -h �fi M M co NN N � OM0MM r� W �/� 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0000000000 o 00 (A M 0) 0 M M A (0 W N N N N N N N N N N N N N N r r r r r r a-- t • � ! I l � i l ! I I i i W W ! ! I I �JQ0CC W W 0�woa U I f i i + t Z io �I vJF W •C)tnQ I I w- io UOUO l cya CD n 0 J W m� I III I W I O� o Lo i UFOr c0 I a I I I I ( I i I I Q W Q a ' F W Fn Q O + �0 N� � � I I I ¢oaf I I ODUO ( I I I ( I I I N~ U¢ mr I I ! ( I I ! Z_ Q i GW ¢ I I O ? Wv 0: '� (rl I k I I I I o �! rUQO Uz2m , i ouu i o 1 m I I I I I I �F d! I I I I I , I Q ► � ! ii ! I (.5 I I Iil l { I ! I w I z Vi a¢ U)i p — I I I I ! In U Oo t i I JI I I I I I 0LL- Lu 0 +y5 00 z m �; ' �a1 ! ! I FW- I 5' O O W w In4 I i j i a IL O O qOj ¢� 'j I I I I 1 ( I o U_ Ld W p +I ! ; i I I 1 p p ca G ( l j, I I I I i J J _1 p O Z Z T �I C� !,dd' I to I (D r� I CO I CD T N C� ( r} ( N OO O O m RESUME TIM J . CLEMENTS 12115 224TfI AVE E SUMN4ilt, WA 583:J0 r �- s� S 1984 TO PRESENT I �cI T C0. 7 INC. (SINCE 1950) POSITION: PRESIDENT OF SMALL ESTABLISHED LOCAL COMMERCIAL GENERAL CONTItACT011 COMPANY. RI:SPuNS[B I L I TI ES INCLUDE ALL ASPEC'PS OF RUNNING, A IIHOGRESS I VE AND II [CH QUALITY Oil t ENTED CONSTRUCTION BUSINESS, INCLUDING BIDDING, MATLR1.lL RLCIUISIT[ ON, SCHEDULING, SUBCONTRACT COORDINATfON, PROJECT MANACiPMENT, ADMINIS'1`RA"1'ION, FILLD SUPERVISION AND ENCINL'ERING, AND INSTALLATION. 1981 TO iS83 MORRI `ON -KNUDS EN CO. , KETTLE FALLS, WA POSITION: 'MECHANICAL FIELD I?NGfNEER AND ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT ON A DF ;IGN/BUILD $167 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE' KETTLE FALLS WOOD F1RL:D GENERATING FACILITY ( 4o MEGAWATTS ) FOR THE WASHINGTON WATER POWI,'R COMPANY. PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITIES WEitE 'CO HELP SUPPORT ANI) St171L2HVISF. ALL ASPECTS OF MECIIANICAL INSTALLATIONS, SMALL AND LAR61: BORE PIPING (INCLUDING HIGH PRESSURE S'I'LAM) Rorl,l:R ERL:CTION AND INSTALLATION ALONG WITH ASSOCIATED POINUIS "N't) EoU I P1 r wr . WORKED ON THE PROJ L CT FROM I N I ' Al, GROUND BREAKING UP THROUGH AND INCLUDING Th.STING AND 'I'URNOVI;R. 1979 TO 1981 MOHRISON-RNUDSEN CO. SATSOP, WA POSITION: I- II?LD ENGINEER AT IVI'PSS NUCLEAR PROJECT #3 AND 45 FOR THE MAIN $150 MILLION STRUC i'URAL CONTRACT OF 'I'llL. REACTOR AUXILLARY AND DULL HANDLING BUILDINGS, DUTIES VAftfl• D OVER THE DURATION OF II'MPLOYMENT WHICH INCLUDED : CHANGE ORDER EVALUATION, CONCl11E'I'E FOItbI DU-3IGN/I)E'I'AILLR, STRUCTURAL FIELD ENGINEER, LEAD SCHEDULING ENGINcER FOR UNIT ItS, AND "LEAD ENGINEL,.R FOIL THE CONSTRUCTAB1LITY RLVIEW 'CEAM. 1079 CI, CO CONCRETE FORM SYSTEMS SHATTLE, WA POSITION: CONCRETE PORiv[ DESIGNER/RETAILER FOR LA12GE COMMERCIAL HIGH IIIS17 BUILDINGS. WORK INCLUDED DETAILING FIELD DRAWINGS OF FORM PL ACI hfF:NT AND Eld C`1'I ON OF SLIPPED FORMED IVALL`i AND 1'LEVATE:D `SLABS. EDUCATION IISCIE UNIVERSITY OF WASHING"TON, 1979 EXHIBIT B INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Insurance The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. A. Minimum Scope of Insurance Contractor shall obtain insurance of the types described below: 1. Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non-owned, hired and leased vehicles Coverage shall be written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CA 00 01 or a substitute form providing equivalent Lability coverage. If necessary, the policy shall be endorsed to provide contractual liability coverage. 2. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 and shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, independent contractors and personal injury and advertising injury The City shall be named as an insured under the Contactor's Commercial General Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performed for the City. 3. Excess Liability insurance covering both the Commercial General Liability and Automobile policies. 4. Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington B. Minimum Amounts of Insurance Contractor shall maintain the following insurance limits: 1. Automobile Liabilty insurance with a minimum combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 per accident. 2. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written with limits no less than $1,000,000 each occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate and a $2,000,000 products- completed operations aggregate limit 3. Excess Liability insurance shall be written with limits no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence in excess of both the CGL and Auto Liability policies cited above. C. Other Insurance Provisions The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions for Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability: 1. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respect the City. Any insurance, self-insurance, or insurance pool coverage maintained by the City shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 2. The Contractor's insurance shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be cancelled by either party, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. 3. The City of Kent shall be named as an additional insured on all policies (except Professional Liability) as respects work performed by or on behalf of the contractor and a copy of the endorsement naming the City as additional insured shall be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. The City reserves the right to receive a certified copy of all required insurance policies. The Contractor's Commercial General Liability insurance shall also contain a clause stating that coverage shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respects to the limits of the insurer's liability. D. Contractor's Insurance For Other Losses The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools, Contractor's employee owned tools, machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor, or the Contractor's agents, suppliers or contractors as well as to any temporary structures, scaffolding and protective fences. E. Waiver of Subrogation The Contractor and the City waive all rights against each other any of their Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extend covered by Builders Risk insurance or other property insurance obtained pursuant to the Insurance Requirements Section of this Contract or other property insurance applicable to the work. The policies shall provide such waivers by endorsement or otherwise. F. Acceptability of Insurers Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A M. Best rating of not less than A•VII. G. Verification of Coverage Contractor shall furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the amendatory endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional insured endorsement, evidencing the Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance of the Contractor before commencement of the work. H. Subcontractors Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the same insurance requirements as stated herein for the Contractor. 1 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. 181047 TO CITY OF KENT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Clements Bros, Inc. as Principal, North American Specialty and Insurance Company , a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire as a Surety Corporation and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become Surety upon bonds of Contractors with Municipal Corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF KENT in the penal sum of $ 639,551.42 , together with any adjustments, up or down, in the total contract price because of changes in the contract work, for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, and the Codes and Ordinances of the CITY OF KENT. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to a motion, duly made, seconded and passed by the City Council of the City of Kent, King County, Washington, on May 16, 2006, the Mayor of the City of Kent has let or is about to let to the above bounden Principal, a certain agreement, the said agreement providing for construction of the Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid (which agreement is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto); AND WHEREAS, the said Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the agreement, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth: I i TWO WITNESSES: North American Specialty P R I N C I P L :C1 ements Bros, Inc. SURETY CO. Insurance Company SignatureZ3��G SHre o u lyE.. Ulfers (Prin mi) 1 (Print Name) CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE SEAL 1 hereby certify that I am the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within Bond; that Who signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal ^actfr"arl!5 1�Tr.C�S, -�(fC Of said Corporation; that I know his/her signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. SIGNED: BY: \' ( Its SECRETARY (or ASSISTANT SECRETARY) _ \l nA Pie-, Z! C'P n, 7� Print Name DATE: 01 4' NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHiNGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,THAT North American Specialty insurance Company,a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire and having Its principal office in the City of Manchester,New Hampshire,and Washington International Insurance Company,a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having Its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois,each does hereby make-constitute and appoint Mary A Dobbs,David J Forsyth, Steven W Palmer and Holly E Ulfers Jointly or severally Its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact,to make,execute,seal and deliver,for and on its behalf and as its act and deed,bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies,as surety,on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law-regulation,contract or otherwise,provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of TEN MILLION(10,000,000 00)DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 24`h of March,2000 "RESOLVED,that any two of the President,any Executive Vice President,any Vice President,any Assistant Vice President,the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be,and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds,undertakings and all contracts of surety,and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company, and it is FURTHER RESOLVED that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile,and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond,undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached" O�s GhUT y J, /?�ijNTe"' aa-LOWP�R� Gym: - _ SEAL T� yn' Paull)Amsmitc,President&Chief ExecutneOfficer of Washmgmn International Insurance Company& ;o}CORPORATEI M u Z 1273 0 re Vim President of North American Specialty Insurance Company Z t SEAL :c i36NANPsrdael`�� �5f dR2GUaaa: ��/4iJ/ NIIIII�N�"\v\ By -- "n,*.auF"" Steven P Anderson,Executive Bice President orwushnrgton International Insurance Company& Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF,North American Specialty insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed,and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 12 day of July 2004 North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington international Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Du Page SS On this 12 day of July 20_L4,before me,a Notary Public personally appeared Paul D Amstutz President and CEO of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty insurance Company and Steven P Anderson Executive Vice President of Washington Intemabonal Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally known to me,who being by me duly sworn,acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney,as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies I� p arra}al FA TM YAplN AiNT MOENeP11alC arart Lrr aua}a Yasmm A Patel,Notary Public I, James A Carpenter , the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington international Insurance Company,which is Mill in full force and effect IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this 18t i ay of May 12006 James A Carpenter Vice President&Assistant Secretary of Washington international Insurance Company& ASSlatant Secreter)of Nonh Amen can Specialty Insurance Company .4 e -AC'ORP, CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 05izzi26' PRODUi ER (800)362-S220 FAX (800)496-6054 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION AAA Insurance, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE PO Box 1957 HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Tacoma, WA 98401-1957 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED Clements Brothers, Inc. INSURERA Western National Assurance 24465 P.O. Box 7964 INSURERB Bonney Lake, WA 98391 INSURER INSURER D INSURER E COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS INSR DD' TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICYEFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION DATE(mmonnim DATE(mminn[YY) LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY GL300008359 08/29/2005 08/29/2006 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGETO RENTED $ 100,000. CLAIMS MADE �OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) S 5,000 A PERSONAL&ADV INJURY S 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GENT AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY PRO LOC JECT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CA300005450 08/29/2005 08/29/2006 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ A SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) X HIREDAUTOS BODILY INJURY $ X NON-OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC S AUTO ONLY AGG S EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE 5 1,000,000 X OCCUR CLAIMS MADE XL3000005226 OS/22/2006 08/29/2006 AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 A $ DEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $ 10,00 $ 1(1i&XwXX GL300008359 08/29/2005 08/29/2006 1 wcSTATU- I X 2- EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY A ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNER/EXECUTIVE EL EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? EL DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E L DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 21000,000 OTHER DESCRIPTION pF OPERATIONS ILgCAntie QN I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONg ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SffCIAL PROVISIONS e: Service Club Ball d Restroom and Concession Building pro3ect. he City of Kent is added as additional insured. Coverage is primary and non-contributory to the xtent provided under CG0001, per attached CG2003 (0704). aiver of subrogation applies per the attached company endorsement #CG2404 10 93. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN N TO E CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT City of Kent BUT PAILURE TO MAIL UCHNOT IMPOSE O OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY 220 Fourth Avenue S. NV DUPONT EINSU ER,I S GEN OR RE ESENTATIVES Kent, WA THORIZED PR IVE ACORD 25(2001108) ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 f POLICY NUMBER GL300008359 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 10 93 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: City of Kent (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as appli- cable to this endorsement) The TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US Condition(Section IV—COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS)is amended by the addition of the following We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or"your work"done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard" This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above CG 24 04 10 93 Copyright, Insurance Services Office 1992 Page Inc, Page 1 of 1 ❑ �4 HNti I(��! hICE PAGE 01/04 05118f 20©6 04:55 CI.EMEWS 3RQ,9 INC KEN-Tr WA5IIHOTCM 'ARKC R20MATION& May 17, 2006 wimay OERvress JaM Hodewn air Tim Clements, President r�,00n:953-M-5100 Clements Eros, Inc. FW 26$46e-Wn PO Box 7964 Bonney Lake,WA 98391 2n Fourth Ave,S. Kant WAOWW-SM RE: Notification of Award Dear Mr. Clements: One bid was reciWed and opened May 9, 2006 for the service Club Balifield Restroorn and Concession Building prof®ct. Clements Bros, Ino. is the apparent low bidder in the amount of $687,823.00 plus appifaabla Washington State Sales Tax of 8.8%. Kent City Council awarded the contract based on the bid proposal at the May 16, 2006 Council meeting. We are looking forward to a good working partnership with you. If you have any questions, please call me at(253) 856-5116, Sincerely, Shane Gilbertson, Project Manager Parks and Open Space Enclosure: Bid Tab C: Lori Hogan, Acting Director Parks, Recreation $Community Services Lori M. Flemm, Superintendent Parks and Open Space Pare Baum, Parks Accountant SMGljb AAA INSUF,RNICE PAI, E 02'/04 • � BATE IMn MDIYYTYI ACDRDM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE �- 05/10/2006 PpOnur-FR C80D)362--52z0 PAX (800)4 -6054 THIS CF-RTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION AAA InsuranCe, Inc. Old%Y AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEN0,EXTEND OR PO Bole 1957 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFOrdDEO BY THE.__E POLICIEML w• Tacoma, WA 98401-1957 PPISUfZERS AFFORDING,COVBFSAtiE �N/+IC!! e+sUw�i Clements Bathers, 1ne, vsufiE�a Western National Assurance 24465 P.D. Sax 7964 HsuPER9. Bonney Lake, WA 98391 INSURER C NSURER D, — ��-- rvsurtele Y CO Q9S -- -- _ 'T"r.POIXMS nF INSURANCE LISTI=O BELOW HAVE BEE71 ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVF FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NO7WTHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDTTION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DUCLh1tNT V0 rh RESPECT TO WPHItH TIV3 CCRTITIOATE WA nE I£S',TbD OP MAY PERTA'N,THE:INSURANCE 6FFORDED BY THE POLICES DESCRIBED HERE,N IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TER11,S EXCLUSIONS AND CONOITtC,Ng OF SUCH POLICIES ACCREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY H4V BEEN REDUCED BY PATS C111MS Do- R�LICYERFRCTNE n P�U Y iP�j�?�1—Nr�—~---- TYPSOF INSUnANCE NUmmC Pvucr p -Dnn�A'.nnluu n Pr ee , L,��_� ;IMR5 GENERAL LIAWLITY CL300009359 09/29/2005 08/29/2006 'eALH OQCURFENCE+ 3 1F000,CD0 dM+Gc TO rtEl.T +L X COMMERCIAL GENERA'.LIAEILITY ,AI.L,�FgrF. CUre6"a�. f IDO,QDO CLAIMS MApE FIX OCCUR I M5o Cxr,(AA,enc pamj'I x S.000 A MERsaNALLADV N�URY f 1 000,000 u'SNFPAL AOGRtiGATE f z ODD,00 GEM L AGGREGATE L,MITAPPUES PER, RRDOLCTS-COMPIOP ACC f Z,()()0.000 1 POLICY jRC Loc AUTOMOIIILE uaqulY CA300003450' 08/29/2005 n8J29/2006 ppNOwEp RtNGL6 LIMIT PAWAUTO Fadeaeexl �3 1,00D 00 %.L awEO Au"CE 90pLr,N1LRY �F SChEDLLED 0.VT09 (F®rcP-srn) HIRED AUTOS BOPI'tN�VRy x 140N-6NrNED AU703 --- PRCFEA'YCAWAGE S (par aix-IO ) 3ApAtie LlAnau Y AJTO Or LY-EA ACCICEMr f ANY AUTO OTWERTHA14 EA 4CC' s AJTO UNLY, _ AG^, S _ E7tc.ESSOLMRE1-1-A UABLITY [AEI I OUDI-NTREWT : 1 000 A DccuR �GAIMSMADE XL300005226 DS/22/2006 i 08/?9/2006 A CReGATF i 1 0001100 roucTlxt 10.D00 RFIENTAN 3 �ler»Y�xxTvxatX +cxx cL�000alsas9 as/zg/zees 08/2912006 'Aru- X OTh CMPLOYERS'UASUry .l.3Y.kMiTc ?NV PRQPRfETOp E L EACH AC411-ENT _ E 1c QQ0 QOO AfPARrN�RIE7.ECtJT'tVE UFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E L D'SGA,I6•GA EMPLOYE 3 1_a QDD 1 yyse,dseGrMe,ptlf� _ SPEC64L FRCNTSIONS Celm iIT CVF.AUB-POLICY LIVIT t 1,000 00 OTViI;R — —_ I , ESCRIPTION OF OP T10N8; /VENICLES/ExCLUGIOM AU[IED BY ENOOR3[MFNl S pC'AL►ROVIy10n� I E: Service Rub 6a I0 d Restroam ani Concession BU-1 ing Project. The City of Kent is added as additional insured, Coverage is primary and non-Concl'iI21Qt0ry to the xtent provided under attached endorseroePt NCC2076 07 04. Bever of subrogation applies per the attached company endorsetwnt OCC2404 10 93. F Tdf: _---- CELLALTIO i _ 51.OULD ANY OF TH!AWI'!DESCRIBED F'OLICICS BE CAN;ELL60 WORT THE EXPIRATION DATI THEREOF,THE ISSUING lNSARER'.MLL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 3-(J—fAy-WRITTEN NOTICETO TH!CERTFICATE MOLDER NAMED To THE IXPT, City of Kent PVT FA)LUPL TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IWPO-E No ORLIGATION On LIABIUTY 220 Fourth Aven%e S. OFANV_RINO UPON rVEIMSMER,ITS XMH16CVKP vRciENTA-VEc Kent, WA 99032-5995 auTnnlNLeD roeFYresFNTarn[ _ Daniel Welch_/31sE 1 <, ACOR0 2B(2eovaFq FAX: (253)856-6050 VACORD CORPORATION 1980 nnn •i v��rri _G FADE 03/04 • S ISO Commercial Gcoorsl Ltahtitty Fo;ms Count'yAid•. r'V01'04 Latest Fnims POLICYNUMBER -GL300008359 COMMERCIAL GENERAL L IABUTY CG 20 26 07 04 Tuts 6 ORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASF READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - DESIGNATED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement rnodlfes insurance provided under the following, COrAMFRCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 3C"MULE Nam®Of Additional Insured PersonjS O�Or antzation sI ` lnformiatIon raquirad to complete this Schedule, if not shown above,will be be shown in the De-,la-rations, Section It Who is An insured is ame7ded to 4,icluda as an atrditwnal insured the person (s)ar orgnni7ANW(s)shown in the Schedule,but only with respect to liabit ty for"bodily Injury","propprty damage"or"personal and advertising injury"rat,sed, in rvnole Cr lr pan, by your arts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acbrv4 on your behalf' A, in the performance of your ongoing operatcon5;or 8 In connection with your premises owned r y or rented to you. CG 20 26 07 OA 0 ISO Properties, inc., 2004 LIY JfWl1' C PAGE 04/04 POLICY NUNWER GL300008359 C OMI NTERCLAL,GENERAL LMILITY CG 24 04 10 93 THIS ENDC>PSEMENT C RANGES 1HE POLICY. PLEASE READ Yr CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following, COMNMEN'C[AL GENERtAL 4IABILITY COVERAGE PART SCFREDUZ-E Name of Person or Organization, City of Kent (If no entry appears above, information tequired to complete this endorsement will be shown in thr Dectarattons as appb cable to!hes endwt anent) The MANSFER n� RIGIffS 0F'RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS IO US CondmDu(Section IV—COMMERCIAL GENE2a1-LIARtt 1TY CONDITIONS) +s amended by the aklticn of the following N'a e,aive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above becluse of payment,we snake for injury or damage arising out of yocr ongoing apenitions or "your work" done under a voneact Witn that person or e-gy,uwtou au,i tnct4dcd to tho "ptoduetsrc'r:zpletrd�'parat�nn5 hazard" 7'lus uaiv'er 2p;rl;e5 only to th` person or organization shown in the Schedule above CG 24 94 10 93 Cowright,Insurance 5ervic¢s Mc,inc,, 1992 Page 1 of 1 0 O` 00ce8 Project Manual 5-Jq Co,c,tm Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid Project Address: 14608 SE 288t' Street, Kent, Washington Owner: City of Kent Architect & Prime Consultant: Parks, Recreation & Community Services David A. Clark Architects, PLLC Attn Shane Gilbertson Attn. Dave Clark, AIA 220 4th Avenue South Sheryl Stacy Kent, WA 98032 33017 134th Avenue SE (253) 856-5115, FAX (253) 856-6050 Auburn, WA 98092 Cell (253) 740-6630 (253) 351-8877, FAX (253) 804-6566 sgilbertson@ci.kent wa.us serviceclubbidsCLDclarkarchitects corn Mechanical Engineer: Electrical Engineer: TEC Engineering, Inc. J Omega Engineering, Inc. Attn: Goren Hattatoglu, PE Attn: Ed David, PE 1450 114th Avenue SE, Suite 220 724 Ericksen Avenue, Suite 201 Bellevue, WA 98004 Bainbridge Island, WA 98110 (425) 453-4040; FAX (425) 454-7043 (206) 855-4600, FAX (206) 855-4601 gchattatoglu(a)engineerin9.tecinc.com edavidaiomegaengineerinq.com ' Structural Engineer: Staaleson Engineering, PLLC Attn* Darrell Staaleson 10024 SE 240th Street, Suite 230 Kent, WA 98030-5124 (253) 520-0388; FAX (253) 520-0387 dstaal(cDstaleng.com ENT WASHINGTON i SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM &CONCESSION BUILDING KEN T APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS W A S H I M O T Q N CITY OF KENT Issued: 5/5/06 Distributed via Fax and US Maillipage total NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Kent is issuing an Approval of Substitutions to the SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING-- REBID, PR 06 05 plans and specifications. The approval is as follows: APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS: The following items have been accepted in accordance with the project manual. This acceptance is an approval of quality only. No attempt has been made to check each item as to special features, capacities, or physical dimensions especially required by this project. It shall be the responsibility of the proposer, supplier, manufacturer and Contractor to conply with all requirements and specifications before submitting a bid. Should the accepted item be later found by the Architect to not be equal, it shall be replaced with the specified item at no additional cost to the Owner. ARCHITECTURAL: SecdonPaae Paragraph Substitution Manufacturer 07410 3 2.01 A SL-1750 Titan Snap Lock metal roof Custom Built Metals ELECTRICAL Fixture Type Approved Substitution Model No. Manufacturer FSA Nulite FG232UNVEBS Nulite FW SPC-0812 Spectrum END OF APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS s Service Club Ballfield 05/05/06 Restroom & Concession Building Approval of Substitutions TO 39Gd SMV8 1N3N d0 AM 0909998ESZ �Z0:91 900Z/G0/90 r CITY OF KENT KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON PROJECT MANUAL 1 SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - ' REBID iPROJECT NUMBER PR 2006 - 05 BIDS ACCEPTED UNTIL: TUESDAY, MAY 9, 2006 10:00 A.M. DELIVER TO: ■ CITY OF KENT, CITY HALL CITY CLERK'S OFFICE, FIRST FLOOR 220 4TH AVENUE SOUTH KENT, WASHINGTON 98032 BID OPENING: TUESDAY, MAY 9, 2006 10:15 A.M. COUNCIL CHAMBERS, FIRST FLOOR LORI HOGAN rACTING DIRECTOR OF PARKS, RECREATION & COMMUNITY SERVICES i i KENT WASH IN G T O N r i ORDER OF CONTENTS SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING -REBID Project # PR 2006 - 05 Location Map and Directions to Pre-Bid Meeting and Park Site Call for Bids TAB I Samples of: Contractor's Compliance Statement Bid Proposal General Contractor's Request for References General Contractor's Qualification Statement Major Subcontractor List Greater Than 3% Subcontractor List Bid Bond Form Combined Affidavit & Certification Forms: Non-Collusion and Minimum Wage (Non-Federal Aid) E.E O Policy Declaration City of Kent Administrative Policy No. 1.2 — MWBE Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities Proposal Signature Page Agreement/Contract: To Be Completed After Award of Bid Performance Bond Form and Certificate as to Corporate Seal, To Be Completed After Award of Bid EEO Compliance Statement: To Be Completed After Project is Completed Bidder's Check List TAB II Kent Parks Special Provisions TAB III Technical Specifications ' TAB IV Prevailing Wages ATTACHMENTS: Bidder's Packet, Plans SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID 14608 SE 2881, Street Kent, Washington 98042 Directions from 1-5: (southbound or northbound) Take the Kent-Des Moines Exit. Turn east (down the hill) onto Kent-Des Moines Road. Drive east on Kent-Des Moines Road/State Route 516, it will become Willis Street in the Kent valley. Turn north (left) onto Central Avenue. Turn east (right) onto Smith Street, it will become Kent- Kangley Road/SE 272"d Street Continue on Kent-Kangley Road to 1441h Avenue SE. Turn south (right) onto 144th Avenue SE. The project site is located at the northeast corner of 144th Avenue SE and SE 288th Street. _.., 17 em.. Sc� I""""' �,�, _�k�- Fd�rca1'►��L��ak� 1.I�r�tati `° � '��� � '� � w'�a �► w� �At� S 'd?0 ^. Ir'�I tm _Se 27,2h St , _ W 4 St �� Ise 2734t1?t �r t S 2T 4 �.• ` Se 2 27 LJ - e 28_t 1t 7 . ." Sc 2aZid 282rid PI se 6,s Service Club Ballfield 294th P1 SO 299i 5d dO � � t?iftst 2004 .+mm Ina.• &9 2t1tt4 NAV TEQ CALL FOR BIDS - REBID NOTICE 1 S H EREBY G IVEN that the City of Kent, Washington, will receive sealed bids at the City Clerk's office through Tuesday, May 9, 2006 up to 10 00 a m as shown on the clock in the City Clerk's office located on the first floor of Kent City Hall, 220 4th Avenue South, Kent Washington 98032-5895. All bids must be properly marked and sealed in accordance with the "Call for Bids" Bids must be delivered and received at the City Clerk's office by the above-state time, regardless of delivery method, including US Mad All bids will be opened and read publicly aloud Wednesday, April 19, 2006 at 10:15 a m. for the City of Kent project named as follows Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - Rebid. The project consists of, but is not limited to, construction of a 1,023 sq. ft. restroom and concession 1 building at a ball field complex. The proposed budding will consist of two restrooms, concessions, carpentry, utilities, concrete flatwork, masonry and roofing. The Architect's estimate for this project is $557,822 Questions about the project can be directed to Shane Gilbertson, City of Kent, at (253) 856-5115 or sgdbertson(a)ci kent wa.us Bid documents may be obtained by contacting Kent Parks Planning & Development at (253) 856-5110, 220 4th Avenue South Kent, WA 98032 or from the City of Kent's Procurement web page www ci.kent.wa.us/procurement/index.asp . Only bidders who obtain full sets of the bidding documents will be listed on the official "Planholder's List" used for distribution of addendum and other official and legal purposes. Bids must be clearly marked "Bid" with the name of the project on the outside of the envelope, addressed to the City Clerk, 220 4th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032-5895. Only sealed bids will be accepted. No facsimiles will be considered Each bid shall be in accordance with plans and specifications and other contract documents now on file in the Parks, Recreation & Community Services Office, 220 4th Avenue South, City Hall, Kent, Washington Copies of the Plans and Special Provisions may be purchased at a nonrefundable cost of $50.00 for each set. A $20.00 penalty fee will be charged for checks with insufficient funds Copies of the 2002 WSDOT Special Provisions are available for perusal only. A cashier's check, postal money order, or surety bond in the amount of 5% of the bid is required The City of Kent reserves the right to reject any and all bids on any or all schedules or alternates or to waive any informalities in the bidding and shall determine which bid or bidder is the most responsive, satisfactory and responsible bidder and shall be the sole judge thereof. No plea of mistake in the bid shall be available to the bidder for the recovery of her/his deposit or as a defense to any action based upon the neglect or refusal to execute a contract Bidders must submit with their initial bid a signed statement as to whether they have previously performed work subject to the President's Executive Order Number 11246. 1 No bidder may withdraw his/her bid for a period of sixty (60) days after the day of anticipated bid opening. Published in the King County Journal and Daily Journal of Commerce on: 4/27/06. ICONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE STATEMENT (President's Executive Order#11246) 4l A / +' Date: , 2006 �;N- ,.,, M �v This statement relates to a proposed contract with the City of Kent named Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid. I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor. I represent t hat I (please c ircle o ne response) have or have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the President's Executive Order #11246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. BIDDER: Company Name By: Contractor or Contractor's Representative Signature Its: DATE: ADDRESS: ' For information about your previous contracts or subcontracts, consult http.//envirotext.eh.doe gov/data/eos/iohnson/196509.24.html. BID PROPOSAL : To The City Clerk �� City Hall 220 Fourth Avenue South V Kent, Washington 98032 The undersigned hereby certifies that _ has personally examined the job site and construction details of the work as outlined on the Plans and described in the Contract Documents for Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid for the City of Kent, Washington, and has read and thoroughly understands the Plans and Contract Documents, specifically including all specifications, governing the work in 1 this project and the method by which payment will be made for said work and hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement in accordance with said Plans and all Contract Documents and at the following schedule of rates and prices: NOTE TO BIDDERS: (1) Unit prices for all items, all extensions and total amount of bid must be shown. Show unit prices in both words and figures and, where conflict occurs, the written or typed words shall prevail. " It is the intention of the City to award the entire contract to one contractor. (2) Washington State Department of Revenue Special Rule 170, and its related rules, applies to this contract. Under these rules, the City will automatically add retail sales tax to each payment made to the Contractor. Accordingly, the Contractor should not include retail sales tax in the Unit Bid Item (s) or Lump Sum Prices, subject to certain limited exceptions. See WSDOT Standard Specifications, Section 1-07.2. A. BASE BID: SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCES ULDING - REBID � I. BASE BID (LUMP SUM): $ (figures) (dollars) (Written in dollars) Base bid amount should include all overhead, labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work. Work noted as "not in contract' abbreviated N.I.C. is not included in Base Bid. II. TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY PROVISIONS (LUMP SUM) If the contract contains any work which requires trenching exceeding a depth of four (4) feet, all costs for adequate trench safety systems shall be identified as a separate bid item in compliance with Chapter 39 04 RCW The purpose of this provision is to ensure that the bidder agrees to comply with all the relevant trench safety requirements of C hapter 4 9 17 R CW. I f trench excavation safety provisions do not pertain to t his p roject, p ut N/A for d ollar a mount Failure to complete this requirement shall be considered as non-responsive to the bid solicitation. 1. Trench Excavation Safety Provisions Lump Sum $ (dollars) Ill. PROJECT TOTAL `_tOTAL LUMP SUM BID, ITEMS 1 and II Lump Sum $ (dollars) jWrittan,in dollars) B. UNIT PRICE BIDS It The following are Unit Prices that are totally inclusive of whatever is required a each item in its entirety including overhead and fees and including all requirements for such items and same may be utilized, at the sole discretion of the Owner, for anges, additions or deletions to the work at any time throughout the Project. Item no. Unit Item with Unit Priced Bid 1. Import Fill PER C.Y. $ (dollars) (The price includes all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to provide and place on site imported fill in accordance with Section 02300 of the Technical Specifications.) 2. Export Fill PER C.Y. $ (dollars) (The price includes all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to excavate and remove from site unsuitable soil in accordance with Section 02300 of the Technical Specifications.) 3. Concrete Flatwork PER C.Y. $ (dollars) (The price includes all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to provide and install cubic yards of concrete flatwork as detailed and in accordance with Section 03311 of the Technical Specifications.) 4. RFP (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic) PER Sq.F. $ (dollars) (The price includes all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to provide and install square feet of FRP as detailed and in accordance with Section 09770 of the Technical Specifications.) DO NOT INCLUDE SALES TAX The undersigned Bidder hereby verifies that these listed bid prices are orrect in all respects. g�� BIDDER: DATE: (signature) By: Title: (print name) Company Name: Address: City/State/Zip: Phone: r GENERAL CONTRACTORS REFERENCES PROJECT NAME: SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCE ILDING - REBID PR#2006 - 05 If you have not worked for the City of Kent in the past three years: Please provide three references for work performed similar in size and scope to the Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid Project. At least two of the references should be from a public agency. Agency Name Address, city, state, zip Phone Contact Name Name of Project Amount of Contract (approx.) and Year Agency Name Address, city, state, zip Phone Contact Name Name of Project Amount of Contract (approx.) and Year Agency Name Address, city, state, zip Phone Contact Name Name of Project Amount of Contract (approx.) and Year Note: This form must be included with your bid. ❑ I have worked for the City of Kent in 2003, 2004, or 2005. Name of Project: GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT ALL BIDDERS MUST COMPLETE THIS STATEMENT AND INCLUDE WIC BID. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES: CONSULT A H AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR M *5 ON. The City will use information offered by the Bidder in this Statement as a significa in determining whether the Bidder is responsible and able to perform the contract work. .A The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and suffici'fntly complete so as not to be misleading. SUBMITTED BY: NAME: ADDRESS: PRINCIPAL OFFICE: A. Contractor Qualification Requirements This project calls for the construction of a 1,023 square foot restroom and concession building within a ballfield complex currently under construction in Kent, Washington. In order to be qualified to bid for this project, the city shall require the following qualifications of bidders: ■ The bidder shall construct the building using a minimum of 18% of his/her own forces. ■ The bidder shall have constructed at least one building in similar size and scope. 1. ORGANIZATION 1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? 1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated? 1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: 1.3.1 Date of incorporation: 1.3.2 State of incorporation: 1.3.3 President's name: i 1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s): 1.3.5 Secretary's name: 1.3.6 Treasurer's name. a,r 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: 1.4.1 Date of organization: 1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable): 1.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s): 1.5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following: 1.5.1 Date of organization: 1.5.2 Name of owner: 1.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals: 2. LICENSING 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, and indicate license numbers, if applicable. 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed. 3. EXPERIENCE 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own ' forces. 3.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below i s yes, p lease attach details.) 3.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? 3.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding against your or its officers? 3.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to construction contracts within the last five years? 3.3 Within the last five years, h as a ny officer o r p nncipal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it faded to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.) 3.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction protects your organization has in progress, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date 3.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract: 1 3.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving the name of project, owner, architect or design engineer, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of tFLe cost of the work performed with your own forces. 904# 3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work perfor �I g the past five years: 5 3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commit el) the key individuals of your organization. 3.7 On a separate sheet, list your major equipment. 4. REFERENCES 4.1 Trade References: 4.2 Bank References: 4.3 Surety: 4.3.1 Name of bonding company: 4.3.2 Name and address of agent: 5. FINANCING 5.1 Financial Statement. After bid opening, the City may require the following financial information from any of the three apparent low bidders If so required, the selected bidder(s) must respond with this financial information within 24 hours of the City's request for that information. The City's request for this information shall not be construed as an award or as an intent to award the contract A bidder's failure or refusal to provide this information may result in rejection of that bidder's bid. 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheet and income statement showing the following items: Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses); Net Fixed Assets; Other Assets; Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes); Other Liabilities e. capital, capital stock authorized and tstandin ( g , ca P P 9 shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings). �,^�� C 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial stateme�— ate thereof: -9 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization namp; N> page one, Section one? 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g , parent-subsidiary). 5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for construction? 6. SIGNATURE 6.1 Dated at this day of , 2006. Name of Organization: By: Title: 6.2 being duly sworn, deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading. i Subscribed and sworn before me this _ day of 2006. Notary Public: My Commission Expires: MAJOR SUBCONTRACTOR LIST List each subcontractor, as indicated below, that shall perform subcontract work ect in compliance with RCW 39.30.060., Bids on public works—When Subcontractor identified. This form must be submitted to the Owner within one (1) hour of ethid opening for the three apparent low bidders. Failure of the bidder to submit as part o the names of such subcontractors or to name itself to perform such work or the naming of two or more subcontractors to perform the same work shall render the bidder's bid non-responsive and, therefore, void. The requirement of this section to name the bidder's proposed plumbing and electrical subcontractors applies only to plumbing and electrical subcontractors who will contract directly with the general contractor submitting the bid to the public entity. PROJECT NAME: SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE Plumbing as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers GREATER THAN 3% SUBCONTRACTOR LIST (Due within five working days after Bid Opening) ] List each subcontractor, from any tier of subcontractors, that shall perform any subc` tr amounting to greater than 3% of the total bid contract price. Subcontractors listed on th e Subcontractor list may be omitted from this form. Least each bid item to be performed by each designated subcontractor in numerical sequence. If no subcontractors will be performing the specified percentage of the work, indicated this by writing "None" and signing this form. This document must be completed by the three apparent low bidders and submitted to the Owner within five (5) working days after bid opening; the City will reject all late submissions of this form. Your failure to name these subcontractors or yourself shall render your bid non-responsive and void. If additional space is required, copies of this form or similar type forms are acceptable. PROJECT NAME: SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposited to the City of Kent in the form of a cashiers check, cas 4" ertotal d in the amount of $ , an amount equal to five perce bid. BID BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF KENT, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the S urety bond themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid. According to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal, and the Principal shall duly rmake and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this tobligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS DAY OF , 2006. PRINCIPAL- by : its: SURETY: by its: City of Kent Combined Affidavit & Certification Form: Non Collusion, Anti-Trust, Minimum Wage (Non Federal Aid) and Certificafion,'4 Lawful Employment ' NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being first duly sworn, the undersigned deposes and says, that they are the identical person ' who submitted the foregoing p roposal o r bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself/herself or to any other person any advantage over other bidder or bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER ' Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti trust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price u nder t his o rder o r contract. I n a ddition, vendor warrants a nd represents that each of ' her/his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. ' AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, depose, say and certify that in connection with the ' performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, worker, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wage as specified in the principal contract, that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, and that I know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. AND 1 CERTIFICATION OF LAWFUL EMPLOYMENT U' The Contractor hereby certifies that he/she-has complied with all provisions of the4l tin n and Nationality Act, now or as hereafter amended, 8 USC Section 1101 et. seq., andfinte employees, i ncludin s ubcontractor e m to ees, a re I awful) ermitted to erform work 1 9 P Y YP P United States as provided in this agreement with the City of Kent. FOR: NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER, MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATION OF LAWFUL EMPLOYMENT NAME OF PROJECT SERVICE CLUB BALLFIELD RESTROOM AND CONCESSION BUILDING - REBID rNAME OF BIDDER'S FIRM 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 k� qq YlF- R�a SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF BIDDER (Notarization Required)1 [CORPORATEIPARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT] 1 STATE OF WASHINGTON) ) ss. COUNTY OF K I N G ) 1 I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she signed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she 1 was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the of the Partnership/Corporation to be the free and 1 voluntary act of such Partnership/Corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. 1 DATED: 1 NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, residing at 1 My commission expires 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 l"3 SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF BIDDER (Notarization Required) y`f [INDIVIDUAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT] r STATE OF WASHINGTON) ' ) ss. COUNTY OF K I N G ) I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that is the person who appeared before me, rand said person acknowledged that he/she signed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it to be his/her free and voluntary act for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. ' DATED: NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, residing at My commission expires 5, DECLARATION CITY OF KENT EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POO`Y, .�, The City of Kent is committed to conform to Federal and State laws regarding equal appartunity. As such, all contractors, subcontractors and s uppliers w ho perform work with rel ti6"this tcontract shall comply with the regulations of the City s Equal Employment Opportunity policies. ' The following questions specifically identify the requirements the City deems necessary for any contractor, subcontractor or supplier on this specific contract to adhere to. An affirmative response is required on all of the following questions for this contract to be valid and binding. If any contractor, subcontractor or supplier willfully misrepresents themselves with regard to the directives o utlmed, it w ill b e considered a b reach of contract a nd 1 t w ill b e at the City's sole determination regarding suspension or termination for all or part of the contract. rThe questions are as follows: ' 1. I have read the attached City of Kent Administrative Policy Number 1.2. 2. During the time of this contract I will not discriminate in employment on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, age, or the presence of any sensory, mental or physical disability. 3. During the time of this contract 1, the prime contractor, will provide a written statement to all new employees and subcontractors indicating commitment as an equal opportunity employer 4. During the time of the contract I, the prime contractor, will actively consider the hiring and promoting of women and minorities. 5. Before acceptance of this contract I, the prime contractor, will sign an adherence statement that the requirements as heretofore outlined were complied with. By signing below, I agree to fulfill the five requirements referenced above. ' Dated this day of 2006. By: Company: Title: n 1 �4 CITY OF KENTF ADMINISTRATIVE POLICYf�;, 1 x a NUMBER: 1.2 EFFECTIVE DATE: January 1, 19 SUBJECT: MINORITY AND WOMEN SUPERSEDES: April 1, 1996 CONTRACTORS APPROVED BY Jim White, Mayor POLICY. Equal employment opportunity requirements for the City of Kent will conform to federal and ' state laws. All contractors, subcontractors, consultants and suppliers of the City must guarantee equal employment opportunity within their organization and, if holding Agreements with the City amounting to $10,000 or more within any given year, must take the following affirmative steps 1. Provide a written statement to all new employees and subcontractors indicating commitment as an equal opportunity employer. 2. Actively consider for promotion and advancement available minorities and women. Any contractor, subcontractor, consultant or supplier who willfully disregards the City's nondiscrimination and equal opportunity requirements shall be considered in breach of contract and subject to suspension or termination for all or part of the Agreement. 1 Contract Compliance Officers will be appointed by the Directors of Planning, Parks, and Public Works Departments to assume the following duties for their respective departments. 1 1. Ensuring that contractors, subcontractors, consultants, and suppliers subject to these regulations are familiar with the regulations and the City's equal employment opportunity 1 policy. 2. Monitoring to assure adherence to federal, state and local laws, policies and guidelines. 1 c� CITY OF KENT ` CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES The undersigned certifies that s/he does not maintain or provide for her/his emplo �yy segregated facilities at any of her/his establishments, and that s/he does not permiter/his employees to perform their services at any locations under her/his control where segregated facilities are maintained. The undersigned certifies further that s/he will not maintain or provide for her/his employees to perform their services at any location under her/his control where segregated facilities are maintained. The undersigned agrees that a breach of this certification will be in violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause set forth in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive, or are in fact segregated on the basis or race, color, religion, or tnational origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. SThe undersigned agrees that except where s/he has obtained identical certifications from subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $ 10,000, which a re n of exempt ' from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity Clause, that s/he will obtain identical certifications from subcontractors and that s/he will retain such certifications in her/his files. Signature: 1 Title: Company: Address: City/State/Zip Date: 1MAI G y9 PROPOSAL SIGNATURE PAGE � • ,- The undersigned bidder hereby proposes and agrees to start construction work on'tJh0C6i,',j ract, if awarded to him or her, on or before ten (10) calendar days from the date of issuargcie o,f- e Notice to Proceed, and further agrees to complete the Contract within approximately for (4) months after issuance of the City's Notice to Proceed. No bidder may withdraw her/his bid for a period of sixty 60 days after the day of bid opening. The required bid security consisting of cash, bid bond, or cashier's check in an amount equal to 5% of the total amount is included. Notice of acceptance of this bid or request for additional information shall be addressed to the undersigned at the address stated below. Receipt of Addendum No.'s to the plans and/or specifications is hereby acknowledged. By signing this proposal Signature Page, the undersigned bidder agrees to be bound by all terms, requirements and representations listed in the bid documents whether set forth by the City or by the Bidder. NAME OF BIDDER: Construction Company Signature: Date: Printed Name: Title: Address: Phone: r CONTRACT A,� THIS AGREEMENT, made in triplicate, is entered into between the CITY I,, NT,a Washington municipal corporation (City"), and organized under the laws of the State of located and doing b `iness at ("Contractor"). WITNESS: hi consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this Agreement, the parties agree as follows: 1. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, and equipment for: Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building in Kent, Washington in accordance with and as described in the Contract Documents and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under the Contract Documents and every part thereof. The Contract Documents shall include all project specifications, provisions, and plans; the City's general and special conditions; the 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations, if applicable ("Standard Specifications"); the City's bid documents; and the Contractor's response to the City's bid. Unless otherwise directed by the City, work shall start within ten (10) days after the City issues its Notice to Proceed and be completed within 120 calendar days. The Contractor shall provide and bear all expense of all equipment, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in the Contract Documents and every part thereof, except as mentioned in the specifications to be furnished by the City. 2. The City hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ, the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the Contract Documents and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the Contract Documents and the schedule of unit or itemized prices provided by Contractor in its response to the City's bid, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in the Contract Documents. 3. The Contractor for itself, and for its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor. 4. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City by reason of entering into this contract, except as expressly provided herein. .. 1 5. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, volunteers and assigns harmless from any and all claims, injures, daim4ges, losses or suits, including all legal costs and attorney fees, ansing out of or in connec wn wO the performance of this contract, except for injuries and damages caused by the sole negligee of the City. � The City's inspection or acceptance of any of Contractor's work when completed shall not be grounds to avoid any of these covenants of indemnification. Should a court of competent jurisdiction determine that this contract is subject to RCW 4 24 115, then, in the event of liability for damages ansing out of bodily injury to persons or damages to property caused by or resulting from the concurrent negligence of the Contractor and the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers, the Contractor's liability hereunder shall be only to the extent of the Contractor's negligence. IT IS FURTHER SPECIFICALLY AND EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD THAT , THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE CONTRACTOR'S WAIVER OF IMMUNITY UNDER INDUSTRIAL INSURANCE, TITLE 51 RCW, SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS INDEMNIFICATION. THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE MUTUALLY NEGOTIATED THIS WAIVER. , The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this contract. 6. Contractor agrees, upon the City's written demand,to make all books and records available to the City for inspection, review, photocopying, and audit in the event of a contract related dispute, claim, modification, or other contract related action at reasonable times (not to exceed three (3)business days) and at places designated by the City. , 7. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the term of construction and throughout the specified tenn of maintenance, insurance of the types and in the amounts described in , Exhibit A attached and incorporated by this reference. 8. Contractor is responsible for locating any underground utilities affected by the work and is deemed to be an excavator for purposes of RCW Ch 19.122, as amended. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with RCW Ch. 19.122, including utilization of the "one call" locator service before commencing any excavation activities. , 9. Contractor shall fully cover any and all loads of loose construction materials, including but not limited to sand, dirt, gravel, asphalt, excavated materials, construction debris, etc, to protect said materials from air exposure and to minimize emission of airborne particles to the ambient air environment within the City. 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this agreeme 'uto beApiecuted the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF KENT BY: SUZETTE COOKE, MAYOR DATE: ATTEST: BRENDA JACOBER, CITY CLERK APPROVED AS TO FORM: KENT LAW DEPARTMENT CONTRACTOR BY: PRINT NAME: TITLE: DATE: i WITNESS,if INDIVIDUAL OR PARTNERSHIP: STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ss COUNTY OF KING ) On this day of , 2006,before me personally appeared and to me known to be and of the corporation/individual that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they were authorized to execute said instrument and that the seal affixed is the corporate seal of said corporation IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written. NOTARY PUBLIC, in and for the State of Washington,residing at My appointment expires r r a •J EXHIBIT B INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS Insurance The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. A. Minimum Scope of Insurance Contractor shall obtain insurance of the types described below 1. Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non-owned, hired and leased vehicles Coverage shall be written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CA 00 01 or a substitute form providing equivalent liability coverage. If necessary, the policy shall be endorsed to provide contractual liability coverage 2. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on ISO occurrence form CG 00 01 and shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, independent contractors and personal injury and advertising injury. The City shall be named as an insured under the Contactor's Commercial General Liability insurance policy with respect to the work performed for the City. 3. Excess Liability insurance covering both the Commercial General Liability and Automobile policies 4. Workers' Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington B. Minimum Amounts of Insurance Contractor shall maintain the following insurance limits: 1. Automobile Liability insurance with a minimum combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 per accident. 2. Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written with limits no less than $1,000,000 each occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate and a $2,000,000 products- completed operations aggregate limit 3. Excess Liability insurance shall be written with limits no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence in excess of both the CGL and Auto Liability policies cited above. C. Other Insurance Provisions The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions for Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability. 1. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respecttfi�'City Any insurance, self-insurance, or insurance pool coverage maintained by th ,City, � shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. 2. The Contractor's insurance shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not bO�� cancelled by either party, except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certifi mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City. 3. The City of Kent shall be named as an additional insured on all policies (except Professional Liability) as respects work performed by or on behalf of the contractor and a copy of the endorsement naming the City as additional insured shall be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. The City reserves the right to receive a certified copy of all required insurance policies The Contractor's Commercial General Liability insurance shall also contain a clause stating that coverage shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respects to the limits of the insurer's liability D. Contractor's Insurance For Other Losses The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause whatsoever to any tools, Contractor's employee owned tools, machinery, equipment, or motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor, or the Contractor's agents, suppliers or contractors as well as to any temporary structures, scaffolding and protective fences. E. Waiver of Subrogation The Contractor and the City waive all rights against each other any of their Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extend covered by Builders Risk insurance or other property insurance obtained pursuant to the Insurance Requirements Section of this Contract or other property insurance applicable to the work. The policies shall provide such waivers by endorsement or otherwise. ' F. Acceptability of Insurers Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VII. G. Verification of Coverage Contractor shall furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the amendatory endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional insured endorsement, evidencing the Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance of the Contractor before commencement of the work. H. Subcontractors Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the same insurance requirements as stated herein for the Contractor. PERFORMANCE BOND TO CITY OF KENT � KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: b That we, the undersigned, Varincipal, and , a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington as a Surety Corporation and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become Surety upon bonds of Contractors with Municipal Corporations, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF KENT in the penal sum of $ , together with any adjustments, up or down, in the total contract price because of changes in the contract work, for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, and the Codes and Ordinances of the CITY OF KENT Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to a motion, duly made, seconded and passed by the City Council of the City of Kent, King County, Washington, on May 16, 2006, the Mayor of the City of Kent has let or is about to let to the above bounden Principal, a certain agreement, the said agreement providing for construction of the Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid (which agreement is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto); AND WHEREAS, the said Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the agreement, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth: Leo NOW, THEREFORE, for non FHWA projects only, if the Principal shall faithfully perform I the provisions of said agreement in the manner and within the time herein set forth, or w#Win 4"1 extensions of time as may be granted under the said agreement, and shall pay all la`bbrers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men, and all persons who shall supply the Principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work and shall indemnify and hold the CITY OF KENT harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said agreement or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said agreement within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the CITY OF KENT, then and in that event this obligation ' shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounden parties have executed this instrument under their separate seals. The name and corporate seal (if required by law) of each corporate party hereto affixed and duly signed by its undersigned representatives pursuant to authority of its governing body. PRINCIPAL: PRINCIPAL: BY: BY: r Signed Signed TITLE- TITLE. , DATE: DATE- ADDRESS: ADDRESS- City, State Zip City, State, Zip CORPORATE SEAL: TWO WITNESSES: (For Principal's signature) 0, Yb SURETY CO. SURETY CO. r Signature Signature (Print Name) (Print Name) CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE SEAL I hereby certify that I am the (Assistant) Secretary of the Corporation named as Principal in the within Bond; that tWho signed the said bond on behalf of the Principal Of said Corporation; that I know his/her signature thereto is genuine, and that said Bond was duly signed, sealed, and attested for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. SIGNED: BY: Its SECRETARY (or ASSISTANT SECRETARY) Print Name DATE: CITY OF KENT CUP p' EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE STATE This form shall be filled out AFTER COMPLETION of this project by the Contr -e I, the undersigned, a duly represented agent of Company, hereby acknowledge and declare that the before-mentioned company was the prime contractor for the contract known as Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid that was entered into on the day of 2006, between the firm I represent and the City of Kent I declare that I complied fully with all of the requirements and obligations as outlined in the City of Kent Administrative Policy 1.2 and the Declaration City of Kent Equal Employment Opportunity Policy that was part of the before-mentioned agreement. DATED this day of , 2006. BY Print Name: For: Title: STATE OF WASHINGTON) )ss. COUNTY OF KING ) I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she signed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute the instrument, and acknowledged it as the of the Partnership/Corporation to be the free and voluntary act of such Partnership/Corporation for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. WITNESETH my hand and seal this_ day of , 2006. NOTARY PUBLIC for the State of Washington My commission expires BIDDER'S CHECKLIST Project: Service Club Ballfield Restroom and Concession Building - ReBid The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms that must be executed in full as required: Failure to comply shall result in rejection of any bid not so complying. A) BID PROPOSAL The unit prices and alternate bid(s) and lump sum base bid must be shown in the space provided Show prices in both words and figures B) REQUEST FOR REFERENCES: This form is to be completed by the bidder. C) CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT- This form is to be completed by the bidder. D) SUBCONTRACTOR LISTS Indicate all subcontractors (and yourself, if applicable) that will perform work amounting to more than ten percent of the total contract price. These three (3) forms must be completed and submitted by the time and day as indicated E) BOND ACCOMPANYING BID- This form is to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid is accompanied by a certified check. The amount of this bond must equal 5% of the total amount bid and shall be shown in both words and figures. F) COMBINED AFFIDAVIT AND CERTIFICATION FORM: This form must be subscribed to and sworn before a Notary Public G) E.E.0 POLICY DECLARATION- To be completed and signed by the bidder. H) DISADVANTAGED MINORITY or WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE CERTIFICATION: If applicable to bidder 1) CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREAGATED FACILITIES: To be completed and signed by the bidder. J) PROPOSAL SIGNATURE SHEET: To be completed and signed by the bidder. The following City of Kent forms are to be executed after the Agreement is awarded: IA) PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT: Executed by the successful bidder. B) PERFORMANCE BOND/CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE SEAL: T o be executed by the successful bidder and his surety company The following City of Kent form is to be executed after completion of the project: C) EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE. To be executed after completion and prior to acceptance by Owner. Retainage will not be released by Owner until receipt of this Affidavit DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1-01.1 General 1-01.2(2) Items of Work and Units of Measurement 1-01.3 Definitions 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 Qualification of Bidders 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications 1-02 4(1) General 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information 1-02 5 Proposal Form 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal 1-02.7 Bid Deposit 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal 1-02.11 Combination and Multiple Proposals 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals ' 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1-03 1 Consideration of Bids 1-03.3 Execution of Contract 1-03.4 Contract Bond 1-03.7 Judicial Review 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK 1-04.1(1) Bid Items Included in the Proposal 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications and Addenda 1-04.5 Procedure and Protest by the Contractor 1-04.9 Use of Adjacent Properties 1-04.11 Final Clean Up 1-04.12 Off-Site Disposal 1-04 12(1) Disposal Within Wetlands 1-04.12(2) Special Contractor Indemnification Relating to Disposal 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05 3(1) Request for Information 1-05.4 Conformity with and Deviations from Plans and Stakes 1-05.4(1) Surveying 1-05.4(2) Staking ' 1-05 4(3) Conformance 1-05 4(4) Deviation 1-05.4(5) Preservation 1-05.4(6) Control Stakes 1-05.8 City's Right to Correct Defective and Unauthorized Work 1-05.10 Guarantees 1-05.11 Final Inspection 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing (APWA Only) 1-05.12 Final Acceptance 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment Contractor 1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors 1-05.16 Water and Power 1-05.17 Oral Agreements 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed 1-07.2 State Taxes 1-07.2(1) General ' 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax—Rule 171 1-07.2(3) State Sales Tax—Rule 170 1-07 2(4) Services 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses 1-07.9(1) General 1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage 1-07.14 Responsibility for Damage 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control 1-07.15(1) General Conditions 1-07.15(2) Clearing Requirement 1-07.15(3) Protection of Clearing Areas 1-07.15(4) Inspection and Maintenance of TESCP Facilities 1-07.15(5) Additional Measures 1-07.15(6) Catch Basin Protection 1-07.15(7) Vehicle Maintenance and Storage 1-07 15(8) Failure to Perform TESCP 1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 1-07.16(5) Archaeological and Historical Objects 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities 1-07.17(1) Utility Locations 1-07.17(2) Interference 1-07.17(3) Notification of Excavation 1-07.17(4) Site Inspection 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic 1-07.23(1)A Traffic Restrictions on the Contract Work 1-07 23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours 1-07.24 Rights of Way 1-07.26 Personal Liability of Public Officers 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1-08 Pre-construction Conference 1-08 3 Progress Schedule 1-08 3(1) Hours of Work 1-08 3(2) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of City Employees 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work 1-08.5 Time for Completion 1-08.6 Suspension of Work 1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension 1-08.8 Extensions of Time 1-08 9(1) Liquidated Damages 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities. 1-09 9 Payments 1-09.9(1) Retained Percentage 1-09 9(2) City's Right to Withhold Certain Amounts 1-09.9(3) Markup Limitations for Extra Work 1-09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction 1-09.13 Final Decision and Appeal 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10 2(2) Traffic Control Plans 1-10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards 1-10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor 1-10.3(3) Construction Signs 1-10.4 Measurement 1-10 5 Payment 1-11 OTHER GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1-11.1 Coordination of Work with City 1-11.2 Conformance to Requirements of King County 1-11.3 Road Maintenance 1-11.4 General Restoration 1-11.5 Landscape Restoration KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Kent Parks Special Provisions modify and supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2002 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations ("Standard Specifications"). Otherwise all provisions of the Standard Specifications except the Division 1 APWA Supplement (pp. 1-109 through 1-130) shall apply. All reference in the Standard Specification to the State of Washington, its various departments or directors, engineer, project engineer, or to the contracting agency, shall be revised appropriately to read City and/or City Representative except for reference to State statutes or regulations. These Kent Special Provisions also modify and supersede the General Parks Special Provisions Finally, all of these documents are a part of this contract. Each specification contains all current specifications applicable to the particular work and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS SECTION 1-01.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-01.1 General. When these Special Provisions make reference to a "Section", for example, "in accordance with Section 1-0V, the reference is to the WSDOT Standard Specifications with all modifications as shown in these Special Provisions. SECTION 1-01.2(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-01.2(2) Items of Work and Units of Measurement. Ea Each Eq. Adj. Equitable Adjustment FA Force Account Hr Hour Hund. Hundred Mgal. Thousand gallons NIC Not In Contract SF Square Feet SECTION 1-01.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-01.3 Definitions. City Representative The City of Kent's Representative who directly manages the administration of a construction project. Contract Documents The Kent Parks Special Provisions modify and supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2002 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations ("Standard Specifications") as of the effective date of this contract Otherwise all provisions of the Standard Specifications EXCEPT the APWA Supplement (pp. 1-109 through 1-130) shall apply. Finally, all of these documents area part of this contract Each specification contains all current specifications applicable to a particular work and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. Also incorporated into the Contract Documents by reference are: 1. Standard Plans (M21-01) for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the American Public Works Association, current edition; 2. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, current edition, and; 3. American Water Works Association Standards, current edition; Incidental Work The terms incidental to the project, incidental to the involved bid item(s), etc , as used in the Contract Documents shall mean that the Contractor is required to provide the specified work complete and the cost of such work shall be incidental and included in the unit contract prices as specified in Section 1-04.1 (Intent of the Contract) No additional payment will be made. Owner The City of Kent or its representative. Standard Details A set of specific plans or drawings developed and adopted by the City of Kent, which show frequently recurring components of work that have been standardized for use, hereinafter referred to as the "Standard Details" or the "City of Kent Standard Details". Standard Specifications The Standard Specifications for this contract are contained in the following publications: 1. "2002 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction," prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and the American Public Works Association (APWA) Washington State Chapter, including all published amendments issued by those organizations. Please note, however, that the Division 1 APWA supplement to the Standard Specifications (pp 1-109 through 1-130) does not apply and is not a part of this contract. 2. "Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction," current edition, prepared by the WSDOT and APWA, hereinafter referred to as the Standard Plans. 3. The current edition of the "National Electrical Code". 4. Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), latest Edition adopted by WSDOT. All reference in the Standard Specifications to the State of Washington, its various departments or directors, or to the contracting agency, shall be revised appropriately to read City and/or City Engineer. To the extent any inconsistencies exist among any of the four above-listed documents, each document appearing on this list shall have priority over all documents, if any, listed below it These publications are incorporated in this contract by this reference. The Contractor should note that these publications contain general conditions to this contract as well as construction details. Responsibility for obtaining these publications rests with the Contractor. 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS SECTION 1-02.1 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.1 Qualification of Bidders. Bidders shall be qualified by ability, experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do the work called for in the Contract Documents The City of Kent reserves the right to take whatever action it deems necessary to ascertain the ability of the Bidder to perform the work satisfactorily. This action includes the City's review of the qualification information in the bid documents. The City will use this qualification data in its decision to determine whether the lowest responsible bidder is also responsible and able to perform the contract work. If the City determines that the lowest bidder is not the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, the City reserves its unqualified right to reject that bid and award the contract to the next lowest bidder that the City, in its sole judgment, determines is also responsible and able to perform the contract work (the "lowest responsive and responsible bidder"). SECTION 1-02.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications. Upon awarding the Contract, the City shall supply to the Contractor for its own use five (5) copies of the Plans and Specifications. Additional copies can be purchased from the City at the price specified by the City or in the Call for Bids. During the bidding process, any questions that may arise shall be directed to the City of Kent in writing. Answers to questions received, shall be in writing and sent to ALL Planholders. SECTION 1-02.4(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY REVISING THE SECOND ITEM 2 OF THE 6T" PARAGRAPH: 1-02.4(1) General. 2. The bidder faded to discover a latent ambiguity that would be discovered by a reasonably prudent contractor in preparing its bid. SECTION 1-02.4(2) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 2.4(2) Subsurface Information Because of the varying soil composition and ground water levels encountered in various areas and at different seasons of the year, the City make no representation of such conditions as they may pertain to this project. The Contract shall be responsible for any and all cribbing, sheet piling, dewatering, or other construction methods or procedures that may be necessary to complete the project and additional compensation therefore will not be allowed unless otherwise specified in this document. The soils information, if any, used for design of this project is available for review by the bidder at the following address: City of Kent Parks, Recreation & Community Services Department 200 4th Avenue South Kent, WA 98032-5895 SECTION 1-02.5 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.5 Proposal Form. Prospective bidders may obtain Bid Documents and a 'Bid Proposal' for the advertised project from the City of Kent upon furnishing a non-refundable payment as specified in the "Call for Bids". Bid Documents may be requested by mail, or picked up at Royal Reprographics, 7825 South 1801t' Street, Kent, Washington 98032, 1-800-562-4905. NO VERBAL AGREEMENT OR CONVERSATION WITH ANY OFFICER, AGENT OR EMPLOYEE OF THE CITY, EITHER BEFORE OR AFTER EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT, SHALL AFFECT OR MODIFY ANY OF THE TERMS OR OBLIGATIONS CONTAINED IN ANY OF THE DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE CONTRACT. ANY SUCH VERBAL COMMUNICATION SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS UNOFFICIAL INFORMATION AND IN NO WAY BINDING UPON THE CITY. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the Proposal Forms with Alternates, Additives, or Deductives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The Bidder shall bid on all Additives, Deductives, or Alternates set forth in the Proposal Forms, unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions, Instructions to Bidders, or Technical Specifications. SECTION 1-02.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY OMITTING THE PARENTHETICAL REFERENCE, "(NOT WORDS)," IN THE THIRD PARAGRAPH AND BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SENTENCE TO THE END OF THE THIRD PARAGRAPH: 1-02.6Preparation of Proposal. ALL BLANKS IN THE PROPOSAL FORMS MUST BE APPROPRIATELY FILLED IN, AND ALL PRICES MUST BE STATED IN BOTH WORDS AND FIGURES. SECTION 1-02.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY DELETING THE SEVENTH PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: ' If the scope of works include street improvements, the bidder shall bid "Traffic Control Labor" at the fixed cost shown for that item on the bid document. The Contractor shall calculate the total amount based on this unit price. If the Contractor's bid differs from this specified amount, the City will unilaterally revise the bid amount to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the Contractor's total bid amount. The City will use the corrected total bid amount for award purposes and to fix the amount of the contract bond. SECTION 1-02.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO THE LAST PARAGRAPH: Proposals must contain original signatures. FACSIMILES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE AND ' ARE CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE SUBMITTALS. SECTION 1-02.7 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE WORDS "CERTIFIED CHECK" AND "CASH". 1-02.7 Bid Deposit. SECTION 1-02.8(2) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE LAST SENTENCE IN THE FIRST PARAGRAPH. SECTION 1-02.9 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIRST PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING IT WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal. All bids must be sealed and delivered in accordance with the "Call for Bids". Bids must be received at the City Clerk's office by the stated time, regardless of delivery method, including U.S Mad SECTION 1-02.11 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.11 Combination and Multiple Proposals. No person, firm or corporation shall be allowed to make, or file, or be interested in more than one bid for the same work unless alternate bids are specifically called for, however, a person, firm, or corporation that has submitted a subproposal to a bidder, or that has quoted prices of materials to a bidder is not thereby disqualified from submitting a subproposal or quoting prices to other bidders or from making a prime proposal. SECTION 1-02.13 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEM 1(h) AND REPLACING ITEM 1(a) WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals. a. The bidder is not prequalified when so required. SECTION 1-02.14 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEM 3 AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders. 3. The bidder is not qualified or pre-qualified for the work or to the full extent of the bid. 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT SECTION 1-03.1 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE LAST TWO PARAGRAPHS AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: , 1-03.1 Consideration of Bids. The City of Kent also reserves the right to include or omit any or all schedules or alternates of the Proposal and will award the Contract to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder based on the total bid amount, including schedules or alternates selected by the City. A bidder who wishes to claim error after the Bids have been opened and tabulated shall submit a notarized affidavit signed by the Bidder, accompanied by original work sheets used in the preparation of the Bid, requesting relief from the responsibilities of Award. The affidavit shall describe the specific error(s) and certify that the work sheets are the originals used in the preparation of the Bid. The affidavit and the work sheets shall be submitted to the City Representative no later than 5:00 p.m. on the first business day after Bid opening, or the claim will not be considered. The City Representative will review the certified work sheets, to determine validity of the claimed error, and make a recommendation to the City of Kent. If the City concurs in the claim of error, the Bidder will be relieved of responsibility, and the Bid Deposit of the Bidder will be returned. Thereafter, at the discretion of the City, all Bids may be rejected or award made to the next lowest responsive, responsible Bidder. SECTION 1-03.3 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-03.3 Execution of Contract. The form of contract that the successful bidder, as the Contractor, will be required to execute and the forms and the amount of surety bonds that it will be required to furnish at the time of execution of the contract are included in the bid documents and should be carefully examined. The contract and the Surety Bonds will be executed in three (3) original counterparts. The unsigned form of contract will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. Within ten (10) calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed City prepared contract, insurance certification as required by the contract, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. If the successful bidder fails to provide these documents within this 10-day period, the City may, at its sole discretion, reduce the time for completion of the contract work by one calendar day for each calendar day after this 10-day period that the successful bidder fads to provide all required documents. Until the City executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the City nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within City-furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all nsks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the City. The City of Kent expects to award this Contract at the regular scheduled City Council meeting to be held on May 16, 2006, with the Notice to Proceed being given on or about June 1, 2006, provided that all required contract documents, insurance and submittals have been properly executed and accepted by the City. Following the actual award, the City will schedule a pre-construction conference with the Contractor No claim for delay shall be granted to the Contractor due to his failure to submit the required documents to the City in accordance with the schedule provided in these special provisions. SECTION 1-03.4 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING TO THE FIRST PARAGRAPH: 1-03.4 Contract Bond. 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond. 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements if the Contractor is a sole proprietor or partner. If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice-president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or letter to such effect by the president or vice-president). 7. The "Contract Bond" shall remain in force for one year following the "Final I Acceptance Date" of the contract to insure contract defects during the one- year guarantee period in compliance with Section 1-05.10 (Guarantees). SECTION 1-03.7 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-03.7 Judicial Review. , Any decision made by the City of Kent regarding the award and execution of the contract or bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted under Washington State Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of King t County, located in Kent, Washington. 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 1-04.1(1) IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.1(1) Bid Items Included in the Proposal. The Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, supplies, and incidentals required to complete the work The Contractor shall include all costs of doing the work within the total lump sum bid. SECTION 1-04.1(2) IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY. SECTION 1-04.2 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE WORDS, "KENT PARKS SPECIAL PROVISIONS, KENT STANDARD DETAILS" FOLLOWING THE WORDS, "CONTRACT PROVISIONS" IN THE FIRST SENTENCE OF THE FIRST PARAGRAPH: SECTION 1-04.2 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEMS 1 THROUGH 7 IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications and Addenda. 1. Change Order j 2. The Contract Agreement 3. Addenda 4. Kent Parks Special Provisions 5. Contract Plans 6. Standard Specifications 7. Technical Specifications 8. Plans and Kent Standard Details 9. Bid Packet Information SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FOURTH PARAGRAPH. SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIFTH PARAGRAPH. SECTION 1-04.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE LAST FOUR PARAGRAPHS: SECTION 1-04.5 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY DELETING THE 5TH PARAGRAPH IN THAT SECTION AND REPLACING IT WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.5 Procedure and Protest by the Contractor. The Contractor accepts all requirements of a change order by: (1) endorsing it, (2) writing a separate acceptance, or (3) not protesting in the way this section provides. A change ' order that is not protested as provided in this section shall be full payment and final settlement of all claims for contract time and for direct, indirect, and consequential damages or costs, including costs of delays, related to any work either covered or affected by the change A change order that is not protested as provided in this section shall be full payment and final settlement of all claims for contract time and for direct, indirect, and consequential costs, including costs of delays, related to any work either covered or affected by the damages or change. SECTION 1-04.6 IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY. SECTION 1-04.9 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-04.9 Use of Adjacent Properties. Limits of construction are indicated on or defined on the plans. The Contractor shall confine all construction activities within these limits, unless separate arrangements are made for use of private property Before using any private property adjoining the work, the Contractor ■ shall file with the City Representative satisfactory evidence of written permission from the property owner to use that private property. Upon vacating the premises, the Contractor shall furnish the City Representative with a release from all damages, properly executed by the property owner and in a form satisfactory to the City. The Contractor shall confine its equipment, storage of materials and operation of work to the limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits or direction of the City Representative and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with its materials SECTION 1-04.11 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE AFTER THE FIRST SENTENCE IN THE FIRST PARAGRPAH: 1-04.11 Final Clean Up. Finish and clean up shall be considered as incidental to the construction of the project, and the Contractor will include all finish and cleanup costs as part of the lump sum base bid. SECTION 1-04.11 ITEM 2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING ITEM: ' 2. The City's Representative will decide whether any or all unneeded excess material including oversized rock left from grading, surfacing or paving may be deposited in an approved location on the project site or disposed of off-site. Disposal of all excess material and debris shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Disposal costs are incidental to the construction, and the Contractor shall include all costs attributable to disposal in the lump sum bid price. SECTION 1-04.11 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING ITEM: 3. Any item that was to remain unaltered or undisturbed in the plans and specifications, shall be restored to its original condition if it was altered or disturbed during construction. SECTION 1-04 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: ' 1-04.12 Off—Site Disposal. The Contractor shall dispose of all debris and materials only at an approved disposal site. The Contractor shall acquire all permits and approvals required for the use of the disposal site. A permit is required to fill within the City Limits of Kent. The cost of any such permits and approvals shall be included in the total lump sum bid price. The Contractor shall, if requested by the Contracting Agency, provide the Contracting Agency the location of all disposal sites to be used and also provide copies of the permits and approvals for such disposal sites. 1.04.12(1) Disposal within Wetlands. Disposal of excess material within a wetland area will not be allowed without necessary permits and approval by the local agency with jurisdiction over the wetlands. Wetlands are defined as those areas inundated or saturated by ground or surface water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally include lakes, rivers, ponds, swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas. 1-04.12(2) Special Contractor Indemnification Relating to Disposal. ' The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City from any damages that may anse from the Contractor's activities in making these disposal arrangements. Such indemnity shall be in accordance with Revised Code of Washington (RCW) 4 24.115, as , amended. Any action required to satisfy any permit and/or any approval requirements in a contractor provided disposal site shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK SECTION 1-05.3(1) IS REVISED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH: 1-05.3(1) Request for Information. Time is of the essence in this contract. It shall be the Contractor's duty to thoroughly review the plans in advance to determine whether they will work in the field. Should the Contractor have the need for clarification, he will direct his question to the City's Representative in advance so that there is no delay in the execution of the work. In any event, the City shall be afforded at least Three (3) days to respond to any request for clarification and will not be liable for any costs attributable to delay unless the City fads to respond within the Three (3) day time period. SECTION 1-05.4 IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.4 Conformity with and Deviations from Plans and Stakes 1-05.4(1) Surveying. The Contractor is responsible to retain a licensed surveyor to provide all surveying necessary for the work or for any structure. The Contractor shall include all costs for surveying in the total lump sum bid. ' 1-05.4(2) Staking. ' The Contractor will lay out and set any construction stakes and marks needed to establish the lines, grades, slopes, cross-sections, and elevations in strict accordance with the contract documents These stakes and marks will govern the Contractor's work. The Contractor shall take full responsibility for detailed dimensions, elevations, and slopes measured from them. I1-05.4(3) Conformance. All work performed shall be in conformity with the lines, grades, slopes, cross sections, elevation data, and dimensions as shown in the plans. If the plans, Special Provisions, or these Specifications state specific tolerances, the work shall be performed within those limits. The City's decision on whether the work is in conformity shall be final, as provided in Section 1-05.1. 1-05.4(4) Deviation. The Contractor shall not deviate from the approved plans and working drawings unless ' the Contracting Agency approves in writing. 1-05.4(5) Preservation. The Contractor shall work to preserve benchmarks, monuments, and corners. The City will deduct from payments due the Contractor all costs to replace any permanent survey markers carelessly or willfully damaged or destroyed by the Contractor's operation. ' 1-05.4(6) Control Stakes. Stakes that constitute reference points for all construction work will be conspicuously marked with an appropriate color of flagging tape. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to inform its employees and its subcontractors of their importance and of the necessity for their preservation. The cost of replacing such controls, should it become necessary for any reason whatsoever, shall be at the Contractor's sole expense. SECTION 1-05.5 IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY. SECTION 1-05.8 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.8 City's Right to Correct Defective and Unauthorized Work. If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the City Representative, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the contract documents, the City Representative may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, by such means as the City Representative may deem necessary, including the use of City forces. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the City Representative determines to be an emergency situation, the City Representative may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the contractor refuses to perform completed by using City or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation which, in the opinion of the City Representative, could be potentially unsafe if its remedy is delayed, or might cause serious risk of loss or ' damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the City attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid ' by the Contractor. Payment may be deducted by the City Representative from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in , the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the City's rights provided by this section nor shall the exercise of this right diminish the City's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. SECTION 1-05.10 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.10 Guarantees. The Contractor shall be available approximately sixty (60) calendar days prior to the , expiration of the guarantee period to tour the project, with the City Representative, in support of the City's effort to establish a list of corrective work required under the guarantee. Upon the receipt of written notice of such required corrective work, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently, and without unauthorized interruption of the City Facilities, the work necessary to correct the items listed. SECTION 1-05.11 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.11 Final Inspection. 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date. When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall notify the City Representative and request the City Representative to establish the Substantial Completion Date. To be considered substantially complete the following conditions must be met. , 1. The City must have full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from an operational and safety standpoint. 2. Only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair work remains to reach physical completion of the work. ' The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of work in subparagraph two above that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The City Representative may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. ' If, after this inspection, the City Representative concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the City Representative, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. However, if after this inspection, the City Representative does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the City Representative will, by written notice, notify the Contractor giving the reasons for the City Representative's determination. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the City Representative with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. This process shall be repeated until the City Representative establishes the Substantial Completion Date. 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date. When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for Final Inspections, the Contractor, by written notice, shall request the City Representative to schedule ' a Final Inspection. The City Representative will set a date for Final Inspection. The City Representative and the Contractor will then make a Final Inspection and the City Representative, if necessary, will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the ' Final Inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take all necessary corrective measures to remedy the listed deficiencies. The Contractor shall allocate the necessary resources to pursue completion of all corrective work vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until achieving physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the City Representative is satisfied that all listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the City Representative may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take all necessary steps to correct those deficiencies and may deduct all costs incurred to correct the deficiencies from monies due or to become due the Contractor. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the City Representative will notify the Contractor and the City, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing. It is the intent of the City to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment, street lighting, electrical distribution of signal systems, building or other similar work, it may be desirable for the City Representative to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the Physical Completion Date. Whenever items of work are listed in the contract provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. In the event the contract does not specify testing time periods, the default testing time period shall be twenty-one (21) calendar days. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment that prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the City Representative, so that the City Representative may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. ' The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the City Representative. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing shall be included in the various contract bid item prices unless specifically set forth otherwise in the contract documents. Operational and test periods, when required by the City Representative, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the Contract. SECTION 1-05.12 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: , 1-05.12 Final Acceptance. ' The Contractor must perform all the obligations under the contract before the Final Acceptance Date can be established. A Certificate of Completion for the work issued by the City will establish the Final Acceptance Date and certify the work as complete. The final contract price may then be calculated. The following must occur before the final acceptance date can be established and the final contract price calculated. 1. The physical work on the project must be complete. ' 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation (required by the Contract and required by law) necessary to allow the City to certify the Contract as complete. A Certificate of Completion for the work, signed by the City, will constitute acceptance of the work and shall establish the Final Acceptance Date, but shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to indemnify, defend, and protect the City against any claim or loss resulting ' from the failure of the Contractor (or the subcontractor or lower tier subcontractors) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, material persons, or any other person who provides labor, supplies, or provisions for carrying out the work. Additionally, the issuance of this Certificate of , Completion will not constitute acceptance of unauthorized or defective work or material. Moreover, the City in establishing the Final Acceptance Date, shall not be barred from requiring the Contractor to remove, replace, repair, or dispose of any unauthorized or defective work or material or from recovering damages for any such work or material. Failure of the Contractor to perform all of the contractor's obligations under the Contract shall not bar the City from unilaterally certifying the Contract complete and establishing the Final , Acceptance Date so the City Representative may calculate a final contract price as provided in Section 1-09 9. SECTION 1-05.13 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE LAST PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING IT WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor, and Equipment of Contractor. Whenever the City evaluates the Contractor's qualifications pursuant to Section 1-02.1, the City may take these or other Contractor performance reports into account. ' Within ten (10) days of contract award, the Contractor shall designate the Contractor's project manager and superintendent for the contract work. ' The City reserves the right to accept or reject the project manager or superintendent selected by the Contractor. If at any time during the contract work, the Contractor elects to replace the contract ' manager or superintendent, the Contractor shall only do so after obtaining the City Representative's prior written approval. ' SECTION 1-05.14 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors. The City shall not be responsible for any damages suffered by the Contractor resulting directly or indirectly from the performance or attempted performance of any other City contract or contracts existing or known to be pending at the time of bid. SECTION 1-05.16 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: ' 1-05.16 Water and Power. The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the Work. SECTION 1-05 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-05.17 Oral Agreements. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City, either before or after execution of the contract, shall affect or modify the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the City, ' unless subsequently put in writing, and signed by the City Representative. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIALS SECTION 1-06.2(2) IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY. ' 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC ' SECTION 1-07.1 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed. ' The Contractor shall always comply with all Federal, State, or local laws, codes, rules and regulations that affect work under the contract. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the safety of its workers and shall comply with all applicable safety and health standards and codes. In cases of conflict between different laws, codes, rules, or regulations, the most stringent law, code, rule, or regulation shall apply. The City will not adjust payment to compensate the Contractor for changes in legal ' requirements unless those changes are specifically within the scope of RCW 39.04.120. For changes under RCW 39.04 120, the City will compensate the Contractor by negotiated change order as provided in Section 1-04.4. SECTION 1-07.2 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.2 State Taxes. 1-07.2(1) General. , The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(4) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers'to questions in this ' area. The City of Kent will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the bid item prices or other ' contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included Section 1-07 2(3) describes this exception. The City of Kent will pay the retained percentage only if the Contractor has obtained from ' the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.050). The City may deduct from its payments to the ' Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed is related to this contract or not Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper State fund. 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax— Rule 171. ' WAC 458-20-171 , and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage ' system and power lines when they are part of the roadway lighting system. For work performed in these cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Tax in the various unit Bid Item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the ' purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the work. 1-07.2(3) State Sales Tax— Rule 170. ' WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the construction and repair of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to, the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the State of Washington, water t mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless those sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above , streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of the street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not this personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. ' For work performed in these cases, the Contractor shall collect from the City, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The City will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit ' Bid Item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The City of Kent will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit Bid Item prices or in any other contract amount. 1-07.2(4) Services. The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the City of Kent on any contract wholly for professional, or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244) 1 1 SECTION 1-07.6 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1.07.6 Permits and Licenses. 1 The City of Kent has received for the following permit: 1 . Building A copy of each permit and/or license obtained by the Contractor shall be furnished to the Contracting Agency Approved permits shall be furnished to the Owner upon completion of the 1 project and prior to final acceptance. Promptly notify the Owner in writing of any variance in the contract documents with the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders. Necessary changes will be adjusted by appropriate modification. If Contractor performs work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and order and without such notice to the Owner, Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefore and shall bear all costs attributable thereto. SECTION 1-07.9(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING ' PARAGRAPH AFTER THE SIXTH PARAGRAPH: ' 1-07.9(1) General. The wage rates that will be in effect during the entire contract work period are those in effect on the day of bid opening, unless the City does not award the Contract within six months 1 of the bid opening. The City will not adjust the Contractor's bid in the event the State or Federal Governments adjust the prevailing wage rates after the Bid Opening Date. 1 SECTION 1-07.13(3) IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY. SECTION 1-07.13(4) IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage. The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work as directed by the City Representative. Alternatively, the City Representative may elect to accomplish repair by City forces or other means, however, the Contractor shall pay for these repairs and the City may deduct these repair costs from monies due or to become due the Contractor The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for costs of repairing such damage, nor for additional cost of delays occasioned by the need to repair. 1 SECTION 1-07.14 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD, FOURTH AND FIFTH PARAGRAPHS AND REVISING ALL REFERENCES OF "STATE, COMMISSION, SECRETARY" OR "STATE" TO READ "CITY". ' 1-07.14 Responsibility for Damage. ' SECTION 1-07.15 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control. 1-07.15(1) General Conditions. 1 This work consists of temporary measures as shown on the construction plans, specified in these special provisions, proposed by the contractor, or ordered by the City Representative as work proceeds. This work is intended to prevent, control and stop water pollution or erosion within the project, thereby protecting the work, nearby wetlands, streams, retention/detention ' ponds, and other bodies of water. The Contractor shall be required to control pollution, erosion, and run-off by performing temporary work items. These items include but are not limited to: constructing or providing ' interceptor berms/ditches; check dams; filter fabric fencing; straw bale barriers; storm drain inlet protection; hydroseeding or hydromulching bare soils and any other installation of erosion control measures as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the City Representative. ' The Contractor shall begin by constructing and installing the new storm drainage system. See the Roadway Plan and Profile sheets as well as the TESCP sheets of the construction ' plans. This work must be completed before any other work can begin. The Contractor shall be responsible for the implementation of the TESCP facilities and ' construction, maintenance, replacement and upgrading of these facilities until all construction is approved. All cost for this work shall be paid for under the total lump sum bid. The upgrading of the TESCP facilities shall not constitute a basis for additional working days for this project. , The Contractor shall also incorporate the requirements in Section 8-01 of the Kent Special Provisions as applicable. 1-07.15(2) Clearing Requirement. ' The Contractor shall flag the boundaries of the clearing limits in the field as shown on the ' plans for approval by City Representative, prior to construction. During the construction period, no disturbance beyond the flagged clearing limits shall be permitted. The flagging shall be maintained by the Contractor for the duration of construction. The TESCP facilities shown on the construction plans must be constructed in conjunction with or prior to all clearing and grading activities, and in such a manner as to insure that sediment laden water does not enter the drainage system or violate applicable water quality standards. City Representative may require temporary control measures between work stages. 1-07.15(3) Protection of Clearing Areas. Any area stripped of vegetation, including roadway embankments, where no further work is anticipated for a period of 24 hours, shall be immediately stabilized with the approved TESCP , methods (e g. seeding, mulching, fencing, erosion blankets, etc.). Grass seeding with fast germinating grasses alone will be acceptable only if left undisturbed for more than a minimum of six (6) weeks during the months of April through October inclusive, as approved by the City Representative. During the months of November through March inclusive, all project disturbed areas that are to be left unworked for more than 24 hours shall be covered by one of the following cover measures: mulch, sodding or plastic covering. , Where seeding for temporary erosion control is approved, fast germinating grasses shall be applied at an appropriate rate (e.g. annual or perennial rye at approximately 80 pounds per acre). Should the area be disturbed due to storm events before sufficient grass growth, other ' measures will be required immediately to prevent erosion within that area. Where straw mulch for temporary erosion control is required, it shall be applied at a minimum thickness of 3 inches or 3,000 lbs./acre). ' ' 1-07.15(4) Inspection and Maintenance of TESCP Facilities. For active areas, the Contractor shall inspect the TESCP facilities daily and maintairy as necessary to ensure their continued functioning and operation. When the temporary control devices are no longer needed, the Contractor shall remove them and finish the construction ' area they occupied as the City Representative directs. For inactive areas the TESCP facilities sites shall be inspected and maintained a minimum of once a week or within 24 hours following a storm event or as the City deems necessary. This requirement also applies during winter shut down. 1-07.15(5) Additional Measures. ' The TESCP facilities shown on the construction plans are the minimum requirements for anticipated site conditions. As construction progresses and unexpected seasonal conditions dictate and as the City requires, the Contractor should anticipate more TESCP measures. These additional measures may include additional sumps, relocation of ditches and silt fences, etc. These measures will be necessary to protect adjacent properties and to meet water quality ' standards. These measures shall be paid for under the total lump sum bid price. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the City at once of any TESCP deficiencies or changes in conditions such as rutting and or erosion that may occur during ' construction. The Contractor may recommend possible solutions to the City Representative in order to resolve any problems that are occurring. The Contractor shall provide additional facilities, as directed by the City Representative over and above the minimum requirements ' outlined on the approved plans. All costs for materials and labor shall be paid for under the unit contract bid price. The Contractor shall also restore all damaged areas and clean up eroded material including that in ditches, catch basins, manholes, and culverts. ' Additional measures may be required to insure that all paved areas are kept clean daily for the duration of the project. 1-07.15(6) Catch Basin Protection. All existing catch basins shall receive inlet protection of the appropriate type prior to ' clearing and grubbing. All traffic (IP1) catch basins as shown on the TESCP plans shall be fitted with "Sdtsacks" by Atlantic Construction Farbricks, Inc. or an approved equivalent, to prevent mud, silt and other debris from entering the storm sewer system The Contractor shall maintain the silt sacks on a regular schedule as recommended by the manufacturer or as directed by the City Representative. At no time shall more than one foot of sediment be allowed to accumulate within a catch basin. All catch basins and conveyance lines shall be cleaned prior to paving. The cleaning operation shall not flush sediment-laden water into the downstream system. The interceptor berms/ditches (ID) that are shown on the TESCP plans shall initially be constructed to drain to the detention pond inlet at the low points along the edge of the,roadway section during the roadway construction phase. Once the storm system has been completed ' and inlet protection installed, the storm water runoff can then be discharged into the new catch basins and storm system as shown on the TESCP plans. All non-traffic (IP2) catch basins shall be protected as detailed on sheet 82 of the plans. 1-07.15(7) Vehicle Maintenance and Storage. Water used for washing vehicles and equipment shall not be allowed to enter storm ' drains or other State waters unless separation of petroleum products, fresh concrete products or other deleterious material is accomplished prior to discharge. Detergent solution may be discharged into sanitary sewer or allowed to be held on ground for percolation. A recirculation A system for detergent washing is recommended. Steam cleaning units shall provide a device for oil separation. Handling and storage of fuel, oil and chemicals shall not take place adjacent to ' waterways. The storage shall be made in dike tanks and barrels with drip pans provided under the dispensing area Shut-off and lock valves shall be provided on hoses. Fuel, oil, and chemicals shall be dispensed only during daylight hours unless the dispensing area is properly lighted. Disposal of waste shall not be allowed on fuel, oil, and chemical spills Fencing shall be provided around storage area. Locks shall be provided on all valves, pumps, and tanks. , 1-07.15(8) Failure to Perform TESCP. If the Contractor fails to install the required TESCP measures, or to perform maintenance , in a timely manner, or fails to identify deficiencies, and fails to take immediate action to install additional approved measures, all fines, costs of cleanup, and costs for delays and down time , shall be borne by the contractor. SECTION 1-07.16 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: ' 1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property. 1-07.16(5) Archaeological and Historical Objects. , It is national and state policy to preserve, for public use, historical and pre-historical objects such as ruins, sites, buildings, artifacts, fossils, or other objects of antiquity that may have significance from a historical or scientific standpoint. ' Archaeological or historical objects, which may be encountered by the Contractor, shall not be further disturbed. The Contractor shall immediately notify the City Representative of any such finds. ' The City Representative will contact the archaeologist who will determine if the material is to be salvaged. The Contractor may be required to stop work in the vicinity of the discovery until such determination is made. If the archaeologist determines that the material is to be salvaged, the City Representative may require the Contractor to stop work in the vicinity of the discovery until the salvage is accomplished. Loss of time suffered by the Contractor due to resulting delays will be adjusted in , accordance with Section 1-08.8 (Extensions of Time). SECTION 1-07.17 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities. 1-07.17(1) Utility Locations. Pursuant to RCW 19.122 which relates to underground utilities, the Contractor shall: ' 1. Call the utilities underground location center (One Call Service, 1-800-424- 5555)for field location of the utilities; and ' 2. Delay excavation until all known underground facilities in the vicinity of the proposed excavation have been located and marked. r Location and dimensions shown on the Plans for existing facilities are made in accordance with available information without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. If a utility is known or suspected of having underground facilities within the area of the proposed excavation and that utility is not a subscriber to the utilities underground location center, then the Contractor shall give individual notice to that utility. 1-07.17(2) Interference. The Contractor shall contact the abutting property owners and shall locate existing irrigation, electrical, and other utilities prior to working in the protect limits. Not all private irrigation, electrical or other utilities are shown on the plans. Note that these private irrigation lines, etc. are not covered by the one call number (RCW 19.122) Using the one call number for utility locations shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for locating these utilities with the property owners and maintaining them in good working order. Even though the presence of underground utilities, including service lines, may be an interference or have the effect of slowing the contract work, the interference of such utilities shall not be deemed a changed or differing condition and shall not be allowed as a basis for extra compensation. 1-07.17(3) Notification of Excavation. Within ten business days but not less than two business days prior to the commencement of excavation, the Contractor shall notify all owners of underground facilities, whether public or private, that excavation will occur. ' 1-07.17(4) Site Inspection. Contractor warrants and represents that it has personally, or through its employees, agents and/or subcontractors, examined the areas subject to this agreement and that it is knowledgeable of specific locations for water, gas, telephone, electric power and combined sewerage utilities within those areas. Contractor further warrants and represents that it has also examined in detail the plans of such utilities provided to it by the City and all other affected utility ' companies or entities, whether public or private. The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having underground facilities within the area of the proposed work are supplied for the Contractor's convenience only; they are not intended to constitute a complete list of all affected utilities, nor do they represent any warranty or guarantee of their accuracy. 1. City of Kent 2. Puget Sound Energy Public Works Department 22828 68th Ave S #102 220 Fourth Avenue South Kent, Washington 98032 Kent, Washington 98032-5895 253-476-6304 253- 856-5500 3. US West Communications 4. AT&T Broadband 7235 228th Street 22727 72nd Ave S., Bldg D, #105 Kent, Washington 98032 Kent, Washington 98032 206-345-2726 253-437-6886 5. AT&T Cable Services 6. MCI PO Box 1048 2270 Lakeside Blvd Auburn, Washington 98071 Richardson, Texas 75082 r1-877-824-2288 972-498-6041 r 7. U.S. Sprint r 2210 S 356th Street Tacoma, Washington 98409 r 206-632-0526 SECTION 1-07.18 IS DELETED IN ITS ENTIRETY. r 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance. r Refer to the insurance requirements in the project agreement, which constitute the Contractor's insurance requirements for this project. SECTION 1-07.23 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: r 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety. During non-working hours, equipment or materials shall not be within the safety zone unless protected by permanent guardrail or temporary concrete barrier. The use of temporary concrete barriers shall be permitted only if the City Representative approves the installation and ' location. During the actual hours of work, unless protected as described above, only materials absolutely necessary to construction shall be within the safety zone and only construction , vehicles absolutely necessary to construction shall be allowed within the safety zone or allowed to stop or park on the shoulder of the roadway. The Contractor's nonessential vehicles and Contractor's employees' private vehicles r shall not be permitted to park within the safety zone at any time unless protected as described above. Deviation from the above requirements shall not occur unless the Contractor has r requested the deviation in writing and the City Representative has provided written approval. SECTION 1-07.23(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING FIRST , PARAGRAPH AFTER THE FIRST PARAGRAPH: SECTION 1-07.23(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY DELETING THE SECOND PARAGRAPH , AND REPLACING IT WITH THE SECOND PARAGRAPH SHOWN HERE AS FOLLOWS: 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic. r All the following requirements in this section shall also apply during non-working hours. To disrupt public traffic as little as possible, the Contractor shall: 1. Permit traffic to pass through the work with the least possible inconvenience or delay; 2. Maintain existing roads and streets within the project limits, keeping them open, and in good, clean, safe condition at all times. Deficiencies caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall also maintain roads and streets adjacent to the project limits when affected by the Contractor's operations Snow and ice control will be performed by the Contractor on all projects. Cleanup of snow and ice control r debris will be at the Contractor's expense; r 3. Remove or repair any condition resulting from the work that might impede traffic or create a hazard; 4. Keep existing traffic signal and highway lighting systems in operation as the work proceeds (The City will continue the routine maintenance on such systems.) ' 5. Maintain the striping on the roadway. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling when to renew striping, subject to the approval of the City Representative. When the scope of the project does not require work on the roadway, the City will be responsible for the striping, 6. Maintain existing permanent signing. Repair of signs will be at the City's expense except those damaged due to the Contractor's operations; 7. Keep drainage structures clean to allow for free flow of water; and 8. Confine construction operations to one side of the roadway at a time. SECTION 1-07.23(1) IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.23(1)A Traffic Restrictions on the Contract Work. ' Work determined by the City of Kent to affect traffic shall occur only between 8:30 a.m. and 3 00 p.m or as approved by the City Representative. Contractor shall keep all traffic lanes and shoulders clear of equipment and materials I during non-working hours. Contractor shall not keep equipment and materials stored within 12 feet from the edge of the traveled way, unless protected by permanent guardrail or concrete barrier. The Contractor's employees and agents shall not park private vehicles along the traveled way, median, or shoulders Whether or not Contractor's forces are on site, upon request by the City Representative, the contractor shall immediately mobilize forces to place, at no further or additional cost to the City, any asphalt concrete pavement, cold plant mix, crushed surfacing and/or gravel base as requested If the Contractor fails to comply, the City Representative may order the work done by others and deduct the cost from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. SECTION 1-07.23(2) IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIRST SENTENCE AND REPLACING IT WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours. The Contractor shall submit a Traffic Control Plan that shall include a detour to the City Representative for approval. All signing shall conform to the current Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). The Contractor shall allow two weeks for City Representative review The TCP shall demonstrate how access is to be maintained to private properties at all times. Prior to closure, the Contractor shall contact all residents within the restricted area regarding the road closure, and to discuss their access and how it will be maintained. The ' Contractor shall contact the local police and fire departments to inform them of the detour and of work being done each day All road approaches and street connections and driveways shall remain open to local and emergency traffic throughout the life of this project at no additional cost to the City. These requirements also apply to the non-working hours. SECTION 1-07.24 IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION: 1-07.24 Rights of Way. , Street right of way lines, limits of easements and limits of construction are indicated or defined on the Plans. The Contractor's construction activities shall be confined within these , limits, unless arrangements for use of private property are made. It is anticipated that the City of Kent will have obtained all right of way, easements or right of entry agreements prior to the start of construction. Locations where these rights have not been obtained will be brought to the contractor's attention prior to start of construction. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the work in areas where right of way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until the City Representative certifies to the ' Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that the right of entry has been received Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through a property other than public right of way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the City of Kent from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements may be made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they ' have been obtained by the City Representative. Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contractor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be , adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the City, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. SECTION 1-07.26 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: ' 1-07.26 Personal Liability of Public Officers. Neither the City, the City Representative, nor any other official, officer or employee of the City shall be personally liable for any acts or failure to act in connection with the contract, it being understood that, in these matters, they are acting solely as agents of the City. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION 1-08 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY INSERTING THE FOLLOWING PRIOR TO , SECTION 1-08.1: 1-08 Pre-construction Conference. The City Representative will furnish the Contractor with up to five (5) copies of the Contract documents. Additional documents may be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction Prior to undertaking each part of the work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify all pertinent figures shown and all applicable field measurements. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the City Representative any conflict, error or discrepancy that the Contractor discovers for discussion. After the Contract has been executed, but prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a pre-construction conference will be held with the Contractor, the City Representative and any other interested parties that the City determines to invite. The purpose of the pre-construction conference will be: ' 1. To review the initial progress schedule. 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work. 3. To designate personnel representing the parties in the Contract. 4. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc. 5. To verify normal working hours for the work. 6. To review safety standards and traffic control. ' 7. To discuss any other related items that may be pertinent to the work. 8. To review Special Instructions. 9 To discuss conflicts, errors or discrepancies discovered by Contractor. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the pre-construction meeting the following: 1. A price breakdown of all lump sum items (Schedule of Values) 2. A preliminary construction schedule. 3. A list of material sources for approval, if applicable. 4. A schedule of submittals. 5. Temporary Erosion/Sedimentation Control Plan (TESCP) for approval. 6. Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for approval. 7. A list of all subcontractors. SECTION 1-08.3 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.3 Progress Schedule. 1-08.3(1) Hours of Work. ' Also reference Section 1-07.23(1)A of the Kent Special Provisions. Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the City, the normal straight time working hours for the Contractor shall be any consecutive eight (8) hour period plus time for a lunch break between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions, with a 5-day work week, plus allowing a maximum one-hour lunch break in each working day. The normal straight time 8-hour working period for the contract shall be established at the pre-construction conference or prior to the Contractor commencing work. If a Contractor desires to perform work on holidays, Saturdays, Sundays, or before 7:00 a.m. or after 6:00 p.m on any day, the Contractor shall apply in writing to the City Representative for permission to work those times. These requests shall be submitted to the City Representative at least 48 hours in advance (72 hours in advance for weekend work) so that the Inspector's and/or Surveyor's time may be scheduled. Permission to work longer than an 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p m. is not required Permission to work between the hours of 10 00 p.m. and 7.00 a.m during weekdays and between the hours of 10:00 p.m and 9:00 a m. on weekends or holidays may also be subject to noise control requirements. Approval to continue work during these hours may be revoked at any time the Contractor exceeds the City's noise control regulations or the city receives complaints from the public or adjoining property owners regarding noise from the Contractor's operations. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages or delays should this permission be revoked for these reasons. The City Representative may grant permission to work Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or other than the agreed upon normal straight time working hours, but may be subject to other conditions established by the City or City Representative. These conditions may include, but are not limited to the following- requiring the City Representative or those assistants that the City Representative deems necessary to be present during the work; requiring the Contractor to reimburse the City for the cost of City Representative salaries paid City employees who worked during these times; considering the work performed on Saturdays and holidays as working days , with regard to the Contract Time. Assistants may include, but are not limited to, survey crews; personnel from the City's material testing lab; inspectors; and other City employees when, in the opinion of the City Representative, the Contractor's work necessitates their presence. , Recognized holidays shall be as follows: First day of January, third Monday of January, third Monday of February, last Monday of May, fourth day of July, first Monday of September, 11th day of November, fourth Thursday in November and day immediately following, 25th day of December, and any day so designated by the Chief Executive of the State of Washington or by the City of Kent for their employees, as a legal holiday When any of these holidays occur on Saturday or Sunday, the preceding Friday or the following Monday will be a legal holiday for the City of Kent Employees 1-08.3(2) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of City Employees. Where the Contractor elects to work on a Saturday, Sunday or other holiday, or longer than an 8-hour shift on a regular working day, as defined in the Special Provisions, such work ' shall be considered as overtime work. On all such overtime work an inspector shall be present, and a survey crew may be required at the discretion of the City Representative. The Contractor shall notify the City Representative at least 48 hours in advance (72 hours in advance for weekend work) so that the Inspector's and/or Surveyor's time may be scheduled. The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the full amount of the straight time plus overtime costs for employees of the City required to work overtime hours. The City may deduct these costs from any amounts due or to become due the Contractor. SECTION 1-08.4 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work. Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of required insurance have been approved by and filed with the City. The Contractor shall not commence the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the City Representative. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the Project Site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date. The Work thereafter shall be prosecuted diligently, vigorously, and without unauthorized interruption until physical completion of the work. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the , Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the Contract. SECTION 1-08.5 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE FIRST THREE PARAGRAPHS; DELETING THE FIFTH PARAGRAPH; AND SUPPLEMENTING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.5 Time for Completion. The entire project, including cleanup, shall be physically completed within the time set forth in the contract. Each calendar day, including Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, shall be counted when computing the total contract time for completion. The time for completion of this contract has been determined considering weather patterns in the Puget Sound area which could delay or hinder placement of concrete sidewalk, driveways, asphalt paving and placement of pavement markings, among other items. The Contractor should anticipate probable delays in the construction sequence due to rainfall and weather patterns in the area and allow time for such rainy periods of weather in the construction schedule. Rainfall or rainstorms will not be considered as a delay to the contractor in meeting ' the substantial completion date unless a weather storm is so significant as to cause a Federal, State or County disaster proclamation directly affecting the immediate project area. The City expects to approve the award of the contract to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder at or prior to the regularly scheduled City Council meeting (see Section 1- 03.3). Following the intent to award notice, the Contractor shall have ten (10) calendar days to provide all required insurance documents and other required submittals After receipt of all proper documentation, the contract will then be awarded by the authorized City representative. Following the actual award, the City will schedule a pre-construction conference with the Contractor which is planned to occur no later than the estimated date for issuance of Notice to Proceed (see Section 1-03 3). If the Contractor fails to provide all properly executed insurance documents and contract documents to the City within the ten (10) calendar days stipulated above or if the Contractor delays in providing other required submittals which results in a delay to the Notice to Proceed date, the Contractor will not be granted a time extension. The Contract will be considered substantially complete when all lanes of the roadway are ready to be opened to traffic with all permanent pavement markings, barriers, illumination and signage complete. (See also Section 1-05.11(1)) If the Contractor does not achieve substantial completion within the specified contract time, the City will deduct from any money due or to become due to the contractor, the liquidated damages calculated from Section 1-08.9 for each day of delay. The Contractor shall submit to the City Representative, approvable shop drawings for the traffic signal poles within thirty (30) calendar days of the "Notice to Proceed" date Once the shop drawings are approved, the Contractor shall provide to the City Representative, a traffic signal purchase order, indicating that the signal poles have been ordered and will be received in time to meet the protect schedules. The contract time has been established to allow for periods of normal inclement weather which, from historical records, is to be expected during the contract time, and Contractor is expected to plan for and make appropriate allowances when organizing its forces and scheduling the contract work. Moreover, during these periods, the Contractor should, to the full extent possible, continue to perform the contract work. ! SECTION 1-08.6 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD SENTENCE IN THE SIXTH PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE: 1-08.6 Suspension of Work. If the Contractor contends damages have been suffered as a result of such suspension, ! delay, or interruption, the protest shall not be allowed unless the protest (stating, as near as possible, the amount of damages) is asserted in writing within ten calendar days from the date Contractor either knew or should have known of the existence of that claim for damages; more over, Contractor shall neither deliver any protest asserting damages nor fail to clarify the exact amount of damages claimed in any previously delivered protest after the date of the Contractor's signature on the Final Contract Payment Certification SECTION 1-08.7 IS REVISED BY DELETING ALL OF SECTION 1-08.7 EXCEPT THE FIRST PARAGRAPH, AND ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW PARAGRAPH: 1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension. At no expense to the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide through the construction area, a safe, smooth, and unobstructed pathway, trail, or roadway for public use during suspension (as required in Section 1-07.23 of the Special Provisions). This may include a temporary pathway, trail, or roadway or detour, subject to the approval of the City Representative. SECTION 1-08.8 IS REVISED BY DELETING ITEMS 1 THROUGH 5 IN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-08.8 Extensions of Time. The Contractor shall submit any requests for time extensions to the City Representative in writing no later than 10 working days after the delay occurs. The request shall be limited to the change in the critical path of the Contractor's schedule attributable to the change or event giving rise to the request. To be considered be the City Representative, the request shall be in sufficient detail (as determined by the City Representative) to enable the City Representative to ' ascertain the basis and amount of time requested. The Contractor shall be responsible for showing on the progress schedule that the change or event: (1) had a specific impact on the critical path, and except in cases of concurrent delay, was the sole cause of such impact, and (2) could not have been avoided by re-sequencing of the work or other reasonable alternatives. The reasons for and times of extensions shall be determined by the City Representative, and such determination will be final as provided in Section 1-05.1 SECTION 1-08.9 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY DELETING THE FOURTH SENTENCE OF THE FOURTH PARAGRAPH OF SECTION 1-08.9 AND REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE: 1-08.9(1) Liquidated Damages. I For overruns in contract time occurring after the substantial completion date, the formula for liquidated damages shown above will not apply. 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT , SECTION 1-09.1 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities. Each truck hauling materials being paid for by weight shall bear a plainly legible identification mark or number. Duplicate tally tickets shall accompany each truck-load of material delivered to the project. Tally tickets furnished by the Contractor, subcontractor, by certified public weighmasters, or by suppliers at commercial plants shall include the information listed below for the material weighed. The following information shall be recorded on each item quantity ticket by the weighman or in the case of item (K), the truck driver: (a) Ticket serial number (this is already imprinted on the tickets). (b) Identification number of truck/truck trailer. (c) Date and hour of weighing. (d) Type of material. (e) Weight of load. The weighman shall record the gross weight and net weight, except where the scale has a tare beam and the net weight can be read directly. In such case, only net weight need be recorded on the ticket. (f) Weighman's identification. (g) Item number. (h) Contract number. (i) Unit of measure. 0) Legal gross weight in Remarks section. (k) Location of delivery. SECTION 1-09.9 IS SUPPLEMENTED BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING: 1-09.9 Payments. 1-09.9(1) Retained Percentage. There will be reserved and retained from monies earned by the Contractor, as determined by the progress estimates approved and accepted by the City, a sum equal to five percent of all amounts of such estimates. Withholding, management, and release of such retained monies shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 60.28, RCW. At the option of the Contractor, the retained funds shall be: (a) Retained in a fund by the City; (b) Deposited by the City in an interest bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association. Interest on moneys reserved by the City under the provision of a public improvement contract shall be paid to the Contractor; (c) Placed in escrow with a bank or trust company by the City. When the moneys reserved are placed in escrow, the City shall issue a check representing the sum of the moneys reserved payable to the bank or trust company and the Contractor jointly. This check shall be converted into bonds and securities chosen by the Contractor and approved by the City and the bond and securities shall be held in escrow. Interest on the bonds and securities shall be paid to the Contractor as the interest accrues. The Contractor shall notify the City Representative regarding the option chosen for holding the retained funds as soon as possible after the Contract award, but at any rate within twenty calendar days from the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed. If Contractor does not so notify the City, the Contractor shall be deemed to have made a final decision to place the monies retained in a fund by the City (Item (a) above). The Contractor in choosing option (a) or (b) agrees to assume full responsibility to pay all costs, which may accrue from escrow services, brokerage charges or both, and further agrees to assume all risks in connection with the investment of the retained percentages in securities. ' The City may also, at its option, accept a bond for all or a portion of the Contractor's retainage. Release of retained percentage will be made sixty (60) days following the Completion date (pursuant to RCW 39.12.RCW 39.76, and RCW 60.28) provided the following conditions are met: 1. On contracts totaling more than $20,000.00, a release has been obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue (RCW 60.28.051) 2. No claims, as provided by law, have been filed against the retained percentage. 3. Affidavit of Wages Paid is on file with the City for the contractor and all Subcontractors regardless of tier (RCW 39.12.040). 4. As-built plans have been submitted to the Owner. In the event claims are filed, the contractor will be paid the retained percentage less an amount sufficient to pay any claims, together with a sum determined by the City sufficient to pay the cost of foreclosing on claims and to cover attorney's fees. Retainage will not be reduced for any reason below the minimum limit provided and allowed by law. Pursuant to Section 1-07.10, the Contractor is responsible for submitting to the State L&I a "Request for Release" form in order for the City to obtain a release from that department with respect to the payments of industrial insurance medical aid premiums. The City will ensure the Washington State Employment Security Department is notified of contract completion in order to obtain releases from that department. 1-09.9(2) City's Right to Withhold Certain Amounts. t In addition to the amount that the City may otherwise retain under the Contract, the City may withhold a sufficient amount of any payments otherwise due to the Contractor, including nullifying the whole or part of any previous payment, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections that, in the City's judgment, may be necessary to cover the following: (a) The cost of defective work not remedied. (b) Fees incurred for material inspection, and overtime engineering and inspection for which the Contractor is obligated under this Contract. (c) Fees and charges of public authorities or municipalities. (d) Liquidated damages. (e) Engineering and inspection fees beyond completion date. 1-09.9(3) Markup Limitations for Extra Work. When extra work is performed under an approved change order, the Contractor shall be limited to a total markup of 15% overhead/profit on direct cost of the work, including materials, labor (including employment taxes, fringe benefits), ownership or rental costs of the construction plant and equipment employed during the time of the extra work No further markup shall be permitted to cover Contractor's costs for Bonding, small tools, insurance, trader, superintendent and the like. The Contractor's subcontractor will also be limited to the same conditions. When extra work is performed as above by a subcontractor to the Contractor, the Contractor shall be limited to a 10% markup on the subcontractor's work. SECTION 1-09.11(3) IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction. This contract shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. The venue of any claims or causes of action arising from this contract shall be exclusively in the Kent Division of the Superior Court of King County, Kent, Washington. For convenience of the parties to this contract, it is mutually agreed that any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the City arising from this contract shall be brought within 180 days from the date of Final Acceptance of the contract by the City. The parties understand and agree that the Contractor's failure to bring suit within the time period provided shall be a complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the parties that when any claims or causes of action that a Contractor asserts against the City arising from this contract are filed with the City or initiated in court, the Contractor shall permit the City to have timely access to any records deemed necessary by the City to assist in evaluating the claims or actions. SECTION 1-09.13 IS DELETED AND REPLACED BY THE FOLLOWING: 1-09.13 Final Decision and Appeal. All disputes arising under this contract shall proceed pursuant to Section 1-04.5 and 1- 09.11 of the Standard Specifications and any special provisions provided for in the contract for claims and resolution of disputes. The provisions of these sections and the special provisions must be complied with, in full, as a condition precedent to the Contractor's right to seek an appeal of the City's decision. The City's decision under Section 1-09.11 will be final and conclusive Thereafter, the exclusive means of Contractor's right to appeal shall only be by filing suit exclusively under the venue, rules and jurisdiction of the King County Superior Court located in Kent, King County, Washington, unless the parties agree in writing to an alternative dispute resolution process. 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SECTION 1-10.2(2) IS DELETED AND REPLACED WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans. Whenever the Contractor intends to do work not explicitly covered by the Traffic Control Plans (TCP) provided in the Plans, or the TCP submitted by the Contractor and approved by the City's Traffic City Representative, then the Contractor shall submit a Supplemental Traffic Control Plan to the City for approval at least ten (10) calendar days in advance of the time the signs and other traffic control devices will be required. NO WORK SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHOUT A TCP APPROVED BY THE CITY REPRESENTATIVE. The approved TCP shall be on-site at all times and failure to obtain and adequately implement an approved TCP shall be cause for immediate action by the City Representative. SECTION 1-10.2(3) IS REVISED BY REPLACING THE FIRST PARAGRAPH WITH THE IFOLLOWING: 1-10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards. Traffic Control Plans, flagging, signs, and all other traffic control devices furnished or provided shall conform to the standards established in the latest adopted edition of the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (MUTCD) published by the U.S. Department of Transportation, and the Modifications to the MUTCD for Streets and Highways for the State of Washington, except as modified by the more stringent requirements contained within the City of Kent Development Assistance Brochure #6-5, Traffic Control Plans. Copies of the MUTCD may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U S Government Printing Office, Washington, DC, 20402. Modifications to the MUTCD for Streets and Highways for the State of Washington may be obtained from the Department of Transportation, Olympia, Washington 98504. City of Kent Development Assistance Brochure #6-5, Traffic Control Plans, may be obtained from the City of Kent Public Works Department The Contractor is responsible for obtaining and complying with all of these publications. SECTION 1-10.2(3) IS REVISED BY REPLACING THE LAST SENTENCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: When a sign or traffic control device becomes classified as "not acceptable" it shall be replaced with an acceptable sign or traffic control device within 12 hours. 1-10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor. SECTION 1-10.3(1) IS REVISED BY REPLACING ITEM 2. WITH THE FOLLOWING: 2. Handling the Class A and Class B construction signs and other temporary t traffic control devices for: SECTION 1-10.3(1) IS REVISED BY REPLACING 2. a. WITH THE FOLLOWING: a. Initial installation / setup and removal; SECTION 1-10.3(1) IS REVISED BY REPLACING THE LAST PARAGRAPH WITH THE FOLLOWING: The hours eligible for "Traffic Control Labor" will be those hours actually used for the previously described work. Any work described under Section 1-10.2(1)B of the Standard Specifications, performed by a Traffic Control Supervisor shall be paid as "Traffic Control Labor" per hour. SECTION 1-10.3(3) IS REVISED BY REPLACING THE FOURTH PARAGRAPH WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-10.3(3) Construction Signs. ' No bid item will be provided in the proposal for Class A or Class B construction signs. Payment for Class A and Class B construction signs will be limited to the labor costs to the work described in Section 1-10.3(1) of the Special Provisions. All other costs for the work to provide Class A and Class B construction signs shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various bid items contained within the proposal. SECTION 1-10.4 IS REVISED BY REPLACING THE SECOND PARAGRAPH WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-10.4 Measurement. Traffic Control Labor will be by the hour for each hour a person is actually performing the work described by Section 1-10.2(1), Section 1-10.2(1) A, Section 1-10.2(1) B of the Standard Specifications, and Section 1-10.3(1) of the Kent Special Provisions. Eligible hours for Traffic Control Labor under this item shall be limited to the hours the worker is actually performing the work as documented by the City Inspector's records, and upon the Contractor's Certified Payroll Records submitted to the City Inspector When the Traffic Control Manager or Traffic Control Supervisor performs work as "Traffic Control Labor", measurement and payment shall be as specified for "Traffic Control Labor". SECTION 1-10.4 IS REVISED BY DELETING THE THIRD AND FOURTH PARAGRAPHS. SECTION 1-10.5 IS REVISED BY REPLACING WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1-10.5 Payment. Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid items when they are included in the proposal: "Traffic Control Labor', per hour The unit contract price per hour constitutes complete compensation for all costs for the labor provided for performing those construction operations described in Section 1-10.2(1), Section 1-10.2(1) A, Section 1-10.2(1) B, and Section 1-10.3(1) of the Special Provisions and as authorized by the Engineer. The hours eligible for "Traffic Control Labor" shall be limited to the hours the worker is actually performing the work as documented by the City Inspector's records, and the Contractor's Certified Payroll Records submitted to the City Inspector on a weekly basis. Labor will be paid for at the non-negotiable rate of$28.00 per hour for the duration of this contract. If the Contractor's labor costs for Traffic Control Labor, including but not limited to, direct labor costs, fringe benefits, taxes, insurance, overhead and markup exceed $28.00 per hour, then the Contractor shall include those additional costs in the bid prices for other bid items contained within the proposal. When the proposal does not include a bid item for a specific bid item listed in the Standard Specifications and/or the Special Provisions, all costs for the work described for those traffic control bid items shall be included by the Contractor in the unit contract prices for the various other bid items contained within the proposal. The Contractor shall estimate these costs based on the Contractor's contemplated work procedures. When bid items for traffic control are included in the proposal, payment is limited to the following work areas: 1. The entire construction area under contract and for a distance to include the initial warning signs for the beginning of the project and the END OF CONSTRUCTION sign. Any warning signs for side streets on the approved TCP are also included. If the project consists of two or more sections, the limits will apply to each section individually. 2. A detour provided in the plans or approved by the Transportation Engineer for by-passing all or any portion of the construction, irrespective of whether or not the termini of the detour are within the limits of the Contract. No payment will be made to the Contractor for traffic control items required in connection with the movement of equipment or the hauling of materials outside of the limits of 1 and 2 above. SUPPLEMENT DIVISION 1 BY ADDING THE FOLLOWING NEW SECTION 1-11. 1-11 OTHER GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1-11.1 Coordination of Work with City. At least a three (3) business day notification shall be required on all requests for Engineering services other than inspection. All requests shall be coordinated with the City ' Engineer. All costs resulting from delays in which requests were not coordinated with the City Representative shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1-11.2 Conformance to Requirements of King County. All work under this contract which is to be accomplished on right-of-way under the jurisdiction of King County shall be done in strict accordance with the requirements of that agency in accordance with any directive which may be issued by their representatives. See the project plans for description of project location, if any, located in King County. , The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying King County as to when they intend to perform the work and to cooperate effectively with the County throughout the entire construction period. In general, traffic shall not be detoured or restricted in any way except by authorization of the County. The City has a franchise and permit to construct the project as shown on the plans. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with any special requirements of the permit Bidders shall determine the requirements of King County for construction of utilities on the rights-of-way before submitting a bid. 1-11.3 Road Maintenance. Until accepted in writing by the City Representative, the Contractor will maintain all roads within the confines of the project in a condition satisfactory to the City Representative. This shall include periodic grading of any street, detour, etc., on which traffic is allowed, wherever, in the opinion of the City Representative, such grading is required. When construction operations are such that debris from the work is deposited on the streets, the Contractor shall cover all loads, and as a minimum, remove on a daily basis, any deposits or debris which may accumulate on the roadway surface Should daily removal be insufficient to keep the street clean, the Contractor shall perform removal operations on a more frequent basis. If the City Representative determines that more frequent cleaning is impractical ' or if the Contractor fails to keep the streets free from deposits and debris resulting from the work, the Contractor shall, upon order of the City Representative, provide facilities for and remove all clay or other deposits from the tires or between wheels before trucks or other equipment will be allowed to travel over paved streets. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to clean the streets in question or the trucks or equipment in question, the City Representative may order the work suspended at the Contractor's risk until compliance with the Contractor's obligation is assured or, the City Representative may order the streets in question cleaned by others and such costs incurred by the City in achieving compliance with these Contract requirements, including cleaning of the streets, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor on monthly estimate. The Contractor shall have no claim for delay or additional costs should the City Representative choose to suspend the Contractor's work until compliance is achieved. All costs in connection with the above work, including labor, materials, tools and equipment, shall be considered as incidental to the construction, and payment thereof shall be included in the unit Contract price of other bid items. 1-11.4 General Restoration. The Contractor shall restore to a condition equal to the original condition improvements as pavements, driveways, gravel shoulders, ditches, culverts, curb, curb and gutter, sidewalks, fences, pavement markings, mailboxes, traffic signs, -traffic signal loops, landscaping, lawns, trees, buildings and foundations, piping systems, septic tanks and drain fields, public and private utilities etc., which are damaged or removed (and not indicated to be removed) during construction, whether shown on the plans or not. Also see Sections 1-07.16 and 1-07.17 of the City of Kent Special Provisions. Payment for the above said work including all labor, materials, tools and equipment shall be considered incidental to the construction and all costs thereof shall be included by the Contractor in the unit contract price of other bid items unless a specific bid item is included in the proposal. 1-11.5 Landscape Restoration. Restoration of landscaping shall be performed by a qualified landscape gardener whose principal business is this type of work. The name and qualification of the landscape gardener shall be submitted to the City Representative for approval prior to beginning of construction. Particular care shall be exercised to see that the topsoil is preserved and replaced in its original location. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to strip such topsoil from the trench or construction area, and stockpile it in such a manner that it may be replaced by him, upon completion of construction, or to furnish and install new topsoil in accordance with Section 9-14 of the Standard Specifications. Topsoil shall be defined four (4) inches of soil in lawn and planted areas. Trees and shrubbery shall be carefully removed with the earth surrounding their roots, wrapped in burlap and replanted in their original positions within four (4) days. Trees and shrubbery removal and transplanting will be done only by a landscape gardener. Ornamental trees or shrubbery destroyed or damaged by the Contractor, whether in public or private property shall be replaced by the Contractor with material of equal quality and no additional compensation will be allowed for such replacement. NOTE Those trees indicated on the plans as non-restorable are not required to 1 be restored As such, said trees shall be marked by the City Representative prior to the construction. Wherever it may be necessary for the Contractor to trench through any lawn areas, the sod shall be carefully cut and rolled and properly replaced after ditches have been water settled or otherwise properly compacted. Should the existing sod be deemed unsuitable for reuse, the Contractor shall supply and install new sod. All work shall be done in a manner calculated to leave the lawn area clean of earth and debris and in a condition equal to that which existed before work was started. Payment for this work includes all labor, materials, tools and equipment and shall be incidental to the contract work and all related costs shall be included by the Contractor in the total lump sum bid. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS /DIVISION 1 ■jT/General Requirement ..S�ctl©11. >_ 01010 Administrative Procedures COK 01020 Field Engineering COK 01039 Coordination and Meetings COK 01040 Applicable Codes COK 01090 Definitions and Abbreviations COK 01100 Base Bid and Alternates COK 01101 Site Security COK 01300 Submittals COK 01400 Quality Control COK 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls COK 01600 Materials and Equipment COK 01700 Project Closeout COK DIVISION 2 Site Construction Section Title s Author _ 02165 Trench Safety DACA 02300 Earthwork DACA 02620 Site Utilities DACA DIVISION 3 Concrete Section Title T � �-° _ _ a� Author 03311 Concrete DACA DIVISION 4 Masonry Section Title Author``' 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies DACA DIVISION 5 Metals Section �-Au thot , r; 1 05500 Metal Fabrications DACA DIVISION 6 Wood and Plastics Section Title Aut>Ctar. 06100 Rough Carpentry DACA 1 06150 Wood Decking DACA 06176 Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses DACA 06200 Finish Carpentry DACA 06415 Plastic Materials DACA DIVISION 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection t1' 4tion --_ :-TitleAW 07210 Insulation DACA 07410 Metal Roof Panels DACA 07460 Soffits DACA 07600 Sheet Metal, Flashing and Trim DACA 07900 Joint Sealers DACA DIVISION 8 Doors and Hardware =Section_ "'Title = _� � = Author 08111 Steel Doors and Frames DACA 08332 Coiling Door DACA 08710 Finish Hardware DACA DIVISION 9 Finishes Section �i le 09770 Special Wall Surfaces (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic DACA Panels 09900 Painting DACA DIVISION 10 Specialties Section Title Author 10172 Toilet Compartments DACA 10200 Louvers DACA 10431 Building Si na a DACA 10800 Toilet Accessories DACA 12300 Manufactured Casework DACA DIVISION 15 Mechanical t Section Title Author 15010 Mechanical Provisions TEC 15050 Basic Materials and Methods TEC 15060 Pipe, Valves, and Fittings TEC 15250 Mechanical Insulation TEC 15400 Plumbing TEC 15850 Air Handling Equipment TEC 15880 Ductwork and Accessories TEC DIVISION 16 Electrical Section _ Title _ Author �,� -- . 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods J OMEGA 16051 Existing Electrical Systems J OMEGA 16060 Grounding and Bonding J OMEGA 16080 Electrical Testing J OMEGA 16120 Conductors and Cables J OMEGA 16130 Raceway and Boxes J OMEGA 16140 Wiring Devices J OMEGA 16461 Dry-Type Transformers 600 V and Less J OMEGA 16511 Interior LightingJ OMEGA COK City of Kent DACA David A. Clark Architects, PLLC J OMEGA J Omega Engineering, Inc. TEC TEC Engineering, Inc. SECTION 01010 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Contractor shall familiarize himself/herself thoroughly with all conditions of the specifications, as well as technical sections 1.02 PERMITS Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits required during the course of the work. 1.03 DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible for alleviation or prevention of any dust arising from the work on this project, by using water or dust palliatives as required by the City of Kent and as approved by the Designated Authority. 1.04 VANDALISM The Contractor is hereby advised to take all lawful and prudent precautions against vandalism on any work and equipment connected with this project. The Owner will not in any way be held financially responsible or accountable for vandalism, or be responsible to repair or replace any work or equipment. 1.05 WEATHER AND WATER TABLE CONDITIONS Since work may be done during inclement weather, each bidder shall satisfy himself before submitting his bid as to the hazards likely to arise from weather or high water table conditions. Complete weather records and reports may be obtained from any US Weather Bureau Office. No additional payment will be made for any conditions caused by inclement water, wetlands, streams, flooding, saturated soils, or high water table. 1.06 MAINTENANCE OF STREETS, TRAILS, UTILTITIES, ETC. A. The Contractor shall be responsible at all times for the maintenance of streets, parking lot, and utilities affected by construction operations. Streets, sidewalk, and utilities shall be kept in full operation during the entire course of the protect Debris and rubbish shall not be allowed to accumulate, and all premises shall be maintained in a neat and workman-like condition as determined by the Owner. Service Club Ballfield 01010 - 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01010 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES B. In the event the Contractor fails to conform to these requirements, the Owner shall have the right to have the work done by others and the cost will be deducted from monies due the Contractor. 1.07 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS The Contractor is responsible f or protection of materials a nd completed work from vandalism until the work is completed. 1.08 EROSION CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible at all times until final acceptance for erosion control during construction and for repair of any completed work damaged by erosion, according to TESC plan and permitting requirements. 1.09 STATE LICENSING LAW The Contractor agrees and covenants to furnish the Owner proper evidence that the Contractor has fully complied with the State Licensing Law as specified in Chapter 77, Laws of the State of Washington, of 1963, as amended; and a Contractor's Certificate of Registration shall be in full force and effect throughout the work project hereinabove enumerated. 1.10 EXISTING SITE TOPOGRAPHY The existing topography is shown as screened contour lines and spot elevations. Notify Designated Authority immediately should actual conditions vary significantly from those shown. 1.11 SURVEY DATA/EXISTING CONDITIONS The Contractor's surveyor shall establish and stake out control points for the various parts of the work for location, Imes, and grades from the base line as shown on the plans. An electronic file of coordinates will be provided to the surveyor by the Designated Authority upon request. Surveyor shall be a licensed surveyor in the State of Washington. 1.12 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The Contractor shall keep one set of drawings and specifications at the site for the purpose of recording all changes made during construction as changes occur. Service Club Ballfield 01010 - 2 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01010 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES B. In addition, the drawings and specifications shall be marked to record all materials used where options or alternates were indicated or specified and dimensional changes made during the course of the work shall be drawn to scale. C. The Contractor shall provide a mylar record drawing prepared and stamped by a licensed surveyor reflecting the actual vertical and horizontal locations of drainage facilities (including open channels) constructed on the project site as per City of Kent code requirements. D. The record drawings shall include the following declaration by the licensed surveyor. `WE HEREBY DECLARE THAT ALL IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDING STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS ARE LOCATED AS SHOWN ON THESE RECORD DRAWINGS PER THE FIELD MEASUREMENTS TAKEN (Date)." END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01010 - 3 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01020 1 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1—GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. GRADES, LINES, AND LEVELS 1. Employ a licensed Civil Engineer or Land Surveyor to lay out the work and establish all points, lines, grades, and levels from such points, reference lines, and datum as indicated on the drawings. The Contractor will be held responsible for the accuracy of his work. 2. Provide all such stakes, spikes, steel pins, templates, platforms equipment, instruments, tools, and materials, and all labor including instrument men, road-men, chain-men, etc., as may be required in laying out any part of the work. 3. Provide all stake out and locations of the various portions of the work and provide such lines and grades as are necessary for the proper construction and drainage of the project as required on drawings 4. Submit all layout data to City Representative/Engineer for approval prior to beginning work Retain and record all layout data not shown on contract documents or at variance with the contract documents. Retain and record survey data on record drawings. 5. Record all survey data in accordance with standard and approved methods All field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the Contractor in laying out the work shall be available at all times during the progress of the work for the ready examination by the Owner or its duly authorized representative. 6. Maintain and preserve all stakes and other marks established until authorized to remove them; if such marks are destroyed by the Contractor through his negligence prior to their authorized removal, and if required by the City Representative/Engineer, they shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01020 — 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination. B Field Engineering. C. Alteration project procedures. D Cutting and patching. E. Pre-construction conference. F. Progress meetings. G. P re-installation conferences. 1.02 COORDINATION 1 A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure proper, efficient, and orderly sequence of construction and installation of interdependent elements. B. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with budding utilities. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. D. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate sections in preparation for Completion. 1.03 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Contractor's surveyor shall establish and stake out control points for the various parts of the work B. Identify any hazardous substance or condition exposed during the Work to the Project Manager/ Engineer for decision or remedy. Service Club Ballfield 01039 - 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.04 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Owner will schedule a conference after Notice of Award. . B. Attendance Required: Owner, Inspector, and Contractor. C. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the Architect/Engineer. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures 7. Scheduling. 8. Coordination with Owner, other Contractor, and volunteers. 9. Notice to Proceed. 10.Special Instructions 1.06 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Owner will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at weekly intervals B. Contractor shall attend meetings. C. Attendance Required: Contractor, Job Superintendent, Owner, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. , 2. Review of submittals and status of submittals. 3. Review of schedule. 4 Maintenance of progress schedule. 5. Review plans and specifications related to anticipated work. 6. Review of Work progress. 7. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 8. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 9. Other business relating to Work. Service Club Ballfield 01039 -2 Restroom & Concession Building 1 SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.07 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. When required in individual specification Section, convene a pre- installation conference at work site prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Owner seven (7) days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at conference. E. Review conditions of installation, preparation, and installation procedures, and coordination with related work PART 2-PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3-EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01039 - 3 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01040 APPLICABLE CODES PART 1—GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE CODES A. CODE COMPLIANCE 1. Give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders of any public agency having authority over the performance of the work 2. Contractor will be held responsible for observance by himself, his agents, his sub-contractors, and all employees, of the regulations of the United States Government, State of Washington, City of Kent, and King County covering sanitation, fire protection, safety, and burning. 3. Promptly notify the Owner in writing of any variance in the contract documents with the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders. Necessary changes will be adjusted by appropriate modification. 4. If Contractor performs work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and orders, and without such notice to the Owner, Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefore and shall bear all costs attributable thereto. 5. Where the drawings and specifications call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a better quality, higher standard, or larger sizes than may be required to said laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations, and orders, the provisions of the drawings and specifications shall take precedence over said laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and orders. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01040 - 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01090 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 NUMBER OF SPECIFIED ITEMS REQUIRED Wherever these specifications, an article, device, or piece of equipment is referred to i n the singular n umber, s uch reference applies to all a nd as many such articles as are shown on the drawings, or required to complete the installation. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. "Owner": The City of Kent or their representative. B. Designated Authority (Engineer, Architect): an employee of or consultant to the City of Kent. C. "Provide" shall mean, "furnish and install" or "furnish labor, equipment, and materials necessary for installation, ready for use, and under the terms of the contract drawings" "As shown", "as indicated," "as detailed," "as noted," or words of similar meaning refer to contract drawings. D. "The work" means "the work to be accomplished under this contract." E. "Approved" means "Approved by the owner or designated authority " "For approval" means "for owner approval, or designated authority approval." F. Where the words "or equal" are used, the owner is the sole judge of the quality and suitability of the proposed substitution. G. "Products" means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS See Legends on the drawings. Service Club Ballfield 01090 - 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01090 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 1.04 ORGANIZATION OF SPECIFICATIONS Divisions and sections of these specifications conform generally to customary trade practice. They are intended for convenience only. The Owner and Designated Authority are not bound to define the limits of any subcontract. 1.05 DIMENSIONS AND MEASUREMENTS Written dimensions govern. Do not scale drawings, unless so indicated on the plans. Check all dimensions in the field and verify them with respect to the adjacent or incorporated work. 1.06 CONFLICT IN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS Bring immediately to attention of the Designated Authority any conflicts relating to technical aspects in drawings and specifications. Following is the order of authority of Documents, the first taking the highest precedence: (See 1-04.2 of the Kent Parks Special Provisions). 1. Contract Modifications 2. Contract Agreement 3. Addenda 4. Project Plans and Technical Specifications 5. Large Scale Drawings over Small Scale Drawings 6. Kent Parks Special Provisions 7. Special Provisions "Standard Specifications: 2002 for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction" 8 Bid Packet Information PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01090 - 2 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01100 BASE BID AND ALTERNATES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL Bidders shall submit a proposal for the base bid and alternates. The City reserves the right to award the base bid only if considered to be in the City's best interest. Only basic information concerning Base Bid and Alternates is listed in the proposal. No attempt has been made to list all items or details. Refer to technical sections of the Specifications and Plans for detailed information. 1.02 SITE WORK A. Base Bid 1. Includes all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required for completion of the work drawn and specified, together with the necessary appurtenant work. 2. Work Not Included in Base Bid Work noted as "not in contract" abbreviated N.I.0 , or work included under alternates is not included in Base Bid. B. Trench Excavations Safety Provisions If the contract contains any work which requires trenching exceeding a depth of four (4) feet, all costs for adequate trench safety systems shall be identified as a separate bid item in compliance with Chapter 39 04 RCW. The purpose of this provision is to ensure that the bidder agrees to comply with all the relevant trench safety requirements of Chapter 49 17 RCW. This bid amount shall be included in the total Lump Sum Base Bid set forth above. If trench excavation safety provisions do not pertain to this project put N/A for dollar amount. Failure to complete this requirement shall be considered as non-responsive to the bid solicitation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01100 - 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01101 SITE SECURITY PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SITE SECURITY The Contractor shall secure the site with temporary fencing. Contractor shall post signs stating that the site is a construction area — do not enter. Contractor is hereby advised to take all lawful and prudent precautions against unauthorized entry to the work area. 1.02 ACCESS TO PARK The Contractor is responsible to maintain safe means of ingress and egress to the construction site off of the main roads 1.03 VANDALISM A. The Contractor is hereby advised to take all lawful and prudent precautions against vandalism on any work and equipment connected with this protect The Owner will not in any way be held financially responsible or accountable for vandalism, or be responsible to repair or replace any work or equipment. B. The City will notify City Police Patrol Units when protect commences. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01101 - 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1—GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. RELATED WORK ELSEWHERE 1. Contractual Requirements for Submittals: j a) General Conditions b) Special Conditions B. SUBMITTALS REQUIRED 1. See each Section under PART I — GENERAL for specific items to be submitted for approval. C. COMPLIANCE 1. Failure to comply with these requirements shall be deemed as the Contractor's failure to furnish the exact materials specified or materials selected by the Owner based on these specifications. D. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE 1. Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of manufacturer's literature for approval 2. Catalog cuts or brochures shall show type, size ratings, style, color, manufacturer, and catalog number of each item and be complete enough to provide for positive and rapid identification in the field E. SAMPLES 1. The sample submitted shall be the exact or precise article proposed to be furnished 2. Samples, color chips, finish styles, etc. shall be submitted in sufficient number as to provide the Owner with alternate choices. F. SUBSTITUTIONS 1. The contract is based on materials, equipment, and methods described in the contract documents. 2. Do not substitute materials, equipment, or methods unless such substitution has been specifically approved for this work by the Owner. Service Club Ballfield 01300 - 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS 3. Requests for substitutions may not be made prior to bid. 4. Requests for substitutions may be made after award of bid. All technical data and costs, and delivery information shall accompany such requests. When, in the sole opinion of the Owner, the product is equal, or better, in all respects, to the product specified, it will be approved subject to contract requirements and the Contractor's assumption of the responsibility for all extenuating circumstances. 5. Where the phrase "or equal" or "or equal as approved by the Owner" occurs in the contract documents, do not assume that material, equipment, or methods will be approved as equal by the Owner unless the item has specifically been approved for this work by the Owner 6. The decision of the Owner shall be final. G. SUBMITTALS 1. Samples, tests, shop and detail drawings shall be submitted in related packages. All equipment or material details that are interdependent or are related in any way must be submitted indicating the complete installation. 2. All tests, samples, shop drawings and materials submitted for approval must be submitted ten (10) working days prior to use or installation of the material or shop drawings. 3. Following approval, all work must be done in accordance with the approved shop drawings, samples, and submittals. 4. If corrections are required, the Contractor shall make the corrections required by the Owner and file with him the same number of corrected copies as indicated above. 5. The Owner's review of, and approval of, any tests, submittals, or shop drawings is understood to be an acceptance of the character oft he details and not a check of any dimensions or quantities. Owner's approval will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules, whether or not the Owner finds errors in review of such details. The Owner's review of, and approval of, any submittal will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility of consequences due to deviations from the contract documents unless the Contractor has called attention to such deviations in writing. No changes shall be made in any drawing after it has been reviewed, except by the consent or the direction of the Service Club Ballfield 01300 - 2 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS Owner in writing. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01300 - 3 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1—GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation B. References C. Inspection and testing laboratory services 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturer's instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturer's instructions conflict with contract documents, request clarification from designated authority before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids B Should specified reference standards conflict with contract documents, request clarification from designated authority before proceeding. C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the contract shall not be altered from the contract documents by mention or interference otherwise in any reference document. Service Club Ballfield 01400-1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Owner will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing of compaction, concrete, metal fabrication, and steel reinforcing. B. That independent firm will perform inspections, tests, and other services except those specifically required of the Contractor in individual specification sections. C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect/Engineer and Owner indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or noncompliance with contract documents D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, and assistance as requested. 1. Notify Architect/Engineer and independent firm 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring service. 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests beyond the Owner's test if required for Contractor's use. E. Re-testing and site visits required because of nonconformance to specified requirements and scheduling shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Architect/Engineer. Payment for redesign and site visits will be charged by the Owner to the Contractor by deducting inspection or testing charges from the contract sum/price. PART 2—PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3—EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01400-2 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S WORK All work specified under this Section shall be provided by the Contractor. 1.02 TEMPORARY POWER Contractor to provide sufficient electric power of capacity necessary and make it available to all those connected with the work. The Contractor is to pay for all temporary transformers, lines, poles, meters, and other changes and all charges connected with the use of the permanent facilities until accepted by the Owner All costs and other charges in providing electric power to be paid by Contractor until acceptance of project by Owner. 1.03 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE As soon as possible after Notice to Proceed with construction, provide a noncoin box telephone or cellular phone on the site and maintain same until completion of the work. Pay for installation, maintenance, and non- toll calls and allow all connected with the work to use, provided they pay for toll calls. 1.04 TEMPORARY DRINKING WATER Make necessary arrangements and provide drinking water from a proven safe source required during entire construction period. Comply with state and local health requirements. Serve in single service containers or sanitary drinking fountain. 1.05 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION Contractor to provide water and make it available to all those connected with the work. The Contractor is to pay all costs and charges for same until acceptance of project by Owner. Obtain a temporary hydrant permit from the Water District#111 if required. �i 1.06 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES The Contractor is responsible to provide restroom facilities. Locate inside the construction area and keep in sanitary condition Secure to prevent tipping by vandals. Remove when directed by Owner and disinfect premises. Service Club Ballfield 01500 - 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.07 TEMPORARY SHEDS Construct and maintain such temporary sheds as may be required for the use of workmen, for tool c ribs, a nd for t he storage of m atenals, project plans and documents. Provide temporary light in all areas of the sheds. All sheds shall be maintained at all times in good repair and in a clean and sanitary condition. Upon completion of the work, all sheds shall be removed and the premises cleaned. 1.08 STAGING AREA The Contractor staging area to be agreed upon by the Contractor and the Owner. Submit a proposed location to the Owner for approval All disturbed areas shall be cleaned up, fine graded, seeded, and otherwise restored to its original condition as determined by the Owner. 1.09 FIELD OFFICES The Contractor is not required to provide a field office on the premises for this project. 1.10 DAILY CLEAN UP (See Kent Parks Special Provisions) Contractor is required to clean all streets, walkways, and alleys at the end of the work day. Contractor shall secure all areas of the work, equipment, and material and leave the site in a neat, orderly manner. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used. M END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01500 - 2 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1--GENERAL 1.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. QUALITY 1. Unless otherwise specified, all materials, equipment, or other items incorporated in the work shall be new 2. Deliver materials and equipment to job site in original unbroken containers, stamped with brand and maker's name. 3. All workmanship shall be consistent with latest shop and trade practices. 4. All required certificates, tests, labels, and compliance with all code and legal requirements are conditions of acceptance for use in the work. 5. It is the Contractor's responsibility to be certain that all equipment and materials selected by the Contractor or sub- contractors or materials suppliers conform exactly to the requirements of the drawings and specifications 6. The approval of a manufacturer's name by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment that comply with the contract documents. 7. Identification of a product in the specifications is to establish standard, type, performance, and quality that the Owner has determined as requisite and necessary for the project. 8 In general, the preparation of the drawings and specifications has been based upon sizes, loads, and requirements of specific items of materials o r e quipment, a nd, a s s uch, i s t he b asis of bidding. B. STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to insure safe and secure storage for materials and equipment. 2. Protect all materials and equipment from damage from whatever the cause. Service Club Ballfield 01600 - 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 3. Comply with Owner's directions to safeguard materials and equipment stored on site or off site 4. Provide all insurance as required by General Conditions for materials stored on site or off site. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01600 - 2 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1—GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. CONTRACT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1. Definition a) On-site As-built drawings are defined as a printed set of the contract drawings that the Contractor shall keep current and indicate thereon all differences between the contract work as drawn and as installed, and where any work added to the contract is also indicated. b) As-Built (Record) Drawings are defined as a black line set of prints of the contract drawings covering the completed work, and on which are shown any and all differences between the contract work as drawn and installed, as well as any work added to the contract. ` c) Concealed work is that which is installed underground or in areas that cannot be readily inspected by means of access panels, inspection plates, or other removable features. Contractor shall record concealed work daily on the on-site As-Built drawing. B. REQUIREMENTS 1. Each contractor and sub-contractor (General, Mechanical, Electrical, etc.) shall prepare and maintain a set of on site As-Built Drawings which clearly show all differences between the contract drawings as drawn and the work as installed, and shall also indicate work performed which was not shown on the contract drawings Include location of all clean outs and access panels. C. ON SITE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS 1. Each Contractor (General, Mechanical, Electrical, etc.) shall maintain a set of on site As-Built Drawings at the job site These shall be kept legible and current, and shall be available for inspection at all times by the Owner. All changes in the contract work or work added shall be, neatly and in consistent format, shown on these drawings in a permanent contrasting color (e g. using a red, blue, green, or other colored pen). Service Club Ballfield 01700- 1 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT D. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS 1. Upon substantial completion of the project, each Contractor (General, Mechanical, Electrical, etc.) shall submit one copy of the As-Built Drawings to the Owner for review and approval. E. APPROVAL 1. The Owner shall review the on site drawings and the As-Built Drawings, and shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of these drawings. 2. The receipt and acceptance of As-Built Drawings is a prerequisite to project acceptance by Owner. F. PERMITS 1. Deliver all permits "signed off' to the Owner. 2. Submission of "signed off' permits is a prerequisite to project acceptance by Owner. G. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1 Provide data for: a All products/equipment with moving parts b Mechanical equipment and controls. c. Electrical equipment and controls. d. Finishes. 2. Submit (3) sets prior to final inspection, but no later than 48 hours prior ' to scheduled training, bound in 8 5 x 11 inch three ring binders. 3. Part 1: Directory listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Contractor and sub-Contractors, suppliers, and Consultants. 4. Part 2: Operation and Maintenance instructions, arranged by Technical Specification Division, listing: a. Pertinent design criteria. b. Equipment model number, supplier. c Parts list. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions. f. Shop drawings and product data. g. Warranties. h. Bonds. Service Club Ballfield 01700 - 2 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT i. Finishes including type, location, color numbers and formulas, manufacturers, and product numbers. H. REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1. Temporary office facilities, toilets, storage sheds, electric and plumbing lines and/or connections shall be removed from the site and services terminated upon completion of the work, or sooner if progress permits and in the opinion of the Owner. 2. Portions of the site occupied by temporary construction shall be restored by the Contractor to a condition completely satisfactory to the Owner. I. PRE-FINAL INSPECTION 1. Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing (and by phone) when all the work or portions of the work are complete and ready for inspection. The Owner will make inspection and prepare a punch list to be forwarded to the Contractor who shall promptly correct punch list items as identified by Owner. 2. Contractor shall restore all areas disturbed during construction to original, or better condition, and to the satisfaction of the Owner. J. FINAL INSPECTION 1. Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing, or by phone, when all punch list items have been corrected The Owner will set a time for the final inspection, at which time the Owner, other City Representatives, Designated Authorities (as applicable), and Contractor shall jointly inspect the work. The Contractor will promptly correct any furiher punch list items as identified. 2. Owner will provide a written Notice of Project Acceptance after all punch list items have been corrected Warranty period begins from the date of Project Acceptance and runs for one year. 3. Contractor is responsible to complete, and provide proof of, all necessary Washington State releases. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not used. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 01700 - 3 Restroom & Concession Building SECTION 02165 TRENCH SAFETY PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. SUMMARY This section specifies requirements for the safety systems to be used in all excavation activities, including but not limited to storm, water, sewer and electrical trench and structure excavation, and excavation for grading Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section B. RELATED SECTIONS Section 02300—Earthwork 1.2 REFERENCES RCW Chapter 49.17 WISHA. WAC 296-155 Safety Standards for Construction Work. WAC 296-155-660. RCW Chapter 39 04 180 Public Works/Trench Excavations -Safety Systems Required. 1.3 DEFINITIONS All work shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction"prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the American Public Works Association as adopted by the City of Kent PART 2 -PRODUCTS -Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS A. Protect all excavation in excess of 4 feet in depth with a safety system conforming to the referenced requirements B. The Contractor's excavation safety system shall be designed by a qualified person and meet the referenced requirements C. All excavation not requiring trench safety systems shall also meet the WISHA safety standards and the requirements of Division 2, "Earthwork" D. The Contractor is solely responsible for all safety plans, methods, materials and processes END OF SECTION 02165 Service Club Ballfields 02165 - 1 Trench Safety Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division h Specification Sections, apply to this Section 12 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Preparing subgrades for interior and exterior slabs-on-grade 2. Excavating and backfilling for building and structures. 3. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements. 4. Excavating and backfilling trenches. 5 Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried mechanical and electrical utilities and pits for buried utility structures B Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 2 Section 02165 "Trench Safety" for Trench Safety during construction. 2. Division 2 Section 02620 "Site Utilities" for utilities 3 Division 3 Section 03311 "Cast-m-Place Concrete" for slabs on grade ' 1.3 DEFINITIONS A Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation 1. Initial Backfill: Soil placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill Soil placed over initial backfill to fill a trench B. Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. C. Borrow- Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill D Excavation Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations. 1. Additional Excavation Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Architect. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work See bid forms for unit price requirements 2. Bulk Excavation Excavations more than 10 feet (3 m) in width and pits more than 30 feet(9 m) in either length or width 3. Unauthorized Excavation. Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated dimensions without direction by Architect or Owner's Representative Unauthorized Service Club Ballfield Section 02300-1 Earthwork Restroom and Concession Building excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect or Owner's representative, shall be without additional compensation E. Fill- Soil materials used to raise existing grades. F. Rock- Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and boulders of rock material exceeding 1 cu yd. (0 76 cu. m) for bulk excavation or 3/4 cu yd. (0.57 cu. m) for footing, trench, and pit excavation that cannot be removed by rock excavating equipment equivalent to the following in size and performance ratings, without systematic drilling,ram hammering,ripping, or blasting, when permitted: 1. Excavation of Footmgs, Trenches, and Pits- Late-model, track-mounted hydraulic excavator, equipped with a 42-inch- (1065-mm-)wide, short-tip-radius rock bucket; rated at not less than 120-hp (89-kW) flywheel power with bucket-curlmg force of not less than 25,000 lbf(111 kN) and stick-crowd force of not less than 18,700 lbf(83 kN); measured ' according to SAE 1-1179. 2. Bulk Excavation Late-model, track-mounted loader; rated at not less than 210-hp (157- kW) flywheel power and developing a minimum of 45,000-lbf(200-kN) breakout force, measured according to SAE J-732. G. Rock Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and boulders of rock material 3/4 cu yd. (0.57 cu. m) or more in volume that when tested by an independent geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D 1586, exceeds a standard penetration resistance of 100 blows/2 inches (97 blows/50 mm) H. Structures: Buildings, footmgs, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface I. Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt paving, or layer placed between the subgrade and a concrete pavement or walk ' J Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials K. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings L. Standard Specifications Reference in this section to the Standard Specifications shall mean the ' latest edition of the "Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction" prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the American Public Works Association as adopted by the City of Kent All work shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of the Standard Specifications 1.4 SUBMITTALS ' A. Samples: For the following• 1. 504b (22.7-kg) samples, sealed in airtight containers, of each proposed soil material from on-site or borrow sources. Service Club Ballfield Section 02300-2 Earthwork Restroom and Concession Building B Material Test Reports- From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results ' for compliance of the following with requirements indicated: 1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each on-site or borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill 2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557 for each on-site or borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated ' 1 Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission ' 3. Contact utility-locator service for area where Project is located at least 48 hours before excavating. B. General Owner's Ballfield Construction (BF) Contractor is currently constructing the ballfield and parking lot improvements BF Contractor will fill the site as indicated on the construction documents or as allowed by the Owner and will leave the center building pad for work to be complete under this contract ' C. Existing site conditions & drawings, work by Owner's Ballfield (BF) Contractor: Prior to submitting a bid, the Contractor shall examine the existing conditions of the site and the work of ' the BF Contractor and shall submit in writing, prior to submitting his or her bid, to the Architect any concerns or discrepancies of the BF Contractors, and the current site to conditions indicated on plans Submittal of a bid shall indicate acceptance that the existing conditions match the drawings. D Prior to commencing work- Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall examine the existing conditions of the site Commencement of any work of this section shall indicate ' acceptance of the existing conditions E Erosion Control Measures- Contractor shall install as necessary and as required by permit, or ' shall maintain existing erosion control measures as necessary to prevent runoff to adjacent properties and streets Contractor shall take measures to prevent silting or clogging of existing catch basins and drainage system The Contractor shall be responsible for the cleaning up of adjacent properties, streets, catch basins, or storm drainage systems that are adversely impacted by runoff resulting from his construction activities on the site and removal of such. F. Contractor shall be allowed to reuse excavated material. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS Service Club Ballfield Section 02300-3 Earthwork Restroom and Concession Building A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations at no additional cost to the Owner. ' B. Satisfactory Soils ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, or a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches (75 mm) in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials,vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils- ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. ' D. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials. E. Subbase: In compliance with 9-03 10 of the Standard Specifications. ' F. Base In compliance with 9-03 9(3)of the Standard Specifications. G. Engineered Fill: In compliance with 9-03.14(1)of the Standard Specifications. , H. Bedding: In compliance with 9-03 12(3)of the Standard Specifications. 22 ACCESSORIES , 1. Erosion Control Fabric: Geotextile erosion control fabric as indicated on the drawings and as accepted by the City. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by ' settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations B Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide ' protective insulating materials as necessary C. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared , subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by ram or water accumulation Service Club Ballfield Section 023004 Earthwork Restroom and Concession Building 1 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. 2. If necessary, install a dewatering system to keep subgrades dry and convey ground water away from excavations Maintain until dewatering is no longer required ' 3.3 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES ' A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm) Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections. 3.4 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections, elevations, and grades 35 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher than top of pipe or conduit,unless otherwise indicated 1. Clearance: Min. 12 inches (300 mm)on each side of pipe or conduit. C. Trench Bottoms- Excavate trenches 4 inches (100 mm) deeper than bottom of pipe elevation to ' allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe 3.6 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE ' A. Notify Arcltect when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. 1. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work C. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, ram, accumulated water, or construction activities, at no additional cost, as directed by Architect. ' 37 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation Lean concrete fill may be used when approved by Architect Filling of unauthorized excavations will be at no additional cost to the Owner Service Club Ballfield Section 02300-5 Earthwork Restroom and Concession Building r 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by r Architect. r 3.8 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory excavated soil materials Stockpile soil materials r without intermixing Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to dram surface water Cover to prevent windblown dust. r 39 BACKFILL r A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly,but not before completing the following: 1 Inspecting and testing underground utilities r 2. Removing concrete formwork. 3. Removing trash and debris. 4. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. r 3 10 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated Shape bedding r course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits r B. Backfll trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches (450 mm) of bottom of footings; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings r C. Provide 4-inch- (100-mm-) thick, concrete-base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches (750 min) below surface of roadways After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches (100 min) of concrete before backfilling or placing r roadway subbase. D Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch (25 ' mm),to a height of 12 inches (300 min) over the utility pipe or conduit. 1. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both ' sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system E. Coordinate backfillmg with utilities testing. Fill voids with approved backfill materials while r shoring and bracing, and as sheeting is removed. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade Revise tape depths to suit office practice r 3.11 FILL A. General. Only minimal fill within project hunts is expected. r B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations using only satisfactory soil material Service Club Ballfield Section 02300-6 Earthwork Restroom and Concession Building 3.12 MOISTURE CONTROL ' A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that ' exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.13 COMPACTION OF BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 to 10 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches (100 mm) in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure. ' C. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557 ' 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, walks, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches (300 mm) of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent 3.14 GRADING ' A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from building pad and to prevent ponding. ' Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances• 1. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch(13 min). C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch (13 mm) when tested with a 10-foot(3-m) straightedge. 3.15 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE A. Dramage Piping Drainage pipe is specified in Division 2 Section 02620 "Site Utilities." ' Service Club Ballfield Section 02300-7 Earthwork Restroom and Concession Building 3.16 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES A. Under pavements and walks,place subbase course on prepared subgrade and as follows: 1. Place base course material over subbase. 2. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, , cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557 3. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. ' 4 When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches (150 mm) or less, place materials in a single layer. 5. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches (150 mm), place ' materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches (150 mm) thick or less than 3 inches (75 mm)thick when compacted. 3 17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Testing Agency: Owner may engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing , agency to perform field quality-control testing. 318 PROTECTION , A Protecting Graded Areas Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. ' Cover, straw or seed any area left exposed to weather or as required by the City, at no additional expense to the Owner Keep free of trash and debris B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances, at no additional cost to the Owner, where ' completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to contractor's subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. , 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect, reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, , backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing at no additional cost to the Owner if, in the Architect's opinion, the settlement is due to improper installation on the Contractor's part. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, , and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible 3.19 TIMING AND DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS ' A. Timing and Disposal- All of the existing material not reusable on the site, shall be transported off site at no additional cost to the Owner Remove waste material, including trash and debris, ' and legally dispose of it off Owner's property at no additional cost. END OF SECTION ' Service Club Ballfield Section 02300-8 Earthwork ' Restroom and Concession Building _ SECTION 02620 SITE UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes building subdrainage systems for the following: 1. Foundations. 2. Roof Drain Lines. ' 3. Connection to existing catch basins. ' 1.3 RELATED WORK NOT SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION A. Sanitary sewer and water supply shall be connected under Division 15 B Electrical conduits indicated on the plan, connected under division 16. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data• 1. Perforated pipe. 2. Solid pipe. ' PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS Refer to various application articles in Part 3 for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. 2.2 ROOF DRAIN LINES Service Club Ballfield Section 02620- 1 Site Utilities Restroom and Concession Building A. NPS 4 Below Grade PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: 6" diameter ASTM D 3034, SDR 35,bell-and-spigot ends, non perforated, for gasketed joints. 1. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. 2. Cleanouts: Cast-Iron Pipe: ASME AI12.36.2M; with round-flanged, cast-iron , housing; and secured, scoriated, Medium-Duty Loading class, cast-iron cover. Include cast-iron ferrule and countersunk, brass cleanout plug. , 3. Downspout Risers: Cast-Iron Pipe: ASME Al 12.36.2M. 2.3 FOOTING DRAIN LINES 6" NPS 4 Perforated, PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 2729, bell-and-spigot , ends, for loose joints. 2.4 SOIL MATERIALS Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded uncrushed gravel, ASTM D 448, coarse , aggregate, Size No 57, with 100 percent passing 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing No 8 sieve. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and areas for suitable conditions where subdrainage systems are to be installed. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. , 3.2 EARTHWORK L Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork - Buildmg." , 3.3 FOUNDATION DRAINS , A Drainage Bedding Fill- Place supporting layer of drainage fill over compacted subgrade to compacted depth of not less than 4 inches. B. Drainage Backfill: After installing drainage piping indicated in paragraph 3.5 below, add drainage fill to width of at least 6 inches on side away from wall and to top of pipe Service Club Ballfield Section 02620-2 Site Utilities , Restroom and Concession Building to perform tests. After satisfactory testing, cover piping to width of at least 6 inches on side away from footing and above top of pipe to within 12 inches of finish grade. Place drainage fill in layers not exceeding 3 inches in loose depth; compact each layer placed. C. Fill to Grade. Place native fill material over compacted drainage fill Place material in loose-depth layers not exceeding 6 inches. Thoroughly compact each layer. Fill to finish elevations and slope away from building. 3.4 ROOF DRAINS ' A. Install roof drain lines after placement of footing drain lines. Grade bottom of trench excavations to required slope and compact to firm, solid bed for drainage system. B Fill- Place supporting layer of drainage fill over compacted subgrade to compacted depth of not less than 4 inches. After installing drainage piping, add drainage fill to top of pipe to perform tests After satisfactory testing, cover piping with drainage fill to elevation of bottom of slab and compact drainage material. 3.5 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install piping beginning at low points of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Bed piping with full hearing in filtering material. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions and other requirements indicated. 1. Lay perforated pipe with perforations down in the 5 o'clock position B. Use increasers, reducers, and couplings made for different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings being connected. Reduction of pipe size in direction of flow is prohibited. C. Install PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321. 3.6 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings- Hub and spigot, with rubber compression gaskets according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook." Use gaskets that match class of pipe and fittings B. Join PVC pipe and fittings according to ASTM D 3034 with elastomeric seal gaskets according to ASTM D 2321. C. Join perforated, PVC pipe and fittings according to ASTM D 2729, with loose, bell- and-spigot joints D. Special Pipe Couplings- Join piping made of different materials and dimensions with ' special couplings made for this application. Use couplings that are compatible with and that fit both pipe materials and dimensions. Service Club Ballfield Section 02620 -3 Site Utilities Restroom and Concession Building 3.7 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION A. Install cleanouts from subdrainage piping to grade. Locate cleanouts at beginning of , piping run and at changes in direction. Install fittings so cleanouts open in direction of flow in piping. B. Use NPS 4 cast-iron soil pipe and fittings for piping branch fittings and user extensions to cleanout plug. Set cleanout frames and covers in concrete sidewalk Set top of ' cleanout plug flush with grade in such a manner to provide no tripping hazard. 38 CONNECTIONS Connect low elevations of roofing and foundation drainage system to storm water , system stub as indicated on the drawings. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing: After installing drainage fill to top of pipe, test dram piping with water to ensure free flow before backfilling. Remove obstructions, replace damaged components, and repeat test until results are satisfactory. 3.10 CLEANING ' Clear interior of installed piping and structures of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is completed. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted pipe at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 02620 -4 Site Utilities Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 03311 CONCRETE ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, 1 concrete materials, nix design, placement procedures, and finishes for the Restroom Concession building&pad paving. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section 02300 "Earthwork" for granular fill under slabs-on-grade. 1.3 DEFINITIONS Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace 1 slag, and silica fume. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. ' B. Design Mixes- For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending, and placement, prepared according to ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement " Include material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. r ' Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-1 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building D. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on , comprehensive testing of current materials. E. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements: 1. Cementitious materials and aggregates. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3. Fiber reinforcement. 4. Admixtures. , 5. Epoxy joint filler. 6. Joint-filler strips. 7. Repair materials. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications- An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work , has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications- A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed , concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. D. ACI Publications- Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are , indicated: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." , 2. ACI117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. PART2 - PRODUCTS , 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-2 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. I 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows. a. Medium-density overlay, Class 1, or better, mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. B. Chamfer Strips. Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. C. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond 1 with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. D Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of the exposed concrete surface 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Plain-Steel Wire- ASTM A 82, as drawn. C. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic;or precast concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-3 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building i i A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33,uniformly graded, and as follows: 1. Class: Moderate weathering region, but not less than 3M. 2. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: I inch. i C. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride B. Air-Entraining Admixture- ASTM C 260. C. Water-Reducing Admixture, if desired: ASTM C 494, Type A. D. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture, if desired: ASTM C 494, Type F. E Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture, if desired: ASTM C 494, Type E. ' F. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture, if desired: ASTM C 494, Type D. i 2.6 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. Synthetic Fiber: Fibrillated or monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and i designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: I. Fibrillated Fibers: a. Fibermesh; Fibermesh, Div. of Synthetic Industries. 2. Monoflament Fibers: a. Fibermix Stealth; Fibermesh, Div. of Synthetic Industries. 2.7 VAPOR BARRIER(RETARDERS) A. Vapor Barrier (Retarder): Black polyethylene sheet, not less than 6 mils thick, type as recommended for below grade application. , Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-4 Concrete , Restroom and Concession Building 2.8 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless, colorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the following: 1. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: I a. Titan Hard, Burke Group, LLC (The). b. Chemisil Plus; ChemMasters. C. Intraseal; Conspec Marketing &Manufacturing Co., Inc. 1 d. Ashford Formula, Curecrete Chemical Co., Inc e. Day-Chem Sure Hard; Dayton Superior Corporation. f. Euco Diamond Hard; Euclid Chemical Co. g. Seal Hard; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. h. Vexcon Starseal PS; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. 2.9 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterbome, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz/sq yd dry. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap- polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B G. Products- Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Evaporation Retarder: a. Cimfilm; Axim Concrete Technologies b. Finishing Aid Concentrate; Burke Group, LLC (The). C. Spray-Film, ChemMasters. d. Aquafilm; Conspec Marketing &Manufacturing Co.,Inc. e. Sure Film; Dayton Superior Corporation. Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-5 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building i 1 f. Eucobar; Euclid Chemical Co. g. Vapor Aid; Kaufman Products, Inc. h. Lambco Skin; Lambert Corporation. i. E-Con; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. j. Confilm; Master Builders, Inc. k. Waterhold; Metalcrete Industries. 1. Rich Film; Richmond Screw Anchor Co. m. SikaFihn; Sika Corporation. , n. Finishing Aid; Symons Corporation. o. Certi-Vex EnvioAssist; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. 2. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound- a. AH Clear Cure; Anti-Hydro International, Inc. , b. Spartan-Cote; Burke Group, LLC (The) C. Spray-Cure & Seal 15; ChemMasters. d. Conspec #1-15 percent solids; Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc. e. Day-Chem Cure and Seal; Dayton Superior Corporation. f. Diamond Clear; Euclid Chemical Co. g. Nitocure S; Fosroc. h. Cure & Seal 309, Kaufman Products Inc. i. Lambco 120, Lambert Corporation. J. L&M Dress & Seal 18; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. k. CS-309; W R. Meadows, Inc. 1. Seal N Kure; Metalcrete Industries. M. Rich Seal 14 percent UV; Richmond Screw Anchor Co. n. Kure-N-Seal, Sonneborn, Div of ChemRex, Inc o. Flortec 14; Stemson Group p. Cure & Seal 14 percent; Symons Corporation. q. Clear Seal 150; Tamms Industries Co., Div. of LaPorte Construction Chemicals of North America, Inc. r. Acrylic Cure; Unitex. S. Certi-Vex AC 309; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. 3. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: a. AH Clear Cure WB; Anti-Hydro International, Inc b Klear Kote WB H Regular, Burke Chemicals. C. Safe-Cure & Seal 20; ChemMasters. d. High Seal; Conspec Marketing& Manufacturing Co., Inc. e. Safe Cure and Seal; Dayton Superior Corporation. f. Aqua Cure VOX; Euclid Chemical Co. g. Cure & Seal 309 Emulsion; Kaufman Products Inc. h. Glazecote Sealer-20; Lambert Corporation. i. Dress & Seal WB; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. j. Vocomp-20; W R. Meadows, Inc. Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-6 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building r r k. Metcure; Metalcrete Industries. 1. Cure & Seal 150E;Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation. M. Rich Seal 14 percent E; Richmond Screw Anchor Co. n. Kure-N-Seal WB; Sonneborn, Div of ChemRex, Inc. o. Florseal W.B., Sternson Group. p. Cure & Seal 14 percent E; Symons Corporation. q. Seal Cure WB 150; Tamms Industries Co., Div. of LaPorte Construction Chemicals of North America, Inc. r. Hydro Seal, Umtex. S. Starseal 309; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. r4. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound, 18 to 22 Percent Solids. a. Klear Kote WB 1120 percent, Burke Chemicals. b. Safe-Cure & Seal 20, ChemMasters. C. Conspec 21; Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Diamond Clear VOX; Euclid Chemical Co. e. SureCure Emulsion; Kaufinan Products Inc. f. Glazecote Sealer-20; Lambert Corporation. g. Dress & Seal WB; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. h. Vocomp-20, W R. Meadows, Inc. i. Metcure 0800, Metalcrete Industries. j. Cure & Seal 200E, Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation. k Rich Seal 18 percent E; Richmond Screw Anchor Co 1. Kure-N-Seal W; Sonnebom, Div of ChemRex, Inc in Florseal W.B.; Sternson Group. n. Cure & Seal 18 percent E; Symons Corporation. o. Seal Cure WB STD, Tamms Industries Co , Div. of LaPorte Construction Chemicals of North America, Inc. p. Hydro Seal 800; Umtex q Starsea10800; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. 5. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ra. Spray-Cure & Seal Plus; ChemMasters. b. UV Super Seal; Lambert Corporation C. Lumiseal Plus; L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc. d. CS-309/30, W. R Meadows, Inc. e. Seal N Kure 30; Metalcrete Industries. f. Rich Seal 31 percent UV, Richmond Screw Anchor Co. g. Cure & Seal 31 percent UV; Symons Corporation. h. Certi-Vex AC 1315; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. r 2.10 RELATED MATERIALS r Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-7 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building A. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork. B Epoxy Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Shore A hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240. C. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch- thick galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS L A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder- ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer 4. Compressive Strength Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. B. Repair Topping: Traffic-bearing, cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer- Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3 Aggregate- Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength- Not less than 5700 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M 2.12 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows• 1. Proportion normal-weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the laboratory trial mix basis. Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-8 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building C. Footings and Foundation Walls: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows: 1. • Compressive Strength(28 Days)- 3000 psi., 5.5 sack minimum. 2. Maximum Slump: 5 inches D. Slab-on-Grade- Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows: 1. Compressive Strength(28 Days): 3000 psi, 5.5 sack minimum. 2. Maximum Slump 4 inches. E. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash- 25 percent. 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent. 3. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag- 50 percent. 4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. F. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0 45 for concrete exposed to deicers or subject to freezing and thawing while moist. G. Air Content: Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows within a tolerance of plus 1 or minus 1.5 percent, unless otherwise indicated- 1. Air Content- 5.5 percent for 1-1/2-inch- nominal maximum aggregate size. 2. Air Content 6 percent for 1-inch- nominal maximum aggregate size. 3. Air Content: 6 percent for 3/4-inch- nominal maximum aggregate size. H. Synthetic Fiber in Slabs: Uniformly disperse in concrete mix at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 1 lb/cu. yd. 1 I. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 1. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for placement and workability 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0 50. 2.13 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-9 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building 214 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery t time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. B Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. t E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 1. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. , F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete only if shown on the drawings. Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-10 Concrete , Restroom and Concession Building I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices, Owner provided embedded items and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in- place concrete Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded 1. Request Owner provided items two weeks prior to scheduled installation date. 2. Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required 3. Install reglets to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 4. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork, for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work, that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect 3.4 VAPOR BARRIERS (RETARDERS) Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-11 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building A. Vapor Barrier (Retarder): Place, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General- Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor barrier (retarder). Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete,not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction Lace overlaps with wire. 3.6 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible C. Control (Contraction) Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Install reglets or "Zip Strips" in lengths as long as practicable. Sawn or grooved joints are acceptable alternates. Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-12 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section 'Joint Sealants," are indicated. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless approved by Architect C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. D. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic, to avoid cold joints 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open- textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-13 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents ' or chemical accelerators,unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. G. Hot-Weather Placement Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as follows, when hot-weather conditions exist: 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.8 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch in height. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. 3.9 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-14 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightenmg until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo. C. Trowel Finish (interior rooms)- After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power-dnven trowel Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects. Revise locations of finish in subparagraph below to suit Project 1. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, measured within 24 hours according to ASTM E 1155/E 1155M for a randomly trafficked floor surface- a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35, and levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs- on-grade. 2. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled freestanding 10-foot- long straightedge, resting on two lugh spots and placed anywhere on the surface, does not exceed the following: a. 1/8 inch. D. Broom Finish (Exterior surfaces): Apply a broom finish to shelter concrete slabs, walks and elsewhere as indicated 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work. 3 11 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING 1 A. General- Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI306.1 for cold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-15 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, I dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other sinular surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing by one or a combination of the following four methods: D Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials. a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. C. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-mch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. C. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture- retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer recommends for use with floor coverings. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound. Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-16 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building 3.12 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Sealer: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment according to manufacturer's written instructions to all interior and exterior slabs on grade. 1. Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete surface repairs. 2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than seven days old. 3. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet, and repeat brooming or scrubbing Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry. Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous. 3.13 JOINT FILLING 1 A. General: Caulk all joints in slabs on grade (I.E. Control joints, expansion joints, cold joints), whether interior or exterior. B. Prepare, clean, and mstall joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least four months. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased C. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry D. Install semirigid epoxy joint filler full depth in preformed metal control reglet joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar- Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-17 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete but not less than 1 inch in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify nuxture and color match before proceeding with patching Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces• Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness, use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3 Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Topping primer must be applied to entire room to avoid appearance of a patch or repair. 5. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 6. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-18 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Contractor shall provide access for the inspector and shall provide the inspector with the concrete materials needed to conduct the testing at no additional charge B. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory- cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. C. Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. D. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests E. Additional Tests- Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect. Any work that fails to meet specified standards shall be removed and replaced at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 03311-19 Concrete Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies for the consisting of the following: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2 Mortar and grout. 3. Reinforcing steel. 4. Ties and anchors. 5. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Section 09900 "Painting" for water repellents applied to unit masonry assemblies. C. Products installed, but not furnished, under this Section include the following: 1. Steel angles for unit masonry, furnished under Division 5 Section 05500 "Building Metal Fabrications." 2. Hollow-metal frames in unit masonry openings, furnished under Division 8 Section 08111 "Building Steel Doors and Frames " 1.3 DEFINITIONS Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide unit masonry that develops the following net-area compressive strengths (fm) at 28 days. Determine compressive strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms according to UBC Standard 21-17 1. For Concrete Unit Masonry: fm= 1500 psi Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-1 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product specified. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for the following: 1. Reinforcing Steel. Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement " C. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following: 1. Unit masonry Samples in small-scale form showing the full range of colors and textures available for each different exposed masonry unit required. D. Samples for Verification: For the following: 1. Full-size units for each different exposed masonry unit required, showing the full range of exposed colors, textures, and dimensions to be expected in the completed construction. 2. Weep holes/vents in color to match mortar color. E. List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: List generic product names together with manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, model numbers, lot numbers, batch numbers, source of supply, and other information as required to identify materials used. Include nux proportions for mortar and grout and source of aggregates. 1. Submittal is for information only. Neither receipt of list nor approval of mockup constitutes approval of deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations are specifically brought to the attention of the Architect and approved in writing F. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. G. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results of the following for compliance with requirements indicated* 1. Each type of masonry unit required , a. Include size-variation data for brick, verifying that actual range of sizes falls within specified tolerances. b. Include test results, measurements, and calculations establishing net-area compressive strength of masonry units. 1 1 2. Mortar complying with property requirements of UBC Standard 21-15. 3. Grout mixes complying with compressive strength requirements of UBC Standard 21-19. Include description of type and proportions of grout ingredients. Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-2 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building H. Material Certificates. Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements• 1. Each type of masonry unit required. a. Include size-variation data for brick,verifying that actual range of sizes falls within specified tolerances. b. Include test data, measurements, and calculations establishing net-area compressive strength of masonry units. 2. Each cement product required for mortar and grout, including name of manufacturer,brand, type, and weight slips at time of delivery 3. Each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type. Include statement of net-area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according to the International Building Code. 4. Each material and grade indicated for reinforcing bars. 5. Each type and size of joint reinforcement 6. Each type and size of anchor, tie, and metal accessory. ' I. Cold-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with cold-weather requirements 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1093 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548 B Source Limitations for Masonry Units- Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, through one source from a single manufacturer for each product required. C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. D. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner may engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. Retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense 1. Concrete Masonry Unit Test For each concrete masonry unit indicated, per ASTM C 140. 2. Mortar Test For mortar properties per UBC Standard 21-16. 3. Grout Test: For compressive strength per UBC Standard 21-18. Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-3 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building E. Sample Panels: Before installing unit masonry, build sample panels, using materials indicated for the completed Work, to verify selections made under sample Subnuttals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry assembly in sizes approximately 48 inches long by 48 inches high by full thickness. 1. Locate panels in the locations indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Clean exposed faces of panels with masonry cleaner indicated. 3. Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. 4. Maintain sample panels during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judgmg the completed Work. 5. Approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. Approval of sample panels does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained m sample panels, unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. 6. Demolish and remove sample panels when directed. F. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry I. Protect Type I concrete masonry units from moisture absorption so that, at the time of installation, the moisture content is not more than the maximum allowed at the time of delivery. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix to moisture-resistant containers designed for lifting and emptying into dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar rmx in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with weatherproof cover. Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-4 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention, Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in the International Building Code. 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning. E. Hot-Weather Requirements* Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. 1. When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F, or 90 deg F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph, do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-5 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building 2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows: 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners, unless indicated as bullnose B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90 and as follows: 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C-90. 2. Weight Classification Medium weight 3. Provide Type I, moisture-controlled units. 4. Size (Width): Manufactured to the following dimensions: a. 8 inches nominal; 7-5/8 inches actual. b. 6 inches nominal; 5-5/8 inches actual. 5. Exposed Faces- Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold- weather construction Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or Type I11, and hydrated time complying with ASTM C 207. D. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329. E. Aggregate for Mortar- ASTM C 144. F. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. G. Water: Potable. ' 2.3 REINFORCING STEEL Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M; Grade 60. 2.4 MASONRY CLEANERS Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-6 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building A. Job-Mixed Detergent Solution. Solution of 1/2-cup dry measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and 1/2-cup dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in I gal of water. B. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be used to clean unit masonry surfaces include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cleaners for Red and Light-Colored Brick Not Subject to Metallic Staining with Mortar Not Subject to Bleaching: 1) 202 New Masonry Detergent; Diedrich Technologies, Inc. 2) Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent; ProSoCo, Inc. 2.5 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General- Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in the form of a preblended mix Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. 1. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement, mortar cement, and time 2. For all masonry,use Type S. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 5 of ACI 530 I/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to I inches as measured according to ASTM C 143. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-7 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building A. Owner may engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform source quality- control testing indicated below: 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 2. Retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each type of concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested according to ASTM C 140. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown Build single-wythe walls to the actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this Section and in other Sections of the Specifications. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to the opening. D. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide a continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Where possible, use full-size units without cutting. Allow units cut with water-cooled saws to dry before placing,unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-8 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building 3.3 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and the following: B. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor 1/2 inch maximum. C. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, nor 1/2 inch maximum. D. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as exposed lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor 1/2 inch maximum E. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. Do not vary from bed- joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch F. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary from adjacent bed joint and head joint thicknesses by more than 1/8 inch. 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with umform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in running bond pattern; do not use units with less than nominal 6-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back one-half-unit length for one- half running bond or one-third-unit length for one-third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet units lightly if required, and remove loose masonry units and mortar before laying fresh masonry. D. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. E. Fill space between hollow-metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. J F. Fill solid all cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout. 3 5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-9 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building A. Lay hollow masonry units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. 3. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including areas under cells. B. Tool all joints, whether exposed or not, slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than the joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. C. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joints in unit masonry where indicated. Build-m related items as masonry progresses Do not form a continuous span through movement joints unless provisions are made to prevent in-plane restraint of wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry as follows: 1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of concrete masonry units on one side of control joint Fill resultant core with grout and rake joints in exposed faces. 2. Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and clear of mortar or rake joint. 4. Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete. C. Build in horizontal, pressure-relieving joints where indicated; construct joints by either leaving an air space or inserting a compressible filler of width required for installing sealant and backer rod specified in Division 7 Section 07900 "Joint Sealants " 1. Locate horizontal, pressure-relieving joints beneath shelf angles supporting masonry veneer and attached to structure behind masonry veneer 3.7 LINTELS & ANGLES A. Install steel jamb angles at Coiling Doorjamb and as shown. B. Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 24 inches for block-size units are shown without other supporting lintels. Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-10 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building C. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. B. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient strength to resist grout pressure. Solid grout every cell for the entire building. 1. Comply with requirements of ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality- control testing indicated below. 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner 2. Retesting of materials failing to meet specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 3.10 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped,broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar,pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application. C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid stoppable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape. Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-11 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing the surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. 3.11 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL , A. Recycling: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 04810-12 Unit Masonry Assemblies Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 05500 ' METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel lamb &head angles and supports for coiling doors. 2. Steel plates for supporting or connecting wood frame construction. 3. Steel Pipe Metal Downspouts 4. Structural steel plates, seats,hangers, and other steel as indicated on drawings. B. Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 6 Section 06100 'Rough Carpentry" for metal framing anchors and other rough hardware. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings- Detail fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. B. Welding Certificates- Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. C. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D. See Division 1 and Division 9, Painting, for Finish Color submittal requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units Service Club Ballfield Section 05500-1 Metal Fabrications Restroom and Concession Building B. Welding- Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS 131.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Alummum." 3. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel " 4. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS and WABO qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification Individual welder's certificates shall be available at the job site ' for the Owner's inspection. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other e construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions Allow for trimming and fitting. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART2 -PRODUCTS 21 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. Service Club Ballfield Section 05500-2 Metal Fabrications Restroom and Concession Building C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. D. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. E. Steel Pipe Metal Downspouts: Shall be ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40) painted steel pipe. Steel pipe downspout shall be cut and welded to fit the application as indicated on the drawings. Provide system with manufacturers recommended adhesive, clips, connection devices, and accessories for a complete system. Provide minimum of 3 painted galvanized downspout brackets per downspout or as required for a secure vandal resistant installation. Top two brackets shall be standoff type to hold off from CMU and flush with the offset foundation wall below. Entire assembly shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication. 2.3 PAINT A. Shop Primers- Provide primers in accordance with Division 9 Section "Painting." B Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12, except containing no asbestos fibers, or cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide Type 304 fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. Bolts and Nuts. Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. D Machine Screws ASME B18.6.3 1 E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. F. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME B18.22.1. G. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ASME B 18 21.1. H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when Service Club Ballfield Section 05500-3 Metal Fabrications Restroom and Concession Bmldmg installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, ' Class Fe/Zn 5. I. Toggle Bolts- FS FF-B-588, tumble-wing type, class and style as needed. ' 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL ' A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated Form bent-metal comers to smallest radius possible without causing gram separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that nummize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening up of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. Service Club Ballfield Section 05500-4 Metal Fabrications Restroom and Concession Building 1. Temperature Change (Range)- 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. I. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. J. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. K. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head(countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. ' 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General- Provide steel framing and supports that are not a part of structural-steel framework as necessary to complete the Work. B. General- Provide steel framing and supports indicated and as necessary to complete the Work. C. Fabricate units from structural-steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors 1-1/4 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick by 8 inches long at 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated 3. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. D. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. 2.7 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes B Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.8 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 123, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. ' Service Club Ballfield Section 05500-5 Metal Fabrications Restroom and Concession Building B. Preparation for Shop Priming- Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface-preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with ' galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting. , 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices,bolts, welds, and sharp edges. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal fabrications to m-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into , concrete, masonry, or similar construction. D Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints Weld connections , that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. Service Club Ballfield Section 05500-6 Metal Fabrications Restroom and Concession Building 3.2 INSTALLING FRAMING A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on ' Shop Drawings, if any. B. Anchor supports for trusses securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. ' C. Support steel plates on solid grouted masonry. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting- Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a rmmmum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 05500-7 Metal Fabrications Restroom and Concession Building ' SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY ' A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Framing with timber 3. Wood blocking and nailers. 4 Utility shelving 5. Wood furring. 6. Sheathing. 7. Purlms & Sub-purlins ' 8. Plywood backing panels. 9. Raised floor sleepers. 10. Structural decking. ' B. Related Sections include the following 1. Division 6 Section 06200 "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items ' exposed to view and not specified in another Section. 2. Division 6 Section 06150 "Wood Decking". ' 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, ' unless otherwise indicated. B Exposed Framing: Lumber not concealed by other construction. C. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) or greater but less than 5 inches nominal (114 min actual) in least dimension D. Timber: Lumber of 5 inches nominal (114 min actual)or greater in least dimension. ' Service Club Ballfield 06100 - 1 Rough Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building 1 E. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: , 1. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 2. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment ' manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 2. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture ' content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 3. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type ' of treatment. B. Material Certificates- For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum , allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with Uniform ' Bmlding Code (UBC) 1997- 1. Engineered wood products. 2. Power-dnven fasteners. , 3 Powder-actuated fasteners. 4. Expansion anchors. ' 5. Metal framing anchors. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Source Limitations for Engineered Wood Products- Obtain each type of engineered wood product through one source from a single manufacturer. ' 16 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. B. Protect all glued (OSB) or glue-lammated products from weather under cover and provide for air circulation. Service Club Ballfield 06100-2 Rough Carpentry ' Restroom and Concession Building PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. rB. Engineered Wood Products: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1. Allowable Design Stresses- Provide engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Wood Structural Panels: M 1. Plywood: DOC PS 1. 2. Oriented Strand Board. DOC PS 2. M 3. Thickness- As needed to comply with requirements specified but not less than thickness indicated. 4. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Guide Residential & Commercial." 5. Factory mark panels according to indicated standard 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2. 1. Preservative Chermcals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require mcising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. 1 ' Service Club Baltfield 06100-3 Rough Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, milers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and , similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry or concrete walls 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. 2.3 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Comnuttee National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated. 1. Non-Load-Beanng Interior Partitions. As indicated on the drawings. B. Maximum Moisture Content: 19 percent C. Exterior and Load-Beanng Walls: Any species of machine stress-rated dimension lumber with a grade of not less than as indicated on the drawings 1 Ceiling Joists (Non-Load-Beanng): As indicated on the drawings 2. Joists, Rafters, and Other Framing Not Listed Above: As indicated on the drawings. M 24 TIMBER FRAMING A. Provide timber framing complying with the following requirements, according to grading rules of grading agency indicated 1. Species and Grade. Douglas fir-larch, Douglas fir-larch (north), or Douglas fir-south; i No 1 grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA as allowed or specified on the drawings 2. Species and Grade. Hem-fir or hem-fir(north), No 1 grade; NLGA, WCLIB,or WWPA as allowed or specified on the drawings. 3 Maximum Moisture Content: 20 percent 4 Additional Restriction. Free of heart centers. Service Club Ballfield 06100-4 Rough Carpentry , Restroom and Concession Building 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER ' A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: ' 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers 3. Furring. ' 4. Sleepers. 5. For items of dimension lumber size, as indicated on the drawings. 6. For fumng strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. ' 2.6 SHEATHING A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing. 1. Span Rating: Not less than 24/0. 2. Thickness: Not less than as indicated on the drawings. B. Onented-Strand-Board Wall Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing. 1. Span Rating- Not less than 24/0 ' 2. Thickness: Not less than as indicated on the drawings. C. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing. 1. Span Rating- Not less than 24/0. 2. Thickness: Not less than as indicated on the drawings. D. Oriented-Strand-Board Roof Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing. 1. Span Rating- Not less than 24/16. 2. Thickness- Not less than as indicated on the drawings i2.7 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS ' A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4 inch (12 7 min) thick ' 2.8 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. Service Club Ballfield 06100 -5 Rough Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative huuudity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with , ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. ' C. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. ' E. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer , heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. (ASME B18.2.3.8M). ' G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat ' washers. H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with ' capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 tunes the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified , independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, ' Class Fe/Zn 5. 2.9 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of ' the following: 1. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc. ' 2. Simpson Strong-Tie Co , Inc. B. General: Provide framing anchors made from metal indicated, of structural capacity, , type, and size indicated, and as follows• 1. Research/Evaluation Reports: Provide products acceptable to authorities having , junsdiction and for which model code research/evaluation reports exist that show compliance of metal framing anchors, for application indicated, with building code in effect for Project ' 2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational ' Service Club Ballfield 06100- 6 Rough Carpentry ' Restroom and Concession Building engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Post Bases: Adjustable-socket type for bolting in place with standoff plate to raise post ' 1 inch (25 min) above base and with 2-inch- (50-mm-) nummum side cover, socket 0.062 inch (1.6 mm) thick, and standoff and adjustment plates 0.108 inch (2 8 min) thick or as indicated on the drawings. D. Truss Hangers: U-shaped joist hangers with 2-inch- (50-mm-) long seat and 1-1/4-inch- (32-mm-) wide nailing flanges full depth of joist. Nailing flanges provide lateral support at joist top chord, or as indicated on the drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL ' A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too small to use with nummum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood. D Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following• L CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. 3. Table 23-11-B-1, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23-II-B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in the Uniform Building Code. E. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials Make tight connections between members Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required. ' F. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill holes with wood filler. ' Service Club Ballfield 06100- 7 Rough Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building 1 3.2 WOOD GROUND, SLEEPER, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. , B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated Build anchor bolts into masonry during ' installation of masonry work. Where possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete placement. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled ' lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.3 WOOD FRAMING INSTALLATION, GENERAL , A. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," ' unless otherwise indicated. B. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Do not splice structural members between supports. D Where built-up beams or girders of 2-inch nominal- (38-min actual-) dimension lumber on edge are required, fasten together with 2 rows of 20d (100-mm) nails spaced not less than 32 inches (812 mm) o c. Locate one row near top edge and other near bottom edge. 1. For continuous members, stagger end joints at quarter points between supports. 3.4 WALL AND PARTITION FRAMING INSTALLATION , A. General: Arrange studs so wide face of stud is perpendicular to direction of wall or partition and narrow face is parallel. Provide single bottom plate and double top plates ' using members of 2-inch nominal (38-min actual) thickness whose widths equal that of studs, except single top plate may be used for non-load-bearing partitions. Anchor or nail plates to supporting construction,unless otherwise indicated 1. For exterior walls, provide 2-by-6-inch nominal- (38-by-140-mm actual-) size wood studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated , 2. For interior partitions and walls, provide 2-by-4-inch nominal- (38-by-89-mm actual-) size wood studs spaced 16 inches (406 min) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. ' Service Club Ballfield 06100 - 8 Rough Carpentry , Restroom and Concession Building B. Construct corners and intersections with three or more studs. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide continuous horizontal blocking at midheight of partitions more than 96 inches (2438 mm) high, using members of 2-mch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness and of same width as wall or partitions C. Fire block concealed spaces of wood-framed walls and partitions at each floor level and at ceiling line of top story Where fire blocking is not inherent in frammng system used, I provide closely fitted wood blocks of 2-inch nominal- (38-mm actual-) thick lumber of same width as framing members. D. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs 1. For non-load-bearing partitions, provide double-jamb studs with headers not less than 4-inch nominal (89-mm actual) depth for openings 48 inches (1200 mm) and less in width, 6-inch nominal (140-min actual) depth for openings 48 to 72 inches (1200 to 1800 mm) in width, 8-inch nominal (184-min actual) depth for openings 72 to 120 inches (1800 to 3000 mm) in width, and not less than 10-mch nominal (235-mm actual) depth for openings 10 to 12 feet(3 to 3.6 m) in width ' 2. For load-bearing walls, provide double jamb studs for openings 72 inches (1800 mm) and less in width, and triple jamb studs for wider openings. Provide headers of depth indicated. I END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 06100- 9 Rough Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building i ISECTION 06150 WOOD DECKING aPART 1 - GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Solid-sawn roof decking. ' B. Related Sections include the following- 1 Division 6 Section 6100 "Rough Carpentry". 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: 1 Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treatment plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material a. For products receiving a waterbome treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before further fabrication or shipment to Project site. 2. For sealant and installation adhesive B. Samples: 24 inches (600 mm) long, showing the range of variation to be expected in appearance of wood decking. 14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standard for Solid-Sawn Wood Decking Comply with AITC 112, "Standard for Tongue-and- Groove Heavy Timber Roof Decking." B Forest Certification- Provide wood decking produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC 12, "Principles and Criteria." Service Club Ballfield 06150 - 1 Wood Decking Restroom and Concession Building i 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Schedule delivery of wood decking to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying the , Work. B. Store materials under cover and protected from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. , Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. Stack wood decking with surfaces that are to be exposed in the final work protected from exposure to sunlight. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL , A. General: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. B. Grade Stamps: Provide solid-sawn wood decking with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, species, grade, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill Apply grade stamp to surfaces that will not be exposed to view. C. Moisture Content: Provide wood decking with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing D. Preservative Treatment- Pressure treat solid-sawn wood decking according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron(SBX)and redry wood to 19 percent maximum moisture content E. Preservative Treatment: Where preservative-treated laminated decking is indicated, pressure treat lumber before gluing according to AWPA C28 for aboveground use , 1. Use oxine copper(copper-8-quinolmolate) in a light petroleum solvent. 2. Use copper naphthenate in a light petroleum solvent. 3. Use ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate (ACZA) or chromated copper arsenate (CCA) in a water solution and redry wood to 15 percent maximum moisture content 4. Use preservative solution without substances that might interfere with application of indicated finishes 2.2 SOLID-SAWN WOOD DECKING A. Decking Species SPF. B. Decking Nominal Size- 2x6. C. Decking Grade: Architectural Grade, Select Decking. D Face Surface. Rough sanded or wire brushed or saw textured. Service Club Ballfield 06150-2 Wood Decking Restroom and Concession Building 21 FASTENERS AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS ' A. Fasteners for Solid-Sawn Decking: Provide fastener size and type complying with decking standard for thickness of deck used B. Fasteners for Glued-Lammated Decking: Provide fastener size and type complying with requirements for installing laminated decking in Part 3 "Installation" Article C. Fastener Material: Hot-dip galvanized steel. D. Installation Adhesive- For glued-laminated wood decking indicated to be of diaphragm design and construction,provide adhesive that complies with research/evaluation report E. Penetrating Sealer: Clear sanding sealer complying with Division 9 painting Sections and compatible with topcoats specified for use over it. 24 FABRICATION A Fabricate decking in lengths for combination simple and two-span continuous lay-up. All joints shall bear on a support B. Seal Coat: After fabricating and surfacing decking, apply a saturation coat of penetrating sealer PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine walls and support framing in areas to receive wood decking for compliance with 1 installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of wood decking. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 32 INSTALLATION A. Install solid-sawn wood decking to comply with referenced standard and with end joints located according to lay-up indicated 1. Glue adjoining decking courses together by applying a 3/8-mch (10-min) bead of adhesive on the top of tongues according to research/evaluation report B. Apply joint sealant to seal roof decking at exterior walls at the following locations: I. Between decking and supports located at exterior walls 2. Between decking and exterior walls that butt against underside of decking 3. Between tongues and grooves of decking over exterior walls and supports at exterior walls. Service Club Bailfield 06150 -3 Wood Decking Restroom and Concession Building r 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Repair damaged surfaces and fmishes after completing erection. Replace damaged decking if , repairs are not approved by Architect. 3.4 PROTECTION r A Provide temporary waterproof covering to protect exposed decking before applying roofing. END OF SECTION 06150 1 r 1 r r r r r r . r r Service Club Ballfield 06150-4 Wood Decking Restroom and Concession Building r 1 SECTION 06176 METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes wood roof and girder trusses and truss accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section 06100 'Rough Carpentry" for roof sheathing and dimension lumber for supplementary framing and permanent bracing. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses: Planar structural units consisting of metal-plate- connected members fabricated from dimension lumber and cut and assembled before delivery to Project site. B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NLGA -National Lumber Grades Authority. 2. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 3. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Design Loads: As indicated. 2. Maximum Deflection Under Design Loads: a. Roof Trusses: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of span. b. Roof Trusses- Horizontal deflection at reactions of 1-1/4 inches. Service Club Ballfield Section 06176-1 Metal-Plate-Connected Restroom and Concession Building Wood Trusses 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For metal-plate connectors,metal framing anchors, bolts, and fasteners. i 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chenucal treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, mstalhng, and finishing treated material. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements, including bending strength, stiffness, and fastener-holding capacity Include physical properties of treated materials,both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures when tested according to ASTM D 5664. 3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 4. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. B. Shop Drawings: Show location, pitch, span, camber, configuration, and spacing for each type of truss required; species, sizes, and stress grades of lumber, splice details; type, size, material, finish, design values, orientation, and location of metal connector plates; and bearing details. 1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Contractor's superintendent shall submit to the Architect a signed letter indicating t the trusses delivered to the site match the shop drawings in web configuration, lumber size, species and grade. DO NOT PROCEED WITH THE TRUSS INSTALLATION UNTIL SAID LETTER HAS BEEN ACCEPTED BY THE ARCHITECT. C. Delayed Permit Submittal: Contractor shall submit approved shop drawings to the City ` of Kent as a requirement of the building permit at least 4 weeks prior to scheduled installation date. Owner will pay for perrmt fees and review time of initial submittal Should the Contractor's submittal be rejected or require additional information, those fees or review time charge by the building department shall be paid for by the Contractor. D. Product Certificates: For metal-plate-connected wood trusses, signed by officer of truss fabricating firm E. Qualification Data: For metal-plate manufacturer, professional engineer, fabricator and Installer Service Club Ballfield Section 06176-2 Metal-Plate-Connected Restroom and Concession Building Wood Trusses i F. Material Certificates- For dimension lumber specified to comply with rmnimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. G. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Protect: 1. Metal-plate connectors. 1 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Metal Connector-Plate Manufacturer Qualifications- A manufacturer that is a member of TPI and that complies with TPI quality-control procedures for manufacture of connector plates published in TPI 1. 1. Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer. ' B. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that participates in a recognized quality-assurance program that involves inspection by SPIB, Timber Products Inspection, TPI, or other independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction C. Source Limitations for Connector Plates: Obtain metal connector plates through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of the following publications: 1. TPI 1, "National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction." 2. TPI DSB, "Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." 3. TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." E. Wood Structural Design Standard- Comply with applicable requirements in AFPA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" and its "Supplement." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with TPI recommendations to avoid damage and lateral bending. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. i Service Club Ballfield Section 06176-3 Metal-Plate-Connected Restroom and Concession Building Wood Trusses B. Inspect trusses showing discoloration, corrosion, or other evidence of deterioration. Discard and replace trusses that are damaged or defective. 1.8 COORDINATION ' A. Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying progress of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1 Metal Connector Plates: a. Alpine Engineered Products,Inc. b. CompuTrus, Inc. C. Eagle Metal Products. d. Jager Industries, Inc. e. Mitek Industries, Inc. f. Robbins Engineering, Inc. g. TEE-LOK Corporation. h. Truswal Systems Corporation. 2.2 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, manufactured to actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. 3. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing. B. Grade and Species: Provide dimension lumber of any species for truss chord and web members, graded as follows and of the following minimum design values for size of Service Club Ballfield Section 06176-4 Metal-Plate-Connected Restroom and Concession Building Wood Trusses member required according to AFPA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction" and its "Supplement": 1. Grading Method- mechanical. 2. Design Values: Modulus of elasticity of at least 1,100,000 psi and an extreme fiber stress in bending of at least 1000 psi. 2.3 METAL CONNECTOR PLATES A. General: Fabricate connector plates to comply with TPI 1 from metal complying with requirements indicated below- B. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation; Designation SS, Grade 33, and not less than 0.036 inch thick. C. Electrolytic Zmc-Coated Steel Sheet. ASTM A 591/A 591M, 80Z coating designation; ASTM A 570/A 570M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33, and not less than 0.047 inch thick. D Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M, A750 coating designation; Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33, and not less than 0.036 inch thick. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where trusses are exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zuic dust by weight. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Cut truss members to accurate lengths, angles, and sizes to produce close-fitting joints. Service Club Ballfield Section 06176-5 Metal-Plate-Connected Restroom and Concession Building Wood Trusses B. Fabricate metal connector plates to sizes, configurations, thicknesses, and anchorage details required to withstand design loads for types of joint designs indicated , C. Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated; use jigs or other means to ensure uniformity and accuracy of assembly with joints closely fitted to comply with , tolerances in TPI 1. Position members to produce design camber indicated. 1. Fabricate wood trusses within manufacturing tolerances in TPI 1. D. Connect truss members by metal connector plates located and securely embedded simultaneously in both sides of wood members by air or hydraulic press. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wood trusses only after supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured. B. Before installing, splice trusses delivered to Project site in more than one piece. C. Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required, exercising care not to damage truss members or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes. D. Install and brace trusses according to TPI recommendations and as indicated. E. Install trusses plumb, square, and true to line and securely fasten to supporting construction. F. Space trusses as indicated; adjust and align trusses in location before permanently fastening G. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points; use metal framing anchors. Install fasteners through each fastener hole in metal framing anchor according to manufacturer's fastening schedules and written instructions. H Securely connect each truss ply required for forming built-up girder trusses. I. Anchor trusses to girder trusses as indicated. I. Install and fasten permanent bracing during truss erection and before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of permanent bracing where terminating at walls or beams 1. Install and fasten temporary and permanent strongback bracing of the trusses as required by the manufacturer. Service Club Ballfield Section 06176-6 Metal-Plate-Connected Restroom and Concession Building Wood Trusses J. Install wood trusses witlun installation tolerances in TPI 1. K. Do not cut or remove truss members. L. Replace wood trusses that are damaged or do not meet requirements, and do not alter trusses in field. 3.2 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Protective Coating: Clean and prepare exposed surfaces of metal connector plates. Brush apply primer, when part of coating system, and one coat of protective coating 1 END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 06176-7 Metal-Plate-Connected Restroom and Concession Building Wood Trusses 1 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Exterior standing and running trim, siding trim and fascia. 2 Interior standing and running trim. 3. Countertops 4 Exterior Soffit Vents. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section 06100 'Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view 2. Division 7 Section 07460 "Soffits" for soffit panels and soffit boards 3. Division 9 Section 09900 "Painting" for priming and backpr►mmg of finish carpentry. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Inspection agencies,and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the foilowing. 1. NHLA-National Hardwood Lumber Association. 2. NLGA-National Lumber Grades Authority 3. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 4. WWPA- Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data- For each type of process and factory-fabricated product Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, textures, and colors. B. Samples for Verification: 1. For each species and cut of lumber and panel products with nonfactory-applied finish, with 1/2 of exposed surface finished, 50 sq in. (300 sq. cm) for lumber and 8 by 10 inches (203 by 250 mm)for panels. Service Club Ballfield Section 06200-1 Finish Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building 2. For each finish system and color of lumber and panel products with factory-applied finish, 50 sq in (300 sq. cm) for lumber and 8 by 10 inches (203 by 250 nun)for panels 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer 16 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings B. Deliver interior finish carpentry only when environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas If finish carpentry must be stored in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations- Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry until building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements and at least one coat of specified finish to be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness PART 2 -PRODUCTS 21 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards'Committee Board of Review 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency indicating grade, species, moisture content at tune of surfacing,and mill. 2. For exposed lumber,mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. B. Softwood Plywood. DOC PS 1. C. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA HP-1. D. Hardboard: AHA A135.4 Service Club Ballfield Section 06200-2 Finish Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building E. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD complying with formaldehyde emission limits established by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. F. Particleboard. ANSI A208 1, Grade M-2, complying with formaldehyde emission limits established by the U S Department of Housing and Urban Development. 2.2 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Lumber Trim for Painted Applications Kiln-dried or solid lumber with saw-textured face and of the following species and grade- 1 Grade A western red cedar,NLGA,WCLIB, or WWPA. B. Fascia and rakes shall be 1 x 6 over 2x10 material as noted above, Clear,unless otherwise noted on the drawings 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Exterior Soffit Vent: Provide Continuous Soffit Vent #CSV-8, Aluminum, White finish, 96" long X 2" wide, 80 inches of net free area as manufactured by NorWesco, or approved equal Paint as per section 09900. B. Fasteners for Interior and Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws of the following materials, in sufficient length to penetrate minimum of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into substrate, unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer 1. Hot-dip galvanized steel C. Paneling Adhesives: Comply with paneling manufacturer's written recommendations for adhesives. D. Glue- Aliphatic- or phenolic-resin wood glue recommended by manufacturer for general carpentry use. E. Flashing Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section"Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing materials installed in finish carpentry. F. Sealants: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials required for sealing siding work 2.4 FABRICATION A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and with manufacturer's written recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry at relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. B. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch (25 mm) in nominal thickness to 1/16-mch (1 5-min) radius and edges of lumber 1 inch (25 mm) or more in nominal thickness to 1/8-inch (3-mm) radius. Service Club Ballfield Section 06200-3 Finish Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Before installing finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours, unless longer conditioning is recommended by manufacturer. C. Prime lumber for exterior applications to be painted, including both faces and edges. Cut to required lengths and prime ends Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section 09900 "Painting " 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. 1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns B. Install finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment 1. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand where face fastening is unavoidable 3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 min in 2438 mm) for level and plumb. Install adjoining finish carpentry with 1/32-inch (0 8-mm) maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) maximum offset for reveal installation. 4. Coordinate finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate finish carpentry. 34 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 48 inches (1220 min) long, except where necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim Cope at returns and miter at comers to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints,where necessary for alignment Service Club Ballfield Section 06200-4 Finish Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building 1. Match color and gram pattern across joints 2. Install trim after gypsum board joint finishing operations are completed. 3. Drill pilot holes in hardwood before fastening to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent movement or warping Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill 1 holes 4. Fit exterior joints to exclude water. Apply flat grain lumber with bark side exposed to weather. 35 ADJUSTING A. Replace finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements Finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION 06200 Service Club Ballfield Section 06200-5 Finish Carpentry Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 06415 PLASTIC MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 WORK DESCRIPTION 1 The work of this Section shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to complete the Plastic Laminate work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.03 SECTION INCLUDES The work of this Section shall include,but is not hunted to the following: A. Wainscoting; B Plastic Laminate Countertops; 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Manufactured Casework— Section 12300 B. Stainless Countertops—Division 12, Section 12300 C. FRP—Division 9, Section 09770. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE The installer must examine the building, substrates, and conditions under which the work is to be installed, and must notify the Construction Manager in writing of any conditions detrimental to the progress of the work Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner that is acceptable to the installer. Commencement of the work of this section indicates acceptance of the existing conditions. PART 2 -MATERIALS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Plastic Laminate: 1. Plastic Laminate for Counter Tops: General Purpose Type, Federal Specification L-P 508H, Style D, Type I, Class 1. Service Club Ballfield 06415 - 1 Plastic Materials Restroom and Concession Building 2. Plastic Laminate for Vertical Surfaces• General Purpose Type, Federal Specification L-P 508H, Style D, Type I, Class II 3. Plastic Laminate manufacturers, Colors and Patterns: As indicated on the finish schedule. 4. Adhesive: Shall be neoprene or rubber based in solvent or emulsion type contact cement, compatible with plastic larrunate and substrate. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The area in which the work is to be accomplished shall be maintained at not less than 65' F. with a relative humidity of not less than 35% and not more than 85%. Assembly of components shall be accomplished using approved procedures, materials and equipment and the workmanship shall conform to established industry practices, conditions, procedures and recommendations. Install plastic laminate with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces to the greatest extent possible For desks, all areas shall receive plastic laminate, leaving no exposed wood substrate. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield 06415 -2 Plastic Materials Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 07210 INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. i1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1 Concealed building insulation. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Pipe Insulation." 13 SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 14 QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation through one source. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Service Club Ballfield Section 07210-1 Insulation Restroom and Concession Building 1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: a. CertamTeed Corporation. b. Johns Manville Corporation. C. Owens Corning. 2.2 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: As indicated on the drawings. B. Concealed attic insulation: Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, j Type III (blankets with reflective membrane facing), Class A (membrane-faced surface with a flame spread of 25 or less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with foil-scrim-kraft or foil-scum vapor-retarder membrane on one face; consisting of fibers manufactured from glass. C. For exposed attic insulation: Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type II Class A (membrane-faced surface with a flame spread of 25 or less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with Polypropylene-scrim-kraft faced (W-PSK-25) as appropriate for exposed applications; consisting of fibers manufactured from glass 2.3 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS Eave Ventilation Troughs: Preformed, rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized to fit between roof framing members and to provide cross ventilation between insulated attic spaces and vented eaves. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and other conditions affecting performance. B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION Service Club Ballfield Section 07210-2 Insulation Restroom and Concession Building A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or of interfering with insulation attachment. B. Close off openings in cavities receiving insulation to prevent escape of insulation. Provide bronze or stainless-steel screens (inside) where openings must be maintained for drainage or ventilation. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice and snow. C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Water-Piping Coordination: If water piping is located on inside of insulated exterior walls, coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and insulation encapsulates piping. E. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated. F. All trusses shall receive insulation. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Seal joints between closed-cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer C. Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping. I. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. Service Club Ballfield Section 07210-3 Insulation Restroom and Concession Building D. Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements. 1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Install cardboard baffle devices at attic perimeter to insure I" minimum air flow for ventilation. E. For wood-framed construction, install mineral-fiber blankets according to ASTM C 1320, with faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to produce airtight installation after concealing finish material is in place. 3.5 PROTECTION Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 07210-4 Insulation Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 07410 METAL ROOF PANELS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.00 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 101 SECTION INCLUDES The work includes,but is not limited to, furnishing and installation of all preformed metal roofing, Gutters and accessories as indicated on the drawings and specified herein 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A Sheet Metal,Flashing&trim: Section 07600 B Joint Sealants not specified herein- Section 07900 C. Finish Painting not specified herein. Section 09900 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. TESTING AND CERTIFICATION 1. Wind Uplift- UL 580 test, Class 90 rated. 2. Air Infiltration Panel to meet the following standard when in accordance with ASTM E- 1680-95 a. With factory-applied continuous sealant—0.05 cfm/lineal ft. of panel seam at 157 psf positive pressure, and 0 07 cfm/hneal ft of panel seam at 157 psf negative pressure 3. Water Penetration: Panel to meet the following standard when tested in accordance with ASTM-E 1646-95: a. With factory-applied continuous sealant,no leakage at 6 24 psf. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA I Submit manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions and recommendations for each type of roofing required Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements B. SAMPLES 1 Prior to ordering products, submit Manufacturer's standard color Samples for Architect's/Engineer's selection 2. Prior to starting work, submit one 12"long Panel Samples showing shape and a representative color chip for Arclutect's approval C. SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Submit complete shop drawings detailing all perimeter flashings and Joints in accordance with the Manufacturer's standard recommendations. 2. Describe all proposed details that deviate from what is shown on the plans. 3. Details must allow for expansion and contraction 4. Roofing installer shall provide details, whether indicated on the drawings or not,for every application and as required to provide a complete weather tight application Service Club Ballfield Section 07410-1 Metal Roofing Panels Restroom and Concession Building D. DESIGN CRITERIA 1. Wind Uplift: The roof system manufacturer shall provide an attachment schedule or supporting calculations to resist the following uplift loads: a. Uplift loads as calculated using the 2003 Edition of the IBC with a 90 MPH basic wind speed,Exposure Factor C, and importance Factor 1.0. 2. Drag Loading- The roof panel manufacturer shall provide an attachment schedule calculations to resist drag loads induced by a snow load of 25 psf. 105 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS 1 Submit proof that Installer has been approved by the Panel Manufacturer in writing prior to work commencing. 2. Installer shall meet the following: a. Successfully applied twenty metal roofs of comparable size and complexity which reflects a quality weathertight installation b. Have been in business for a mimmum period of five years in the region where the work will be performed. B. MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS 1 Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years experience supplying metal roofing to the region where the work is to be done 2. Comply with current independent testing and certification as specified. 3 Manufacturer shall provide proof of$2,000,000 liability insurance for their metal roof system and comply with current independent testing and certification as specified. 4. The roof panel manufacturer must also subscribe to Underwriters Laboratories' "Follow Up Service" assuring continuing product compliance with UL requirements Shipment packaging of panels and attachment clips must bear UL classification markings. 5. Panel Manufacturers without full supporting literature, Flashings &Details Guides, Guide Specifications and Technical Support, shall not be considered equal to the specified product. C REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS 1. Comply with IBC and local Building Code requirements if more restrictive than those specified herein. 2. Manufacturer shall provide proof of$2,000,000 liability insurance for their metal roof system and comply with current independent testing and certification as specified. 106 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect against damage and discoloration B. Handle panels with non-marring slings. C Do not bend panels D Store panels above ground,with one end elevated for drainage E Protect panels against standing water and condensation between adjacent surfaces. F If panels become wet, immediately separate sheets, wipe dry with clean cloth, and allow to air dry. G. Painted panels shall be shipped with a protective plastic sheeting or a strippable film coating between all panels [Remove any strippable film coating prior to installation and in any case, do not allow the strippable film coating to remain on the panels in extreme heat, cold, or direct sunlight or other UV source] I Service Club Ballfield Section 07410-2 Metal Roofing Panels Restroom and Concession Building 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Examine the conditions and substrates in which metal roofing work is to be installed and notify the Architect of any corrective action required prior to beginning work Commencement of work indicates acceptance of existing conditions. B. Field measurements shall be taken prior to fabrication of panels. 108 WARRANTY A. Project Warranty- Refer to Conditions of the Contract for standard project warranty provisions. B. Manufacturer's Warranty- Submit, for Owner's acceptance,manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of,other rights Owner may have under the Contract Documents. C Manufacturer's Warranty Period- 10 years commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. B. Roofing Installer's Warranty 1 Warrant panels, flashings, sealants, fasteners and accessories against defective materials and/or workmanship,to remain watertight and weatherproof with normal usage for two (2)years following Project Substantial Completion date PART2-PRODUCTS 2 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. AEP Span A Division of ASC Profiles,2141 Milwaukee Way, Tacoma,Washington 98421, 253-3834955 B PANEL DESIGNATION• Design Span® 2.02 MATERIALS A. PANELS 1. Base Metal: a Material- Steel conforming to: (1) ASTM A792 minimum yield 40,000 psi, thickness 24 gauge. b. Protective Coatings (choose one) (1) Conform to ASTM A792,AZ50(Zmcalumel). 2. Exterior Finish: a DuraTech®5000(polyvinylidine Fluoride),full 70%Kynar®500/Hylar 50000 consisting of a baked-on 0 2 mil corrosion resistant primer and a baked-on 0 8 mil finish coat for a total of 10 mil dry film thickness,with a specular gloss of 10-15% when tested in accordance with ASTM D-523-89 at 60°. 3. Interior Finish: a. Primer Coat Material- Corrosion-resistant primer;primer coat dry film thickness- 0 15 mils, finish coat material:polyester paint, finish coat dry film thickness 0 35 mils. b. Total Interior Dry Film Thickness: 0 50 mils c Color Off-White 4. Color- specified manufacturer's"Forest Green". Service Club Ballfield Section 07410-3 Metal Roofing Panels Restroom and Concession Building 5. Factory-Applied Seam Sealant: Cold-applied, non-skinning,ACRYL-RD. 6. Configuration: Standing Seam: Roof panels shall consist of integral self-locking standing seams 1-3/4"high spaced 17"on center Provide intermediate flats to prevent oil canning. B. ACCESSORIES 1. Waterproofing membrane below panels: 30#felt 2. Fastener Clip: a. UL 90 rated 18 gauge G-90 Galvanized steel,40 ksi yield strength, 3-1/2"long triple fastener type. 3. Fasteners: a Per manufacturer's recommendation 4. Sealant. a. Gunnable Grade Caulking: Single component polyurethane caulk b Tape sealant Butyl 5. Bearing Plate: a. 22 gauge 4"x6"Zincalumeo coated steel bearing plate 6. Gutters- Manufacturer's standard sheet metal matching panel material and finish,break- formed to profiles indicated on drawings See section 07600 for additional requirements Gutters shall be continuous 5"profile as selected by the Architect C FLASHING 1. Material, gauge and finish to match panels. Do not use lead or copper. D. FABRICATION 1 Unless otherwise shown on drawings or specified herein, fabricate panels in continuous one-piece lengths and fabricate flashings and accessories in longest practical lengths 2. Roofing panels shall be factory formed Field formed panels are not acceptable. 3. Panels shall be factory correctively-leveled PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A FIELD MEASUREMENTS 1. Verify prior to fabrication. B PROTECTION 1. Treat, or isolate with protective material,and contacting surfaces of dissimilar materials to prevent electrolytic corrosion 2. Workers who will be walking on Roofing Panels shall wear clean, soft-soled work shoes that will not pick up stones or other abrasive material which could cause damage or discoloration 3 Protect Work of other Trades against damage and discoloration C SURFACE PREPARATION 1. Clean and dry surfaces prior to applying sealant. D. 2 Install waterproofing membrane as indicated in manufacturer's standard published installation instructions. Service Club Ballfield Section 07410-4 Metal Roofing Panels Restroom and Concession Building 3.03 INSTALLATION A. PANELS 1 Follow roof panel manufacturer's directions. 2 Install panel seams vertically 3. Lap panels away from prevailing wind direction. 4 Do not stretch or compress panel side-lap 5 Secure panels without warp or deflection. 6. Fully engage interlocking seams. 7. Remove strippable protective film,if used,immediately preceding panel installation. B. FLASHING I 1. Follow Manufacturer's directions and Architect approved Shop Drawings 2. Install flashings to allow for thermal movement. 3. Remove strippable protective film, if used, immediately preceding flashing installation. 4. Provide additional flashing&counterflashmg, whether shown on the drawings or not, as required to provide weather tight installation at no additional cost ` C CUTTING AND FITTING 1 Neat, square and true Torch cutting is prohibited 2. Openings 6 inches and larger in any direction Shop fabricate and reinforce to maintain original load capacity. 3. Debur cut edge where necessary to saw-cut panels. 3.02 CLEAN UP AND CLOSE OUT A PANEL DAMAGE AND FINISH SCRATCHES 1. Do not apply touch-up paint to damaged paint areas that involve rmnor scratches 2. Panels or flashmgs that have severe paint and/or substrate damage shall be replaced as directed by the Architect's or Owner's representative. B. CLEANING AND REPAIRING 1. At completion of each day's work and at work completion, sweep Panels, Flashings and Gutters clean Do not allow fasteners, cuttings,filings or scraps to accumulate 2. Remove debris from Project Site upon work completion or sooner, if directed. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 07410-5 Metal Roofing Panels Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 07460 SOFFITS PARTI -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following- 1. Fiber-cement interior soffit panels. 2. Plywood at exposed exterior overhangs. 3. Building Paper(Exterior weather-resistive barrier) B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section 06200 "Finish Carpentry" for exterior trim 2. Division 7 Section 07600 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing, gutters, and other sheet metal work 3. Division 7 Section 07900 "Joint Sealants." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: 1. 12-inch- (300-mm-) long-by-actual-width Sample of soffit C. Product Certificates: For each type of soffit, signed by product manufacturer. D. Research/Evaluation Reports For each type of soffit required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for soffits Obtain soffits, including related accessories, through one source from a single manufacturer 15 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING tA. Store materials in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place. Service Club Ballfield Section 07460-1 Soffits Restroom and Concession Building 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations* Proceed with siding installation only if substrate is completely dry and if existing and forecasted weather conditions permit siding to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1.7 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate installation with flashings and other adjoi ung construction to ensure proper sequencing. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace soffit panels that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, cracking, deforming, fading, or otherwise deteriorating beyond normal weathering 1. Warranty Period for interior soffit panels 50 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 21 SOFFITS A. Plywood at exposed overhangs: (at manufactured truss overhangs) Shall be BC exterior grade plywood, zero plugs. B. Fiber-Cement interior soffit panels: Soffit Panels made from fiber-cement board that does not contain asbestos fibers, complies with ASTM C 1186, Type A, Grade II, is classified as noncombustible when tested according to ASTM E 136, and has a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84 1. Products: Shall be"HardiPlank" Smooth Soffit Panels,non perforated 2. Manufacturer- a. James Hardie Inc. 3. Size: 4'x8'. 4. Factory Pruning Manufacturer's standard acrylic primer. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Accessones. Provide starter strips and other items as recommended by siding manufacturer for building configuration See Finish Carpentry, 06200 for cedar trim corner boards'and inside corner trim. 1 Provide accessories matching color and texture of adjacent work, unless otherwise indicated B. Flashing: Provide aluminum flashing complying with Division 7 Section 07600 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" at window and door heads and where indicated Service Club Ballfield Section 07460-2 Soffits Restroom and Concession Building 1. Finish for Aluminum Flashing- Siliconized polyester coating, same color as siding. C. Elastomeric Joint Sealant: Single-component urethane joint sealant complying with requirements in Division 7 Section 07900 "Joint Sealants" for Use NT (nontraffic) and for Uses M, G,A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O Joint substrates D. Building Paper (Exterior weather-resistive barrier)- Shall be 60-Minute Asphaltic Building paper type felt as required by the siding manufacturer E Fasteners: 1. For fastening to wood, use siding nails of sufficient length to penetrate a minimum of 1 inch(25 mm) into substrate. 2. For fastening fiber-cement siding,use hot-dip galvanized fasteners. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of siding. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General. Comply with siding manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply Center nails in elongated nailing slots without binding siding to allow for thermal movement Overlap Joints to shed water away from direction of prevailing wind. B. Soffit shall be installed to framing members and secured with fasteners described in Table No.2 in National Evaluation Service Report No NER-405. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove damaged, improperly installed, or otherwise defective siding materials and replace with new materials complying with specified requirements B Clean finished surfaces accorchng to soffit manufacturer's written instructions and maintain in a clean condition during construction END OF SECTION 07460 Service Club Ballfield Section 07460-3 Soffits Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 07600 SHEET METAL,FLASHING &TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. Flashings, metal drips, heads and weeps above and below windows, window sill flashing, gutters and the like. Provide prefabricated systems as indicated on drawings 1. Fabricate and install systems as required for weathertight job 2. Provide cleats, seams, connections and methods, as applicable, for proper expansion/contraction and to prevent distortion/"oil-canning". 3. All sheet metal to be pamted/prefinished prior to installation. B. Related Sections including the following: 1. Division 5 Section 05500 "Metal Fabrications". 2. Division 6 Section 06100 "Rough Carpentry" 3. Division 7 Section 07410 "Metal Roof Panels". 4. Division 7 Section 07900 "Joint Sealers". 5. Division 8 Section 08111 "Steel Door and Frames" 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" - 1993, Available Western Washington Sheet Metal Employers Association, Seattle, Washington Tel. (206) 285-4144. ASTM A653-99 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvanealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. ASTM B32-96 Standard Specification for Solder Metal. ASTM D226-97aStandard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing FS SS-C-153 Cement, Bituminous, Plastic AAMA 2604-98 Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association 1.4 SUBMITTALS Service Club Ballfield Section 07600-1 Sheet Metal, Flashing&Trim Restroom and Concession Building A. Shop Drawings: Describe general construction, configurations, material profile, jointing pattern,jointing details, fastening methods, and installation details B. Product Data Include manufacturer's material and finish data, installation instructions, and general recommendations for each specified flashing material and fabricated product. C. Samples of sheet metal flashing, trim, and accessory items, in the specified finish. Where finish involves normal color and texture variations, include Sample set of 2 or more units showing full range of variations expected 1 Submit 8" square samples of specified sheet materials to be exposed as finished surfaces. 2. Submit 12" long, completely finished units of specified factory-fabricated products exposed as finished work. D. Submit certification letter attesting that specified cleaning procedures, methods, and products have been followed. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed sheet metal flashing and tnm work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Acceptance at site: 1. Verify undamaged condition. 2. Protect from damage at all times. 3. Stack preformed and prefinished material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. 4 Prevent contact with materials which may cause discoloration or staining 1.7 WARRANTY A. Contractor Guarantee: Guarantee work of this Section to be waterproof and weathertight against ordinary wear and usage for 2 years from date of substantial completion, including material and labor. 1. This is an extension of normal 1-year guarantee. Service Club Ballfield Section 07600-2 Sheet Metal,Flashing&Trim Restroom and Concession Building PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 1. All materials best quality, thickness not less than that noted below. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet Metal Material: (Gutters, Eave, drip, flashing and step flashings) 1. All sheet metal not otherwise called for to be mimmum gaugeslreferenced in SMACNA Manual for comparable construction. Use heavier gauges if called for on drawings or specifications and where required by conditions of installation 2. Pre-coated Galvanized Steel: All Gutters, Eave, drip, flashing and step flashings shall be Prime Commercial Quality Sheet, ASTM A653 (coating G90-1 25 oz per square foot), low carbon, open hearth steel, ductile, flat, accurately sheared, and evenly covered with tight coat of prime zinc spelter. Material to withstand flat bending on itself at any direction at room temperature without flaking. Shop pre- coat with baked on fluoropolymer coating containing Kynar 500 resin Pre- finished, factory paint, custom color as selected by Architect to match metal roofing. See specification section 07410, Metal Roofing. 3. Include strippable protective plastic film on exposed prefinished faces of sheet metal. Film to be removed during installation. B. Steel Downspouts: Included in Division 5, Section 05500 "Metal Fabrications". C. Fastenings. 1. Nails: Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other non-corrosive metal as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. 2. Screws: Screws shall be high-dome, neoprene gasketed, hex head type, or incorporate a washer with a laminated neoprene gasket. Exposed screws to have prefinished heads of color matching the coping metal. D. Solder: Best commercial quality, type best suited to material to be soldered. Conform to referenced ASTM B32, Alloy Grade Sn50. E. Plastic Cement (as applicable): In accordance with referenced FS SS-C-153, Type I- asphaltic. F. Underlayment (as applicable). ASTM D226, No. 15 asphalt saturated roofing felt. (see section 07410 for metal roofing spec.) G. Reglets: Service Club Ballfield Section 07600-3 Sheet Metal,Flashing&Trim Restroom and Concession Building 1. Fry Reglet Corp., Type SM - Surface Mounted Sprmglok flashing systems, Type MA - Masonry Reglets, Type CO Concrete Reglets, Type STX Stucco Reglets. Provide in 24 ga. galvanized sheet metal, shop primed. Pretreat galvanized metals required prior to shop priming. 2. Other types (as applicable): As required by conditions of installation. H. Miscellaneous: Provide all other incidental and accessory materials, methods, tools and equipment. Include all materials of sheet metal, window flashing, general flashing, and trim required. Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and siniilar accessory units as required for installation of Work, matching or compatible with material being installed; non-corrosive; size and thickness required for performance. I. Electrolytic Protection (as applicable)- Bituminous paint, American Tar Company's "No. 2221", Farwest "Vitamic", or other reviewed and approved manufacturers J. Sealant: See Section 07900. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Conform to referenced SMACNA manual, Manufacturer's recommendations if premanufactured and as detailed. Conform to follow general requirements: 1. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from chstortion or defects. 2. Fabricate cleats and starter strips from one gauge heavier material than sheet metal material, in widths required by SMACNA, interlockable with sheet. 3. Form pieces in longest practical lengths. 4. Form exposed sheet metal work that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 5. Expansion Provisions: Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection, and as required by SMACNA. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant(concealed within joints). 6. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion, but movable,joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. 7. Hem exposed edges on underside 'h inch; miter and seam corners. 8. Form parapet cap flashing material with flat seams. 9. Solder and seal metal joints. After soldering, remove flux. Wipe and wash solder joints clean. 10. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. 11. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch and hemmed to form drip,unless detailed otherwise. Service Club Ballfield Section 07600-4 Sheet Metal,Flashing&Tnm Restroom and Concession Building 12. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches over roofing. Return and brake edges. B. Flashing: Precoated flashings as detailed and in accordance with manufacturer and referenced SMACNA Manual. Use 24 gauge unless otherwise noted. Self supporting flashing 24 gage minimum Use 22 gauge mnumum for clips. C. Conductor Heads (if any): 24 gauge galvanized steel, per SMACNA Figure 1-25. Style as selected by Architect/Owner. 1 D. Accessories: Furnish and install as necessary. Items of same materials as items to which applied. E. Miscellaneous: Fabricate as required. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 1. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed and secure. 2. Install sheet metal and PVC flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Follow Manufacturer's directions and referenced"SMACNA Manual": 1. Where more than one "Figure", illustration, or method of construction is shown in SMACNA Manual, and not specifically indicated in Contract Documents, use SMACNA system most nearly matching applicable Contract Document situation, subject to review of Architect. a. Install to detail B. Execute by skilled mechanics according to best methods known to trade. C. Line, moldings, and edges to be sharp and true. Remforce as required for stiffness. D Allow for expansion and contraction. �j E. Neatly form and finish joints and seams: 1. Surfaces to be free from waves and buckles. a. Laps 3" nummum. Service Club Ballfield Section 07600-5 Sheet Metal,Flashing&Trim Restroom and Concession Building F. Use concealed fastenings unless otherwise indicated or reviewed. G. Make exterior work weathertight. Allow for proper expansion/contraction and to prevent distortion/"oil-canning". Standard of workmanship to be in accordance with referenced SMACNA manual, whether specific items are indicated or not. H. Sealant. Install where indicated or where required to make weathertight. I. Electrolytic Protection: Where materials dissimilar in galvanic range contact, paint contacting surfaces two coats specified bituminous paint. J. General flashings, Counterflashings, continuous gutters, and the like: Install to detail in accordance with referenced SMACNA Manual, manufacturers directions, and as required for watertight installations. K. Water shall have positive drainage at all caps and the like. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure sheet metal flashing and tnm work during construction is without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 07600-6 Sheet Metal, Flashing& Trim Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: 1. Control and expansion joints in cast-m-place concrete. 2. Control and expansion Joints in unit masonry. 3. Joints between metal wall panels. 4. Joints between different materials listed above. 5. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and CMU. 6. Control and expansion joints in ceiling and overhead surfaces. 7. Other Joints as indicated. B. Exterior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: 1. Control, expansion, and isolation Joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. 2. Joints between different materials listed above 3. Other Joints as indicated. C. Intenor Joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: 1. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. 2. Penmeter Joints of exterior openmgs where indicated 3. Vertical control joints on exposed surfaces of interior concrete walls and partitions. 4. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and windows. 5. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls and floors. 6. Other joints as indicated D. Interior joints in the following horizontal traffic surfaces: 1. Control and expansion joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. 2. Other joints as indicated E. Related Sections including the following: Service Club Ballfield Section 07900-1 Joint Sealers Restroom and Concession Building 1. Division 3 Section 03311 "Concrete". 2. Division 4 Section 04810 "Unit Masonry Assemblies". 3. Division 6 Section 06100 "Rough Carpentry". 4. Division 7 Section 07410 "Metal Roofing Panels". 5. Division 7 Section 07600 "Sheet Metal, Flashing and Trim". 6. Division 8 Section 08111 "Steel Doors and Frames". 7. Division 8 Section 08332 "Coiling Doors". 8. Division 9 Section 09900 "Painting". 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS ASTM C834-95 Standard Specification for Latex Sealants. ASTM C920-98 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. ASTM C1193-91 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. (1995) 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Definition: L Sealant systems installed with pressure gun. a. Include sealing of interior and exterior vertical and horizontal joints as required to make air and water tight without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 2. Regardless of terminology used on Drawings, where "caulking" or "sealant" called for,use specified sealant continuously, entire area and assembly 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, limitations, color availability, manufacturer's product specifications, handling/installation/curing instructions, and performance tested data sheets for each elastomeric product required. B. Samples. 1. For Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. 2. For Verification: for each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealants in inch wide joints formed between two 6 inch long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C. Test Reports: Test sealant bond used at joints between adjacent assemblies or construction as required by the Architect Submit results of testing in the form of a written report to Architect prior to sealant work being performed. Service Club Ballfield Section 07900-2 Building Joint Sealers Restroom and Concession Building D. Material List: Submit detailed material list showing areas to which each material will be applied. Include accessory materials,primer where required. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications- An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants sinular in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint-sealant installations with a record of successful in- service performance. B. General Performance- Except as otherwise indicated, joint sealers are required to establish and maintain airtight and waterproof continuous seals on a permanent basis, within recognized lurutations of wear and aging as indicated for each application �- Failures of installed sealers to comply with this requirement will be recognized as failures of materials and workmanship. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contammants, or other causes. 1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg. F. 2. Moisture. Do no work when moisture is present or when surfaces to be sealed are wet. B. Joint-Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint-Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. Service Club Ballfield Section 07900-3 Joint Sealers Restroom and Concession Building 1.9 WARRANTY A. In accordance with the following: 1. Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by elastomeric sealant manufacturer agreeing to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period a. Two years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. This is an extension of the normal one-year guarantee called for in General Conditions. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 1. Color: Approximate color of adjacent surfaces, as reviewed from Architect's samples 2. Sealant must be compatible with back-up material. 22 MATERIALS A. Exterior Sealant Systems: 1. Primers: As required and recommended by the Sealant Manufacturer for surface conditions encountered. 2. For Concrete/Referenced ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25: Sonneborn NPII, Vulkem,922, Sikaflex-2c, or approved. 3. For Other Exterior Surfaces• a. Non-alkaline surfaces/referenced ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25• Dow No. 795, GE "Silglaze," Sonneborn "Ommplus," Bostik, Inc. Chem-Calk 1200 or approved b. Porous or Alkaline Surfaces: Dow 790, GE "Silpruf," Sonneborn "Omniseal," or approved. 4. Exterior Horizontal Joints/Referenced ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25. Sonnebom's "SL2 Sealant," Tremco's THC 900, Vulkem 245, or approved. 5. Backer rod to be compatible with sealant and approved by sealant manufacturer for type of application. B. Interior Sealant: 1. Miscellaneous Sealants- Sonnebom's "Sonolac" acrylic latex, Bostik, Inc. Chem- Calk 600, DAP "Acrylic Latex," or approved. Sealant to conform to referenced ASTM C834. Color as selected by Architect. Service Club Ballfield Section 07900-4 Building Joint Sealers Restroom and Concession Building 2. Threshold Sealant: Light gray color, consistency for use with gun or knife; for use without paint fmish. Use one of the following, or as reviewed- Macco Butyl, A. C. Horn "Seal," or approved. 3. Interior Horizontal Joints: Sonneborn's "SL2 Sealant," Tremco's THC 900, or approved. 4. Plumbing Fixture Sealant: Sonnebom "Omniplus", GE "Sanitary 1700", meeting referenced ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, or approved C. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Joint Cleaner: As recommended by sealant or caulking manufacturer for joint surfaces. 2. Joint Primer/Sealer: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, as recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces to be primed/sealed. 3. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturer of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. 4. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 5. Joint-Sealant Backing: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible withjomt substrates, sealants, primers, and otherjoint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer base on field experience and laboratory testing. a. Cylindrical Sealant Backings- ASTM C 1330, of type indicated below and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance- Type C, closed cell polyethylene foam rod material, non-adhering type, with a surface skin as recommended by sealant manufacturer. Polystyrene foam and open cell rods not acceptable. 1) Diameter 1/3 greater than width of joint where it is to be installed. 6. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape/plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer, applied to sealant contact surfaces where bond to substrate or backer rod must be avoided for proper performance of sealant Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes your acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 1. Be sure that surfaces are clean and dry before proceeding. 2. Remove lacquers and protective films from metal surfaces. Service Club Ballfield Section 07900-5 Joint Sealers Restroom and Concession Building 3. Be sure that exterior finish concrete sealant recesses have received complete finish coating. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints- Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with Joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements. 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of Joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective , coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following: , a Concrete. b. Masonry. ' 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants a. Metal. b. Glass. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. C. Perform preparation in accordance with referenced ASTM C1193 for latex base sealant and for solvent-release type materials. D. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. E. Protection Using Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. Service Club Ballfield Section 07900-6 Building Joint Sealers Restroom and Concession Building 3.3 INSTALLATION,APPLICATION, PERFORMANCE A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. ' C. Backer Rod and Bond Breaker Tape: 1. Backing for surfaces: a. Where more than 3/4" wide pack with foam rod back-up material to within ''/2" of surface. b. Where less than '/2' wide install foam rod back-up material to within 1/4" of surface. C. Where less than ''/z" deep, apply bond breaker tape to bottom of joints to prevent adhesion of sealant to bottom of Joint d. Provide backing materials in as long lengths as practicable; install with proper tool. Force backing into Joint to proper depth for sealant. ID. Sealing: 1. Apply sealant in accordance with Manufacturer's directions and the following: a. Install elastomeric sealants in non-traffic Joints to size and shape indicated with slight concave surface and depth equal to 50% of normal joint width, but not more than % inch and not less than 1/4 inch (dimension requirements may vary slightly between manufacturer's). b. Install elastomenc sealants in concrete traffic joints to size and shape indicated or with slightly concave surface and depth equal to 75% of normal joint width, but not more than 5/8 inch and not less than 3/8 inch deep (dimensions requirements may vary slightly between manufacturer's). C. Install non-elastomenc sealants to size and shape indicated or with slightly concave surface and depth from 75% to 125% of normal joint width 2. Examine installation carefully. Repair any areas where sealant is not properly adhered due to bubbles, foreign matter, or other defects 3. Seal joints before final coat of finish is applied to adjacent surfaces. 4. Provide positive contact to all concrete, metal and other surfaces. 5. Refer to drawings for any exceptions to the above 3.4 CURING, PROTECTION, AND CLEANING ' A. Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability Protect joint sealers during construction period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and weathering) at time of substantial completion. Cure and protect sealants in a manner which will nummize increases in Service Club Ballfield Section 07900-7 Joint Sealers Restroom and Concession Building modulus of elasticity and other accelerated aging effects. Replace or restore sealants which are damaged or deteriorated during construction period. - I B. Remove excess material. Remove and dispose of masking materials. Leave surfaces neat, clean, and smooth. ' 3.5 SCHEDULE A. Except as otherwise indicated: 1. Seal exterior and interior joints: a Around windows, relights, doors, louvers, and other openings in walls. b. Joints of dissimilar materials. C. Horizontal deck Joints. d. At Joints in sheet metal, flashing and trim. e. Plumbing fixtures and sinks. f. Other locations as detailed or required to make water and air tight. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 07900-8 Building Joint Sealers Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 08111 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide all labor, material, and equipment required for the installation of standard steel (hollow metal) doors, fixed transom door panels and door and window frames. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 3 Section 03311 `Building Concrete". 2. Division 4 Section 04810 `Building Unit Masonry Assemblies". 3. Division 7 Section 07900 `Building Joint Sealers". 4. Division 8 Section 08710 `Building Finish Hardware". 5. Division 9 Section 09900 `Building Painting". 1.3 REFERENCES ANSI A250.6-97 Hardware on Standard Steel Doors (Reinforcement- Application) ANSI A250.8-98 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames ASTM A153-98 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A366-97 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality ASTM A569-98 Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality. ASTM A620-97 Standard Specification for Drawing Steel (DS), Sheet, Carbon, Cold- Rolled ASTM A642-85 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot- Dip Process, Drawing Quality, Special Killed. ASTM A653-99 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. ASTM C591-94 Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation. SDI-105-91"Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames." SDI-108-99"Recommended Selection and Usage Guide for Standard Steel Doors." SDI-109-88"Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." SDI-112-97"Zinc-Coated (Galvanized/Galvannealed) Standard Steel Doors and Frames." Service Club Ballfield Section 08111-1 Steel Doors&Frames Restroom and Concession Building SDI-117-93"Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." SDI-122-99"Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings. Indicate: 1. Details of each frame type for doors, construction, joints and connections, anchorage and accessory items. 2. Elevations of door design type. ' 3. Conditions at openings. a Show condition at floor/threshold and required clearance at door bottom to clear flooring material on swmgside. 4. Details of construction. 5. Location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements. 6. Details of joints and connections. 7. Show anchorage and accessory items. 8. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings ' 9. Glazing type. B. Product Data. Include: Submit manufacturer's product data for each type of door and , frame specified, including materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, profiles, finishes, fabrication and installation instructions Transmit one copy of instructions to Installer. C. Certificates: 1. Furnish letter from Manufacturer stating that hollow metal doors and frames delivered to project conform to these Specifications. ' 2. Submit certification letter attesting that specified priming procedures, methods, and products have been followed 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. See referenced Codes, ordinances, and the like/Division 1 2. Fabrication and Installation of Steel Door and Frame Assemblies- ANSI A250.8, "SDI-100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" i. Accessible: ANSI A117.1. Service Club Ballfield Section 08111-2 Steel Doors&Frames Restroom and Concession Building 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames. B. Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Arclutect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed C. Store under cover in building in protected, upright position. Set on wood sills, minimum 4" high. D Protection prior to installation: 1. Protect at all times to prevent damage to doors, frames, and finish. 2. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. Prevent rust and damage 3. If cardboard wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. 4. Provide mu imum 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. ' 5. Clean abraded, scarred, and rusty areas. 6. Touch up with paint used for shop painting. 7. Replace units if repair is unsatisfactory or impractical. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. ' 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Standard Steel Doors , fixed transom panels and frames: Steelcraft, Ceco, Curries, or approved equal. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets and Strips: Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, free of scale, pitting, or surface defects, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A569. B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A366 Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM A620 ' Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness. C. Galvanized Steel Sheets- Zinc-coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A642, e drawing quality, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A653, Grade A60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. t Service Club Ballfield Section 08111-3 Steel Doors & Frames Restroom and Concession Building t D. Support and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18 gauge galvanized sheet steel. Units , to be built into exterior walls shall be galvanized after fabrication, complying with ASTM A153, Class B E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners- Manufacturer's standard units, except hot-dip galvanize items to be built into exterior walls, complying with referenced ASTM A153, Class C or D as applicable. ' F. Internal Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that produces a door complying with SDI standards. G. Primer: See Section 09900. H. Bituminous Frame Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion. ' I. Grout for Hollow Metal Frames Set in Masonry Walls: Master Builders, SET GROUT, ' or approved. Portland cement based, non-catalyzed, multi-purpose, mineral aggregate, nonshrink grout. Mix to obtain stiff, fast drying consisting 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fabricate units to be rigid, neat in appearance, free from defects,warp or buckle. 2. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in Manufacturer's plant Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory-assembled at project site. 3. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels from only cold rolled steel. 4. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels and moldings from either cold-rolled or hot-rolled steel (at fabricator's option). 5. Weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and ' invisible. 6. Provide steel top cap to seal all doors. 7. Allow clearance for flooring as required. , 8. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames " B. Standard Steel Doors: Provide metal doors of types and styles indicated on drawings and schedules and complying with Manufacturer's specifications and ANSI A250.8 for minimum materials and construction requirements. 1. Exterior Doors and fixed transom door panels: ANSI A250.8, Level 3 - Extra Heavy Duty, Model 2, Seamless - Hollow Metal, 16 gauge minimum thickness for face sheets Fabricate door face sheets to be hot-dip galvanized steel according to SDI 112. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 0 0635 inch thick galvanized steel channels, with channel web placed even with top and bottom edges. Seal Service Club Bailfield Section 081114 Steel Doors& Frames Restroom and Concession Building joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. Configure exterior doors with special profile to receive recessed weatherstripping. C. Steel Door and fixed panel Frames: 1. Provide metal door and window frames of the types and styles indicated on drawings or schedules and complying with Manufacturer's specifications and ' ANSI A250.8 for minimum materials and construction requirements. a. Exterior Doors- ANSI A250.8, Level 3, 16 gauge hot-dip galvanized ASTM A653, Grade A60 cold-rolled steel for frames 36" wide, 14 gauge hot-dip galvanized ASTM A653, Grade A60 cold-rolled steel for frames over 36" wide (if any). Fabricate per SDI 112 2. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Body putty frames flush over fastenings making fasteners invisible 3. Pressed steel double rabbet, flush with 2" inch face, 5/8 inch returns, unless noted otherwise. 4. Welded Frames: Fabricate frames of welded construction as required for non- rated assemblies, all corners mitered a. Knockdown frames not permitted 5. Plaster Guards- Provide 26 gauge steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, at back of finish hardware cutouts where finish materials might obstruct ' hardware operation. 6. Protective Frame Coating. Factory coat inside of frames to be grouted and frames to be built into concrete construction with bituminous coating to a thickness of 1/16 inch. 2.5 PROVISION FOR HARDWARE A. General: ' 1. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A250.6-1997 "Hardware on Standard Steel Doors (Reinforcement - Application) and SDI-109 "Hardware for Standard Steel Doors &Frames". 2. Mortise, reinforce and tap frames at factory for mortise hardware. 3. Work to templates for all hardware. 4. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied may be done at Project site. 5. Drill for door silencers 6. Provide plaster guards at silencers and strike pockets. 7. Conform to standards of hardware manufacturer except as modified this Section. 8. Locate finish hardware as specified in Section 08710, Finish Hardware 9. Fabricate doors and frames with hardware reinforcement welded in place. ' Provide mortar guard boxes. Service Club Ballfield Section 08111-5 Steel Doors&Frames Restroom and Concession Building 1 2.6 FINISH A. Doors and frames shop primed and air dried for site applied finish Prepare and prime in accordance with Section 09900. Galvanized exterior doors and frames primed after galvanizing per ANSI A250.8 requirements. ' 2.7 GALVANIC PROTECTION/CONTACTING DISSIMILAR METALS A. Coat or otherwise isolate to prohibit galvanic action. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 EXAMINATION A Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not ' install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected Beginning work constitutes your acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. B. Verify: ' 1. Frame dimension. 2. Hardware. , 3. Clearance requirements for flooring material or threshold. C. Adjust dimensions as necessary to make all parts come together as indicated. 32 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Regardless of tolerances specified or required for individual components forming portions of working assemblies, the Contractor shall be responsible for final fitting and adjustments to individual components to provide a complete workable and usable assembly 2. If components forming an assembly do not function properly to provide a complete usable system, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide corrective measures. a. Door shall clear floor for full swing, undercut 1" for ventilation requirements. B. Install the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", "Specification," and manufacturers' directions Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. C. Frames: Service Club Ballfield Section 08111-6 Steel Doors& Frames Restroom and Concession Building 1 1. Place frames per ANSI A250.8 and SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames." 2. Set frames accurately in place/plumb/aligned and securely braced. 3. Jamb Anchors: Install a minimum of 3 wall anchors per j amb at hinge and strike levels. Over T-0" install 4 wall anchors perjamb. 4. Grout: Field grout all steel door frames: ' a. Coat inside throats of steel frames with 1/8" thick bituminous protective coating Clean edges and surfaces of bituminous coating to prevent discoloration of finishes. b. Install temporary spreaders at midpoint and threshold of door frame so that alignment is not disturbed during grouting. C. Grout all frames solid with fast setting plaster mix, or mortar as applicable. ' d. Remove spreaders after grouting is completed. 5. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1 6. Install sealant between door and window frames and wall. D. Door Installation: 1. Fit hollow metal doors accurately in their respective frames, within clearances specified in ANSI 250.8 and SDI-122. 2. Finish hardware is specified in Section 08710. ' 3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING ' A Adjust all moving parts. B. Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer. C. Protection Removal Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings 1 from doors and frames. Thoroughly clean all surfaces. END OF SECTION 1 i 1 1 1 Service Club Ballfield Section 08111-7 Steel Doors&Frames Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 08332 COILING DOOR PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work Includes: Two non-rated, push up, exterior, overhead coiling counter doors as indicated on plans. B Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section 05500 `Building Metal Fabrications". 2. Division 6 Section 06100 "Rough Carpentry" 3. Division 8 Section 08710 `Building Finish Hardware". 1.3 REFERENCES ASTM A653-99 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer's pre-printed literature is not acceptable as Shop Drawings 1. Include detailed plans, elevations, details of framing members, required clearances, anchors, and accessories, spring cycle ratings, pertinent dimensioning, 1 general construction, component connections and details, anchorage methods, hardware location, and installation details. Include relationship with adjacent materials. ' B. Product Data- For each type and size overhead coiling door and accessory. Include details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes Provide operating instructions, and maintenance information Include the following: ' 1. Setting drawings, templates, and installation instructions for built-in or embedded anchor devices. 2. Summary of forces and loads on walls and jambs. C. Certificates: Service Club Ballfield Section 08332-1 Coiling Door Restroom and Concession Building r r I. Attest to galvanized plating indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE r A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Doors shall be manufactured by a firm with a minimum of five years experience in the fabrication and installation of rolling doors. B. Installer Qualifications: Work shall be performed by an authorized representative of the ' manufacturer. C. Regulatory Requirements: See referenced Codes, ordinances and the like/Division 1. , D. Pre-Installation Conference: Schedule and convene a pre-installation conference just prior to commencement of field operations between Contractor, Architect, manufacturer, and installer to establish procedures and coordinate work with related and adjacent work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING r A. Deliver materials and products in labeled protective packages. B. Store and handle in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. , C. Protect from damage from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. PART2 - PRODUCTS r 2.1 GENERAL ' A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General: Atlas Door Corp., Tel. (407) 857-0680, or Cornell Iron Works, Tel. (206) ' 525-9677, or Overhead Door CO., Tel. 1-800-929-DOOR, or Cookson, Tel. (206) 547- 1900, or approved. Overhead Door Co. is specified for type, quality and construction required. , 2.3 PRODUCTS A. Rolling Counter Door• r 1. 650 Series Counter Door, non rated. 1 Underwood Memorial Park Section 08332-2 Building Coiling Door ' 2. Curtain- Interlocking slats, Type F-128 fabricated of galvanized steel. Endlocks ' shall be attached to alternate slats to maintain curtain alignment and prevent lateral slat movement 3. Finish- Slats and hood shall be galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A 653 and receive rust-inhibitive, roll coating process, including 0.2 mils thick baked-on prime paint. Finish coat per painting section 09900. Non-gatvamzed exposed ferrous surfaces shall receive one coat of rust-inhibitive pruner. 4. Bottom Bar: Single primed steel angle bottom bar with weather-stripping. 5. Guides- Extruded aluminum. 6. Brackets- Steel plate to support counterbalance, curtain and hood. 7. Counterbalance Helical torsion spring type housed in a steel tube or pipe barrel. 8. Hood: Galvanized primed steel hood Provide intermediate support brackets as required. 9. Manual Operation: Manual push up. 10 Locking: Slide bolt locks suitable for use with padlock. Padlock supplied by owner. Contractor to supply temporary padlock prior to substantial completion. 11. Wall Mounting Condition: Between Jambs mounting. 12. Cycle rating: Springs shall be factory rated 20,000 cycle springs. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes your acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 1. When additional framing beyond that shown on the drawings is required, it will be part of the subcontractors scope of work 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING ' A. Test rolling doors for proper operation and adjust as necessary to provide proper operation without binding or distortion. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts B. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes and repair minor damage. Clean exposed surfaces using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of ' material or product being cleaned END OF SECTION ' Service Club Ballfield Section 08332-3 Coiling Door Restroom and Concession Building r r SECTION 08710 ' FINISH HARDWARE rPART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.02 SUMMARY A. Work includes but is not limited to following: 1. Provide complete finish hardware and suitable fastenings for the Project in accordance with Drawings, Specifications, and Schedules. 2. Furnishing items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and smular requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function. 3. Furnishing items not specifically mentioned, but necessary to complete the work. These are to match quality and finish of the items specified. 4. Hardware to match existing in style and finish. Coordinate keying with Owner. B. Quantities- Those listed in any instance are for Subcontractor's convenience only and are not guaranteed 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS Coordinate related requirements and work specified in other parts of the project manual, including but not lumted to following Section 08111 - Steel Doors And Frames ' 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION IA. Definition: 1. Finish hardware is defined to include all items known commercially as builders' hardware required for swing doors, except special types of hardware specified in the same section as the door and door frame. 2. Work of this Section is also defined as the full complement of hardware as required by all applicable codes whether or not specifically indicated All items specified this Section are to be furnished by a factory-authorized supplier maintaining parts, stocks, and services for specified standard items Replace products as required. r Service Club Ballfield Section 08710-1 Fuush Hardware Restroom and Concession Building r 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit: I 1. Product Data: Submit one copy of Manufacturer's product data for each item of finish hardware with one hardware schedule submitted. Data to be used to assist Architect in reviewing schedule. 2. Shop Drawings- Show installation of operator and associated controls. B. Submit: t 1. Hardware schedules are required for coordinating the work: a. Submit copies of completely detailed schedule. Comply with the actual construction schedule requirements (for each draft). Provide catalog cuts for all items different from those specified in the Hardware Groups b. Review and acceptance by the Architect or Owner does not relieve the Contractor r of his/her exclusive responsibility to fulfill the requirements as shown and specified. c Promptly incorporate corrections and changes in the first submittal and return copies of the revised schedule to the Architect. d. Acceptance of schedule does not relieve Supplier of responsibility for errors or omissions. 2. Format of Schedule: a. List Hardware Schedule for each door opening separately, in vertical form and in the same order as listed on the door schedule. Do not prepare in coded horizontal ' manner The following is an example of the required format 101 HW 1 One Single Door 101 Corridor 100 from Room 101 LH 90 3-0 x 7-0 x 1 3/4 W x HM 20 Min. 1-112 Pr Butts BB179 626 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 1 ea Lockset 35H7E17H 1 ea Closer 4111 Alum x SNB 1 ea Wall Stop 50C 626 1 ea Kick plate B3EKP- 10 x 34 - CAS 3 ea Silencers 64 C. Submit Templates: Supply templates to each fabricator of factory-prepared doors, frames, and other work. Furnish within 10 days after receipt of approved schedule. Check the associated shop drawings to confirm that adequate provisions are made for proper installations. D. Special Tools- Contractor is to provide to the Owner two sets of any special tools shipped with the finish hardware products required for maintenance and installation Deliver to Owner at completion of work. Service Club Ballfield Section 08710-2 Finish Hardware Restroom and Concession Building E. Submit Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit required sets of catalogs and maintenance manuals for exit devices, locksets, closers, and catalog cuts of all electrical products with Manufacturers names, address, and phone numbers noted. F. Provide complete wiring diagrams with elevation drawings for all electrical components specified in this section. Coordinate with the Owner to ensure proper wiring and connections. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier Qualifications: To be "Specialist." 1 To be recognized distributor furnishing hardware in the same area as project: 5 years minimum. 2. To be staffed with qualified consultants and locksmiths available at all reasonable times during construction to meet with Owner, Architect, and contractor for hardware or keying problems 3. To be a firm maintaining stock and parts inventory of all standard items supplied for future service to the Owner. 4. To be a factory direct authorized distributor- not a broker. B. Authorized Representatives for door closers and locksets are to inspect and adjust their hardware 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Division 1 and the following: 1. Inventory hardware jointly with Contractor and representatives of the Hardware Supplier until both parties are satisfied that the count is correct 2. Packaging: a. Mark all packages in accordance with approved hardware schedule; all items packed in original factory shipping cartons b. Mark each hardware item with description and installation location in accordance with approved Hardware Schedule Deliver packaged hardware items at proper times to proper locations (shop or project site) for installation. 3. Storage: Store in protected location UNDER LOCK AND KEY. Keep hardware storage dry for the protection of the hardware. 4. Handling- Take care to protect finishes. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Guarantee closers in this Section against ordinary wear and usage for 10 yearn from date of substantial completion This is an extension of the normal one-year guarantee called for in General Conditions. Service Club Balifield Section 08710-3 Finish Hardware Restroom and Concession Building PART 2 -PRODUCTS , 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. No substitutions are allowed unless reviewed and accepted by Architect and Owner in t accordance with Division 1 requirements. 2.02 HARDWARE FINISH , A. Unless otherwise indicated, finishes shall match 630 Satin Stainless Steel. Closers shall be powder coated aluminum. 2.03 BUTTS and CONTINUOUS HINGES A. Manufacturers listed: Stanley, Markar- Accepted: Hager, McKinney for standard butts B. Size: Y-0" and under: 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 except as required for 180 degree swing on interior doors. C. Type: As listed. D Quantity- 2 pair. E. For unusual size or weight doors, furnish type, size, and quantity recommended by butt Manufacturer. , F. All out doors to have non-removable pins(NRP set screw in barrel). 2.04 LOCKSETS A. Manufacturer listed: Best locks -Accepted- Sargent. No other substitutions permitted. , B Backset: 2-3/4". C. Locksets: All locksets shall be the product of one manufacturer. All locksets shall be heavy duty U.L. approved for use on fire doors with 3/4" latchbolt. Functions as indicated in the hardware groups. Provide curved hp strikes. D Locksets shall be furnished with sufficient strike lip to protect tnm E. All locks shall have wrought box strikes. F. City of Kent Codes. ' 2.05 DOOR CLOSERS, SURFACE Service Club Ballfield Section 08710-4 Finish Hardware Restroom and Concession Building , 1 A. Manufacturer listed: LCN-Accepted: Norton. No other substitutions permitted. B. Furnish drop plates where required. C. Furnish and install sex nuts and bolts for all doors. 1 D. Provide as specified in hardware groups. E. Closers shall have a 10 year guarantee. 1 2.06 STOPS 1 A. Manufacturer listed: Glynn Johnson- Accepted: BBW, Quality. B. All doors are to have a wall stop 50C Series unless otherwise specified. Where wall stops are called out and cannot be used substitute a floor stop. If wall stop or floor stop cannot be used advise the Architect of the specific door during submittal process Provide proper height floor stops to suit conditions. Contractor to provide solid backing for all wall mounted stops. 2.07 PROTECTION PLATES A. Manufacturer listed: Tice -Accepted: BBW, Quality. B Type- as listed in hardware groups. C. Size- All plates shall be 2" less than door width on push side except pairs of doors shall be 1" less than door width. All plates shall be 1" less than door width on pull side. 1. Kick plates shall be 10" in height. D. All plates to be beveled on three edges (133E). 2.08 GASKET AND THRESHOLD A. Manufacturer listed: National Guard-Accepted: Pemko. B. Types as specified in Hardware Groups. 1 2.09 ELECTRIC STRIKES A Low Voltage electric strikes suitable for use in the specified locations. 2.10 KEYING A. All lockset and cylinder cores for this project shall be an extension to an existing Service Club Ballfield Section 08710-5 Finish Hardware Restroom and Concession Building grandmaster keyed system 1. Provide construction cores and keys during the construction period. 2. The Finish Hardware Supplier shall meet with the Owner to prepare the permanent keying schedule 3. The permanent cores and keys (prepared according to the accepted keying schedule) shall be transmitted directly to the Owner, prior to occupancy. The Owner shall remove the construction cores and install the permanent cores. All construction cores shall be returned to the finish hardware supplier by the Owner. 4. All permanent cores,keys, and uncombinated cores, shall be sent via Registered Mail, Return Receipt Request to the Owner. S. Stamp all keys with change designation as directed. 6. Furnish: a. Zero (0) Building Grand Master Keys. b. Zero (0) Control Key for the existing keying system. c. One (1)Master Keys per Set d. Two (2) change keys per Lockset or Cylinder. e. Ten(10) Construction Operating Keys and two (2) construction control keys. 2.10 HARDWARE GROUPS A. Refer to Door Schedule and related information concerning following Hardware Groups HW1 (Service/Storage/Pipe Chase access doors) Each opening shall have: 2 Pr Butts BB 179 4 5 x 4.5 1 ea Deadbolt 83T-M 1 ea Push plate 110 1 ea Pull plate 106 x 31 1 ea Closer 4210-DA, Parallel Arm on inside 1 ea Wall stop 50C 1 set Gasket 110NA (Head& Jambs) 2 ea Kick plate B3EKP (630) HW2 (Concession Door) Each opening shall have: 2 Pr Butts BB 179 4 5 x 4.5 S 1 ea Deadbolt 83T-S 1 ea Push plate 110 1 ea Pull plate 106 x 31 1 ea Closer 4210-DA, Parallel Arm on inside 2 ea Wall stop 50C Service Club Ballfield Section 08710-6 Finish Hardware Restroom and Concession Building 1 I set Gasket I IONA(Head& Jambs) 1 ea Kick plate B3EKP (630) 1 ea Threshold 513A MS &ES 2 ea Door sweep 20ONA iHW3 (Restroom doors) Each opening shall have: 2 Pr Butts BB 179 4.5 x 4 5 1 ea Deadlatch 1 ea Electric Strike 1 ea Push plate 110 ' 1 ea Pull plate 106 x 31 1 ea Closer 4210-DA, Parallel Arm on inside 1 ea Wall stop 50C 1 set Gasket 110NA(Head& Jambs) 2 ea Kick plate B3EKP (630) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION 1 A. All hardware shall be installed by carpenter mechanics skilled in the application of institutional grade hardware. 1. Coordination of installation heights is the responsibility of the inter-related trades involved. I B Conform strictly to Manufacturer's templates and directions. Conform to referenced UBC and UL requirements. Ensure that door hardware does not touch trim. Do not notch trim. C. Refer to ASAHC, BHMA, and SDI for mounting heights. D. Installation: 1. Provide solid blocking for all wall stops and bumpers 2. Fasteners: Check all conditions and use fastening devices as needed to secure or anchor all hardware as per manufacturer's published templates Self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable. The Contractor shall be responsible for drilling wood or metal with the recommended hole sizes. 3. Install finish hardware required Installation by skilled mechanics to Architect's satisfaction Conform strictly to Manufacturer's templates and directions Conform to referenced UBC and UL requirements. Ensure that door hardware does not touch trim. Do not notch trim. Service Club Ballfield Section 08710-7 Finish Hardware Restroom and Concession Building 4. Adjust movable parts to operate perfectly at time of final acceptance. 5. Make fiu-ther adjustments required during 1-year guarantee period. 6. Replace hardware which has been damaged by use; when damage is caused by faulty installation. 7. Make mortises accurately to exactly receive hardware. Depth of mortises such that , hardware is flush with finish surfaces. 8. Screws and similar. Drill appropriate size guide holes for all wood screws. 9. Turn over to Architect one copy of template and installation instructions for each type of hardware. 10. Place door stops and holders to allow maximum swing. Doors not to contact anything but stop 11. Hardware Placement: a. As required by code and to match existing. b. All other items per Manufacturer's instructions or as directed. c. Adjustment- After erection and glazing, check all operating hardware. d. Protection and Cleaning: After installation, clean interior and exterior metal surfaces of all mortar,paint, and other contaminants e. Door closers shall be installed and adjusted to close and latch the door without slamming. E. Unless a conflict arises the following are standard mounting heights on some products. All measurements are from finish floor except top butt. Butts Top 11 3/4" center of butt to top of door Intermediates equal distances between top and bottom butts Bottom 13" center of butt Knob locks 40 5/16" to center of strike Deadlocks 54" to center of strike Push plates 45" to center Pull plates 42" to center Door closers as per manufacturers instructions , 3.02 PROTECTION The Contractor shall protect all exposed hardware surfaces during the construction period from damage to products and finishes. 3.03 MAINTENANCE Supplier is required to provide qualified locksmiths and hardware consultants available at reasonable times for resolving problems that may occur. 3.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate operation of electric strike with Owner's contractor. Owner's contractor will pull low voltage wire through conduit supplied under division 16. Service Club Ballfield Section 08710-8 Finish Hardware Restroom and Concession Buildmg 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Lubricate moving parts with graphite-type lubricant, unless otherwise recommended by Manufacturer. Replace hardware which cannot be lubricated and adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. 1. Final adjustment:-Whenever the hardware installation is made more than 1 month prior to acceptance of the Work, make final adjustment and check of hardware during the week immediately prior to acceptance, unless otherwise directed by the Architect. a. Clean and re-lubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper functioning and finish of hardware and doors Make final adjustment of locksets and closers to compensate for operation of heating and ventilating systems under the supervision of Manufacturer's representative. 1 B. During construction protect all exposed hardware finishes and surfaces from damage. IC. Leave installation and areas clean and free from residue of work of this section. 3.05 SCHEDULES After completion of the project, furnish 3 copies of the as built finish hardware schedule, including keying information, to the Owner for Owner's files. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 08710-9 Finish Hardware Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 09770 SPECIAL WALL SURFACES (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Special wall surfaces, including fiberglass reinforced plastic panels. B. Related Sections: Section(s)related to this section include: ' 1. Division 6, Rough and Finish Carpentry for plywood backing. 12 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: Provide fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) panels which have been manufactured and installed to maintain performance criteria stated by manufacturer without defects, damage, or failure. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Submittal Procedures Section. B. Product Data- Submit product data, including manufacturer's SPEC-DATA product sheet, for specified products. C. Shop Drawings- Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles, and product components, including anchorage, accessories, finish colors, patterns and textures Indicate location and dimension of joints and fastener attachment. D. Samples- Submit selection and verification samples for finishes, colors and textures. Submit two samples of each type of panel, trim and fastener. E. Quality Assurance Submittals Submit the following: 1. Test Reports: Certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties. 2. Certificates- Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics, criteria and physical requirements. 3. Manufacturer's Instructions: Manufacturer's installation instructions. Submit manufacturer's Installation Guide#6211. Service Club Ballfield Section 09770-1 Special Wall Surfaces Restroom and Concession Building (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels) r 4. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Manufacturer's field reports specified herein. r F. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Operation and maintenance data for installed products in accordance with Division 1 Closeout Submittals (Maintenance Data and Operation Data) Section. Include methods for maintaining installed products, and precautions against cleaning materials and methods detrimental to finishes and performance 2. Warranty: Warranty documents specified herein. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications- Installer should be experienced in performing work of this section and should have specialized in installation of work similar to that required for this project. a. Certificate: When requested, submit certificate indicating qualifications. 2. Manufacturer Qualifications Manufacturer should be capable of providing field service representation during construction and should be capable of approving application method. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, & HANDLING A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirements Sections B. Ordering: Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead time requirements to avoid construction delays. C. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. Package sheets on skids or pallets for shipment to project site. D. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions and at temperature and hunudity conditions recommended by manufacturer. Store panels indoors in a dry place at the project site. E. Handling- Remove foreign matter from face of panel by use of a soft bristle brush, avoiding abrasive action. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Service Club Ballfield Section 09770-2 Special Wall Surfaces Restroom and Concession Building (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels) 1. Installation shall not begin until building is enclosed, and residual moisture from plaster, concrete or terrazzo work has dissipated. 2. Dunng installation, and for not less than 48 hours before, maintain an ambient temperature and relative humidity within limits required by type of adhesive used 1 and recommendation of adhesive manufacturer. 3. Provide ventilation to disperse fumes during application of adhesive as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. B. Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements/openings by field measurements before fabncation; show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Project Warranty- Refer to Conditions of the Contract for project warranty provisions. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) PANELS A. Manufacturer: Kemlite Company. 1. Contact: P.O. Box 2429, Joilet, IL 60434; Telephone- (800)435-0080, (815) 467- 8600; Fax: (815) 467-8666. B. Proprietary Product(s)/System(s): Kemlite Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Panels. 1. Glasbord Panels: a. Color: Color shall be either# 85 white. Provide color samples for approval. b. Size- Full height from Base to ceiling, 4' width. C. Moldings Provide harmonizing PVC (polyvinyl chloride) moldings to match wall panel colors. d. Rivets: Provide rivets in harmonizing colors. 2. Surfaseal Surface Protection: Provide manufacturer's proprietary surfaseal surface protection for fiberglass reinforced plastic(FRP) panels. 3 Division Bars, Corner Trim: Panel manufacturer's standard length extruded vinyl pieces; longest length possible to eliminate end joints. 4. Fasteners: Noncorrosive drive rivets. 2.2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions: As indicated in the project manual. Service Club Ballfield Section 09770-3 Special Wall Surfaces Restroom and Concession Building (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels) 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Fire-X Glasbord Fiberglass Panels with Surfaseal Surface Protection: 1. Rating: Fire-X Glasbord FM Class I (A) Interior Finish, and Factory Mutual approval; Standard Fire-X Glasbord Class 1 (A) only. 2. Wall Panels: Finish, thickness and color shall be: a. Embossed 0.09" (2.3 mm), Fire-X Glasbord With Surfaseal color as selected by the Architect from Mfg standard colors 3. Performance Properties: Provide products with the following properties: a. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Classified - Embossed Fire-X Glasbord FM or Standard Fire-X Glasbord 0.09" (2.3 nun) only. b. Class A Flamespread of less than 25, Smoke Developed less than 450 per ASTM E84 latest version C. Barcol Hardness (scratch resistance) of 55 as per ASTM D2583 d. Panels will exhibit no more than a 0.038percent weight loss after a 25-cycle Taber Abrasion Test using CS-17 abrasive wheels with 1000 g weight e. Gardner Impact Strength of 40 m-lb (4 52 N'Im) showing no visible damage on front side per ASTM D3029. f. FMRC (Factory Mutual Research Center) approved. Panel available. g. Meets USDA/FSIS Requirements h. Complies with ICBO Report Number 4583. 1. A means of frontside identification and confirmation of meeting Class I (A) interior finish requirements after installation and while in service (without labels), embossed FXI only. 24 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Provide panel adhesive as recommended by panel manufacturer. 25 RELATED MATERIALS A. Related Materials: Refer to other sections listed in Related Sections paragraph herein for related materials. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY A. Source Quality: Obtain fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) panels from a single manufacturer. Provide panels and molding only from manufacturer specified to ensure warranty and color harmonization of accessories. Service Club Ballfield Section 09770-4 Special Wall Surfaces Restroom and Concession Building (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS tA. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions, and product carton instructions for installation. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that substrate conditions (which have been previously installed under other sections) are acceptable for product installation to accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Examine backup surfaces to determine that corners are plumb and straight, surfaces are smooth, uniform, clean, free from foreign matter, nails countersunk, joints and cracks filled flush and smooth with the adjoining surface. 2. Do not begin installation until backup surfaces are in a satisfactory condition. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Prepare gypsum wall board walls in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Fiberglass Reinforced Panel (FRP) Installation: 1. Cut and drill panels with carbide tipped saw blades or drill bits, or cut with snips. 2. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and comer j oints 3. Predrill fastener holes in panels with 1/8" (3 2 mm) oversize. 4. For trowel type and application of adhesive, follow adhesive manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Using products acceptable to panel manufacturer, install FRP system in accordance with panel manufacturer's printed instructions. Comply with panel manufacturer's Installation Guide #6211. B. Related Products Installation: Refer to other sections listed in Related Sections paragraph herein for related materials installation. 3.5 CLEANING Service Club Ballfield Section 09770-5 Special Wall Surfaces Restroom and Concession Building (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels) A. Cleaning: Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas Repair or replace products that have been installed and are damaged. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to owner's acceptance Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of debris 1. Remove any adhesive or excessive sealant from panel face using solvent or cleaner recommended by panel manufacturer. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protection- Protect installed product and finish surfaces from damage during construction. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 09770-6 Special Wall Surfaces Restroom and Concession Building (Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels) SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Paint coatings on the interior and exterior surfaces concrete and concrete masonry materials, steel fabrications, wood trim and flashing, metal, soffits and other non prefinished items and as indicated on drawings 13 REFERENCES ASTM D522-93a Standard Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings. ASTM D523-89 Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss. (1999) ASTM D1308-87 Standard Test Method for Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear and Pigmented Organic Finishes (1998). ASTM D2486-00 Standard Test Methods for Scrub Resist. of Wall Paints ASTM D3273-94 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. ASTM D3456-86 Standard Practice for Determining by Exterior Exposure Tests the Susceptibility of Paint Films to Microbiological Attack (1996) ASTM E84-00a Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials ASTM G23-96 Standard Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1 Submit color chips for Architects selection. 2. Two weeks prior to commencing of work, prepare actual drawn down samples of specified colors for Architect's approval. Size not less than 12" x 12". 3. For any samples not reviewed furnish additional samples as required until colors, finishes, and textures are acceptable and Architect issues written authorization to proceed. If the color is rejected, provide new color draw downs until approval is obtained at no additional cost to the project. 4. Retain reviewed samples for reference. Service Club Ballfield Section 09900-1 Painting Restroom and Concession Building B. Product Data. Manufacturer's description data and recommendations for mixing, application, and curing. C. Test Reports: Manufacturer's certified test reports showing compliance to specification requirements 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mock-Up: 1. Minimum of 100 sq. ft. mock-up application of specified coating systems on each type of surface. 2. Upon approval by Architect, mock-ups serve as standard for the work. 3. Mock-ups to be left in place as part of completed project. B. Fire Ratings: 1. Class A Fire Hazard Classification. 2. Test procedure ASTM E84. C. Applicator: Certify in writing that technicians utilized for work in this section have been trained by the manufacturer or its representative. Applicator shall include in his certification that specialized equipment as required by the manufacturer will be used for work in this section. D. Manufacturer- Manufacturer to certify they make all materials in specification. Materials within this coatings section will be supplied by one manufacturer. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver in unopened containers, bearing Manufacturer's original labels Do not open until reviewed by Architect. B. Store and mix material outside building. Store per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Take all necessary precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. Place cotton waste, cloths, and other hazardous materials in containers, and DAILY REMOVE FROM SITE. D. Toxic and Explosive Materials: Take regular appropriate safety precautions conforming to Manufacturer's recommendations and applicable "Regulatory Requirements" E. Store as required by governing Codes and ordinances. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Service Club Ballfield Section 09900-2 Painting Restroom and Concession Building A. Manufacturer: 1. Interior Masonry/Concrete: Surface Protection Industries, Inc , as represented by Architectural Surfaces N.W., Inc., Tel. (425) 424-0551. No substitutions. 2. Exterior Concrete/Masonry- Parker Paint, Inc. 3003 S Tacoma Way, Tacoma, WA 98411, (800) 826-4308. No substitutions. 3. Metal: Tnemec Company Inc., as represented by TNW,Inc., Tel (206) 762-5755, no substitutions. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Interior Masonry/Concrete Primers, Sealers, and Fillers: 1. Zo-Cryl sealer Z92. 2. Zo-Ferro Primer Z91. 3. Zo-Prime Block Filler Z96. 4. Zo-Multi-Purpose Primer Z97. 5. Zo-Elastomer Acrylic Basecoat 4904. 6. SPII ECO-BLOCK Waterbase Stain Sealing Primer. B Interior Masonry/Concrete Product: "Zolatone 43-Line", intermediate & finish coats. 1. Ter-polymer formulation 2. Colors as selected by Architect as indicated on the drawings. 3. Coverage. 150 to 175 square feet per gallon pending pattern size, surface porosity and method of application. 4. 60 Specular Gloss: Maximum of 10 (ASTM D523). 5. Washability- No more than 5% change in Specular gloss and not more than 15% change in daylight reflectance (Fed. Std 141B, Method 6141) 6. Flexibility- No cracking of film when bent around 1/8" mandrel - ASTM D522. 7. Self-Lifting: No evidence of lifting or blistering when recoated after 8 hours (Fed. Std. 141B, Method 6252) 8. Alkali Resistance. Aged film withstands 10% sodium hydroxide for 3 hours (drying and aging Fed. Std. 141B, Method 6141; resistance test, ASTM D1308). 9. Mildew and Fungus Resistance- Visually no growth - ASTM D3273 10. Accelerated Weathering Excellent film integrity after 1750 hours exposure over primed substrate (ASTM G23 and ASTM D822) 11. Fire Safety U L tested and listed (ASTM E84, Class A), UL 723, Flame Spread 10; Fuel Contributed 5; Smoke Developed 0. National Fire Protective Assn No 255. 12. Stain Resistance: No staining from mild acids, chemical, oils, food - ASTM D1308. 13. Scrubability Sample showed slight signs of wear after 7,500 cycle's - ASTM D2486 14. Bacteria] Inhibitions: No growth- ASTM D3456. C. Exterior Primer for Concrete/Masonry. Parker "Flex Bind" #2345 exterior acrylic latex sealer. Service Club Ballfield Section 09900-3 Painting Restroom and Concession Building D. Exterior Concrete/Masonry Surfaces Product Parker "Flex Glow" 300 series, exterior acrylic SIG latex enamel E. Steel &HM Primer: Tnemec Hi-Build Epoxoline 11, Series 69 F. Steel& HM Product: Tnemec Endura-Shield, Series 73 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section Do not install until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 PREPARATION B General: 1. Completely mask, remove or otherwise protect all existing hardware, accessories, plates, light fixtures, and similar items in contact with coating but not scheduled to receive special coating. 2. Thoroughly clean all surfaces involved. Schedule cleaning so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process do not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces. 3. Surfaces shall be clean, dry and protected from dampness. Surfaces shall be smooth, even and true to place, and free of foreign material adversely affecting adhesion and appearance of applied coating 4. Mildew shall be removed and neutralized C. Preparation of Concrete and Masonry Surfaces: 1. Moisture test existing substrates. No coating shall be applied when moisture content exceeds 12%, except as required by manufacturer 2. Repair damaged existing surfaces as required by manufacturer prior to application of product. 3. Remove or spot prime all water-soluble substrates stains with SPII ECO-BLOCK. 4. Sand and re-prime abrasions and damage spots in the surface of the prime coat before proceeding with subsequent finish coat D. Preparation of Metal Surfaces. Shop coated, unpnmed or damaged areas shall be cleaned to meet the requirements of the Steel Structures Painting Council SP-3 Power Tool Cleaning, these specifications and those of the specific manufacturer for the intended application. 3.3 APPLICATION Service Club Ballfield Section 09900-4 Painting Restroom and Concession Building A. Apply the work in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, "References", Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 1. Apply special coating material by using a two-step, pressure differential spray technique, with variable control to ensure uniform distribution and 100% full coat coverage. Allow to dry between steps. 2. Equipment shall be kept clean and in proper condition. 3. Apply materials under adequate illumination, evenly spread and smoothly applied, free of runs, sags, holidays, lap marks, air bubbles and pin-holes to assure smooth finish. 4. Suction or hot spots shall be re-primed prior to applying Zolatone. 5. The number of finish coats required is specified hereinafter. 6. Should any coating be deemed unsatisfactory, it shall be sanded and additional coats applied as necessary until satisfactory finish is achieved. 3.4 PATCHING A. At completion of work, repair surfaces as directed by the Architect and as damaged by other trades and requiring touch-up or refinishing. Repamt entire surface as needed to provide uniform finish, color, and appearance. 3.5 CLEANING A. As work proceeds, and on completion of work, promptly remove all spilled, splashed, and splattered products so as not to damage surface. 1. During work progress, and at completion of work keep premises free from unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and the like resulting debris 2. Leave work clean and in good condition. 3.6 COATING SCHEDULE A. Miscellaneous steel, steel truss and hollow metals doors and hollow metal frames: 1. Primer. Tnemec Hi-Build Epoxolme Il, Series 69, field applied, 3 mils DFT. 2. Second Coat Tnemec Endura-Shield, Series 73, field applied, 2 mils DFT. B. Exterior Concrete/Masonry: 1. Sealer- Parker Flex Bind 2345, 4.5 Mils DFT(10.75 Mils WFT) 2. Second Coat Parker Flex Glow 300 series, 1.85 Mils DFT (5.3 Mils WFT) C. Interior Concrete and Masonry(unfilled): 1. Pnmer Zo-Cryl Sealer 92 2. Second Coat Zolatone 43-Line. D. Interior Concrete and Masonry(filled): 1. Pnmer Zo-Pnme Block Filler 96. Service Club Ballfield Section 09900-5 Painting Restroom and Concession Building 2. Second Coat- Zo-Cryl Sealer 92. 3. Third Coat Zolatone 43-Line. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 09900-6 Painting Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 10172 TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following• 1. Overhead braced solid core plastic floor supported toilet partitions 2. Wall supported urinal screens. 3. Attachment hardware. B Related Sections include the following: I. Division 4 Section"Unit Masonry Assemblies". 1.3 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION Items specified Section 10800 that are mounted on partition work of this Section, as indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS C. Shop Drawings- Include detail layout of work, fabrication, erection, anchorage at floor, walls,jointing, reinforcing, and solid core plastic thickness Provide template drawings for bolt locations in supporting members. Take measurements fromjob conditions. D. Product Data: 1. Include all Manufacturer's recommendations for review by Architect. 2. Product data for panel construction, components, hardware, and accessories. E. Samples: 1. Colors: Submit samples from Manufacturer's full color range for selection by Architect. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer Qualifications. Provide products from a Manufacturer regularly engaged in fabrication of solid core plastic toilet partitions. Service Club Ballfield Section 10172-1 Toilet Compartments Restroom and Concession Building 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVER, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery: 1. Carefully isolate finished items from one another to prevent marring. 2. Deliver in Manufacturer's original unopened and undamaged packages 3. Clearly identify Manufacturer, brand name, contents, color, stock number, and order number on each package. B. Acceptance at Site: 1. Verify undamaged condition. 2. Packages showing damage that may affect contents are not acceptable. C. Protection Prior to Installation: 1. Store in original packaging under protective cover and protect from damage. 2. Stack containers in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations D Handling: Handle materials in such a manner as to prevent damage to products or finishes. 1.7 BUILDING INTERIOR CONDITIONS Environmental Requirements: As required by Manufacturer. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern 2.2 MANUFACTURER A. Acceptable Solid Core Plastic Toilet Partition: Santana Products, Inc., Tel. 1-800-368- 5002, Comtec Industries, Tel. 1-800-445-5148, Global, Tel. 1-916-394-2744, or approved manufacturers. Floor mounted overhead braced design. Comtec is specified for type, quality, and construction required 1. Manufacturer: Comtec. 2. Color- From manufacturers standards as selected by the Architect. B. Acceptable Solid Core Plastic Urinal Screens: Santana Products, Inc., Comtec Industries, Global, or approved manufacturers. Wall supported design. Match toilet partitions for materials,pattern, and color. Service Club Ballfield Section 10172-2 Toilet Compartments Restroom and Concession Building 2.3 MATERIALS A. Doors, Panels, and Pilasters: High density polyethylene (HDPE) manufactured under high pressure forming single component, waterproof, non-absorbent surfaces. B. Hardware, Fittings, and Accessories: 1. Door Hardware: a. Hinges- Integral binge system consisting of 2 piece %2" diameter nylon pin with "Cam Action" and a 3/16" stainless steel pin inserted into lower portion of pilaster and door. A one piece '/2" diameter nylon pin inserted into top portion of pilaster and door. Door closures to be factory set to accommodate all conditions and allow for a positive opening and closing action free of impediment. b. ADA stalls to include one door pull and one wall stop. C. Door strikes and keepers - extruded aluminum - 6364-T5 Alloy with clear anodized finish. d. Slide bolt and button door latch- extruded aluminum- 6364-T5 alloy- clear anodized finish 2. Pilaster Shoes: Solid color plastic shoes provided with plastic anchors and stainless steel phillips head screws. 3. Partition Brackets: Full length continuous plastic brackets (solid color) weighing not less than .95 lbs per linear foot double ear. Brackets used for panel to pilaster, pilasters to wall, and panel to wall connections. Provide with manufacturers standard stainless steel screws 4. Headrail Extruded aluminum - 6364-T5 alloy - with null finish in anti-grip configuration weighing not less than 1 188 lbs. per linear foot. 5. Headrail Brackets- 18 gauge stainless steel. C. Partition Mounted Toilet Accessories- See Section 10800. 2.4 TOILET COMPARTMENT FABRICATION A. General- Flush type, floor supported, panels, doors, and pilasters one-inch thick and edges machined to a radius of.250" and free of saw marks. 1. Dimensions: Dividing panels and doors shall be 55" high and mounted at 14" above finished floor. 2. Doors: Provide 2'-0" wide swing-in doors on compartments. Doors to stand open when not in use, except to stand closed in ADA stalls. 3. Pilasters - 82" high to be anchored to floor within one piece plastic. Cover anchoring devices with pilaster shoe with stainless steel sex bolts. 4. Hardware a. On Doors: One pair concealed type hinges. b. One door slide latch, surface mounted. C. One coat hook and bumper. Service Club Ballfield Section 10172-3 Toilet Compartments Restroom and Concession Building 5. Provide aluminum heat-sink strips at exposed bottom edges of HDPE units to prevent burning. 2.5 URINAL SCREENS Flush type screens, I inch thick, 42" high x 18" wide, constructed of solid plastic HDPE matching toilet partitions. Radius edges to .250". PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not install until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 1. Check for correct height and spacing of support structures and plumbing fixtures that may affect quality and execution of work. 3.2 PREPARATION Field Measurements: Verify on job before beginning work. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with "Quality Assurance" provisions, Specifications, and Manufacturer's directions Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. B. Install Work rigid, plumb, level, and in accordance with Manufacturer's directions and reviewed Shop Drawings. 1. Anchor toilet partitions and urinal screens in accordance with Architect reviewed Shop Drawings. C. Install hardware as recommended by Manufacturer. D. Conceal evidence of drilling in floors and walls in finished work. E. Anchor pilasters to floor in pilaster shoes. Adjust pilaster shoes to fit flush with finish ' floors. F. Anchor urinal screen panels to walls with continuous partition bracket supports. G. Seal all voids against moisture penetration. Service Club Ballfield Section 10172-4 Toilet Compartments Restroom and Concession Building 1 i 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust brackets to provide uniform clearances. B. Adjust hardware for proper operation. C. Set in-swinging door hinges to hold doors ajar when not latched. D After completion of installation, clean and polish exposed compartment and screen surfaces, and touch up minor scratches. Repair and replace any damaged parts, as directed. Leave all work clean and free from defects. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 10172-5 Toilet Compartments Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 10200 LOUVERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Fixed, formed-metal louvers. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section 07900 "Join Sealers" for sealants installed in perimeter joints between louver frames and adjoining construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501 apply to this Section unless otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards B. Drainable-Blade Louver: Louver with blades having gutters that collect water and drain it to channels in jambs and mullions, which carry it to bottom of unit and away from opening 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide louvers capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated without permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver blade rattle or flutter, or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. Wind pressures shall be considered to act on vertical projection of louvers. 1. Wind Loads- Determine loads based on a uniform pressure of 20 lbf/sq. ft. (957 Pa), acting inward or outward. B. Seismic Performance: Provide louvers capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions determined according to IBC. 1. Seismic Design Criteria: Zone 3 Service Club Ballfield Section 10200-1 Louvers Restroom and Concession Building C. Thermal Movements: Provide louvers that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gam and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. D. Air-Performance, Water-Penetration, Air-Leakage, and Wind-Driven Rain Ratings: Provide louvers complying with performance requirements indicated, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units identical to those provided, except for length and width according to AMCA 500-L. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For louvers and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. Show blade profiles, angles, and spacing. 1. For installed louvers and vents indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain louvers and vents through one source from a single manufacturer where indicated to be of same type, design, or factory-applied color finish B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum " 1 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." C. SMACNA Standard- Comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for fabrication, construction details, and installation procedures. D. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and related components for motor-operated adjustable louvers that are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards. Service Club Ballfield Section 10200-2 Louvers Restroom and Concession Building 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify louver openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating louvers without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual opening dimensions correspond to established dimensions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2. 1 Louvers: A General: Frame and sill styles compatible with adjacent substrate, specifically manufactured to fit into construction openings with accurate fit and adequate support for weatherproof installation Refer to Drawings and Specifications for types of substrate which will contain each type of louver Construct of aluminum extrusions, ASTM B221, Alloy 6063. Weld units or use stainless steel fasteners. On inside face of exterior louvers, provide anodized aluminum wire insect screen mounted in removable extruded aluminum frames. B. Blades set 3-inch to 5-inch on center, 30 degree angle with ram hook on blade, mmimum blade thickness 0.080-inch, drawable blade style. Minimum 45 percent free area for 48-inch by 48-inch unit Maximum water penetration 0 05 ounce water psf free area at 1000 FPM. Maximum intake pressure drop of 0 10-inch W G. at 750 FPM free velocity. C. Refer to mechanical and architectural drawings for free area required. D Manufacturers: American Warming and Ventilating, Inc.; Pottorff; United Metal Products; Vent Products Co.; Carnes; Cesco; Industrial Louvers, Inc.; Louvers & Dampers, Inc.; Ruskin Manufacturing Co , Greenheck; or approved equal All louvers on the building, whether architectural or mechanical, shall be supplied from only one manufacturer E. Louvers shall be supplied with a Kynar finish; custom color as selected by the Architect. F. Miscellaneous: Contractor shall provide all supports, fasteners and miscellaneous appurtenances required for complete installation of louvers in pre-engineered metal building. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3. 1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Service Club Ballfield Section 10200-3 Louvers Restroom and Concession Building 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site 3.3 INSTALLATION ' A. Locate and place louvers and vents level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weather-tight connection. C. Form closely fitted Joints with exposed connections accurately located and secured. D Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. E. Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, soldering, and grinding Restore finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the factory, make required alterations, and refinish entire unit or provide new units. F. Protect galvanized and nonferrous-metal surfaces from corrosion or galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint on surfaces that will be in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals G. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation as louver installation progresses, where weather-tight louverjomts are required. Comply with Division 7 Section 07900 "Joint Sealants" for sealants applied during louver installation 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of louvers and vents that are not protected by temporary covering, to remove fingerprints and soil during construction period. Do not let soil accumulate until final cleaning. B Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or detergent not harmful to finishes. Thoroughly nnse surfaces and dry. C. Restore louvers and vents damaged during installation and construction so no evidence remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by Architect, remove damaged units and replace with new units. Delete below if no factory- applied finish coatings. Touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dned coating that matches color and gloss of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating. END OF SECTION N Service Club Ballfield Section 10200-4 Louvers Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 10431 BUILDING SIGNAGE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following, 1. Panel signs. 2. Dimensional characters (numbers) for exterior use. 3. Signage accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign B. Samples for Verification- For each type of sign, include the following Samples to verify color selected. 1. Panel Signs Full-size Samples of each type of sign required. 2. Dimensional Characters. Full-size Samples of each type of dimensional character (letter and number) required. Show character style, material, finish, and method of attachment. 3. Casting. Show representative texture, character style, spacing, finish, and method of attachment. C. Maintenance Data (three copies)- For signage cleaning and maintenance requirements to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each sign type through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and with code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction. Service Club Ballfield Section 10431-1 Building Signage Restroom and Concession Building PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements r apply for product selection: i 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PANEL SIGNS A General: Provide panel signs that comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction. 1. Produce smooth panel sign surfaces constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally. B. Manufacturers• 1. Tube Art, Seattle,WA 206-223-1122. 2. Evergreen Sign Co., Kent, WA 253-854-1354. C. Cast-Acrylic Sheet. Manufacturer's standard Hunter Green color as selected by the Architect. D. Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with requirements indicated in the Sign Schedule for size, style, spacing, content, mounting height and location, material, finishes, and colors of signage. E. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy complying with ADA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI Al 17.1 Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs and cut marks. Raised-copy thickness shall be not less than 1/32 inch. F. Signs: Five required as indicated below: 1. "Men"with the international symbol for Men and HC access. 2. "Women"with the international symbol for Women and HC access. 3. "Staff Only" for Concession door. 4. "Electrical" for electrical room door. 5. "Mechanical" for Pipe Chase door. 2.3 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Evergreen Signs, Inc.,Kent, WA. 2. Tube Art, Inc, Seattle,WA Service Club Ballfield Section 10431-2 Buildmg Signage Restroom and Concession Building B. Cast Characters: Form individual letters and numbers by casting. Produce characters with smooth flat faces, sharp comers, and precisely formed lines and profiles, free from pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects Cast lugs into back of characters and tap to receive threaded mounting studs. Comply with requirements indicated for finish, style, and size. 1. Material: Cast-or formed-acrylic sheet. 2. Character Height: 12 Inches. 3. Character Style: Times Roman. 4. Color: As selected by the Architect from the Manufacturer's standard colors. 5. Numbers: Shall be the building address, 1 e "12345" as verified by the Owner prior to fabrication. Submit for approval in accordance with Division 1 requirements. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Mounting Methods: Use concealed fasteners fabricated from materials that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface, vandal resistant. B. Anchors and Inserts• Provide vandal resistant, nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. 2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are not acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Verify that items provided under other sections of Work are sized and located to accommodate signs Service Club Ballfield Section 10431-3 Building Signage Restroom and Concession Building C. Examine supporting members to ensure that surfaces are at elevations indicated or required to comply with authorities having jurisdiction and are free from dirt and other deleterious matter. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION , A. General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable, 60" above finish floor, within 3" clearance to the HM Jamb. Locate in strict accordance with the Washington State Building Code and the ADAAG. B. Wall-Mounted Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using methods indicated below. 1. Mechanical Fasteners: Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure and vandal resistant attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer. C. Dimensional Characters: Mount characters using standard fastening methods recommended in writing by manufacturer for character form, type of mounting, wall construction, and condition of exposure indicated for vandal resistant applications. Provide heavy paper template to establish character spacing and to locate holes for fasteners. 1. Projected Mounting: Mount characters at projection distance from wall surface indicated with mechanical fasteners. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION i Service Club Ballfield Section 10431-4 Building Signage Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Description of Work: The work of this Section shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to complete the Toilet Accessories work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. C. Submittals: Submit six (6) copies of shop drawings or Manufacturer's literature for all items of this section for Architect's approval prior to ordering. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Toilet Tissue Dispenser: Shall be provided and installed by the Owner. B. Electric Hand Dryers: Shall be the Model No HD-03 "Thru Wall' Hand Dryer, as manufactured by"Fastaire", (858) 454-5548. No Substitutions. C. Grab Bars: Shall be Model No. B-5637 Stainless Steel Grab Bars, as manufactured by Bobnck, or approved equal. D Soap Dispenser: Shall be Model No. B-4112 Contura Series Surface Mounted Soap Dispenser, as manufactured by Bobnck. No Substitutions. E. Mirrors- Shall be Model No B-2906 1836 (18"w x 36"h) stainless steel reflective Mirror with concealed vandal resistant fasteners as manufactured by Bobrick or approved equal. F. Diaper Changing Stations: Shall be manufactured by Koala Bear Care or approved equal Mildew resistant, molded polyethylene body, engineered to support a minimum of 250 lb. static weight when opened, with built-in dispenser of sanitary liners. 1. Horizontal fold-down design 2. Surface-mounted with 10-gage steel mounting supports. 3. Provide solid blocking/grouting in wall for support 4 Install according to manufacturer's instructions in compliance with ADA regulations. 5. Dimensions Shall be 20"H x 35"W x 4"D (when closed), and 20"D (when open) ' PART 3 -EXECUTION Service Club Ballfield Section 10800-1 Toilet Accessories Restroom and Concession Building 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation: Installation of all toilet accessories shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. , B. Mounting Heights: Shall be in accordance with the International Building Code and the requirements of Washington State Regulations (WAC 51-20). ' END OF SECTION i i 1 1 1 1 1 Service Club Ballfield Section 10800-2 Toilet Accessories Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 12300 MANUFACTURED CASEWORK ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUM%4ARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. General: Provide and install factory-built prefinished items indicated on Drawings, including modifications noted, plus scribe strips or filler panels required to completely fill the spaces adjoining casework. Factory-built casework includes, but is not linuted to, wall-hung adjustable shelves, plastic laminate countertops, casework, custom fixtures, accessories, and hardware Manufacturer shall prepare openings in tops for setting sinks, trim and accessories. 2. Specific work shall include, but is not limited to the following: a Cabinet bases, b. Cabinet uppers; d. Cabinet doors, drawers, shelves & associated hardware; e. Countertops materials, metal supports and laminate. f. Stainless Steel counters, tnm and edge B Scope of work does not include: 1. Provide, install and connect piping required from sinks, faucets and accessories to waste and supply systems (see Mechanical). 2. Sinks, basket strainers, tailpieces, faucets indicated on Drawings (see Mechanical) 3. Electrical outlets and wiring (see Electrical). C. Related sections: 1. Plastic Materials, Section 06065. 2. Finish Carpentry, Section 06200. Service Club Ballfield 12300- 1 Manufactured Casework Restroom and Concession Building 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Examination: Installer must examine the substrates and conditions under which the work is to be installed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been ' corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. B. Conditioning- The Installer shall advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for cabinet installation areas. Do not install cabinets until the required ' temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standards- Except as otherwise shown or specified, comply with specified provisions of the following• 1. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards", 6th Edition, Version 1.0, 1993. Casework shall comply with AWI 400B premium grade casework construction details 2. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA): Standard LD3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. ' 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Protect cabinets during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Do not deliver cabinets until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil, or deteriorate cabinets, have been completed in installation areas. If, due to unforeseen circumstances, cabinets must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements specified for installation areas. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit six (6) copies of shop drawings for all Manufactured Casework. , Manufacturer is responsible for details and dimensions not controlled by job conditions; and shall show on shop drawings all required field measurements beyond manufacturer's control. Contractor and manufacturer shall cooperate to establish and maintain these field dimensions B. Colors and Finishes: Plastic larmnate colors and finishes shall be as selected by Architect from plastic laminate manufacturer's standard choice of colors. C. Cooperation- Manufacturers should submit pertinent information to Mechanical and Electrical Subcontractors after to bidding and shall coordinate the work to facilitate installation Service Club Ballfield 12300 -2 Manufactured Casework Restroom and Concession Building 1 ! 1.7 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed: Surfaces visible when: ! 1. Drawer fronts and doors are closed 2. Tops of cabinets are below 78" above finish floor, or are visible from an upper floor or staircase after installation ! 3. Portions of cabinets visible when fixed appliances are installed. B. Semi-Exposed- Surfaces visible when: 1. Drawer/Doors are in the open position. 2. Cabinets and shelving are open-type or behind clear glass doors, includes top, ! bottom and front edge of shelves. 3. Bottoms of cabinets and countertops are more than 30 inches and less than 42 inches above finish floor. C. Concealed: Surfaces concealed when: 1. Surfaces are not visible after installation. 2. Bottoms of cabinets and countertops are less than 30 inches above finish floor. 3. Tops of cabinets are over 78 inches above finish floor and are not visible from an upper level. 4. Stretchers,blocking and/or components are concealed by drawers. D. Countertops: Horizontal surfaces covering casework up to 4 feet above finish floor. ! PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Fabricate with pre-cut openings to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Use templates or rough-in diagrams for proper size and shape Smooth edges of cut-offs and where located in countertops and sinular exposures, seal edges of cut-offs with water-resistant coating. B. Before proceeding with fabrication, obtain measurements and verify dimensions and shop drawing details as required for accurate fit. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. The following are accepted: 1 Listed- Design Plus Cabinets, Tacoma WA. (253) 848-2943 ! 2. No other manufacturers allowed unless approved for substitution during bidding in accordance with the project manual. 2.3 MATERIALS Service Club Ballfield 12300-3 Manufactured Casework Restroom and Concession Building A. General: 1. Plywood, five-ply, solid face, back and core laminated with.Type 2 water resistant ' glue. 2. MDF: Medite II. Sierra Pine 1-800-676-3339. to meet formaldehyde emission standard requirements of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, 24 ' CFR, Part 3280, or ANSI-208,1. 3. MFD: Medite FR, Sierra Pine 1-800-676-3339 4. Monolithic Flake board, high density panel. Moisture content 8% or less. Particle ' board to meet formaldehyde emission standard requirements of the Department of Housing and Urban Development, 24 CFR, Part 3280, or ANSI-208,1. 5. Decorative panels surfaced with decorative overlay used as decorative panel for semi- exposed surfaces as noted on drawings. Decorative overlay to meet min. performance standards set by NEMA LD3 for GP-20: Wear(3.1) ' Ball impact(3.3) Boiling water(3 5) Clean ability (3.12). B. Laminated Plastic Components: ' 1. General: colors and finishes as indicated on Drawings 2. Exposed surfaces- High pressure plastic laminates that meet or exceed NEMA LD3, Vertical Surface Thickness .028". Colors as selected from entire manufacturers standard line satin finish from Wilsonart, Piomte, Formica or as indicated on the drawings. 3. Semi-exposed surfaces: Decorative faced panel overlay product as described above (2 03 A.3). 4. Balance sheets used on opposite side of laminated surfaces. For serni-exposed surfaces use HPL liner in color to match interior. 5. PVC Edges: For wood gram type laminates, 3 MM PVC "woodcore" from Woodtape Industries 800 426-6362. For other laminate colors, Matching 3mm PVC for edges of door and drawer fronts. Standard thickness PVC edging for front edge of shelves, and front edges of end panels, bottoms, and top. All PVC to be applied with at factory with machine using hot melt adhesive. C. Cabinet Components: ' 1. Cabinet Ends. 3/4" surfaced per definition(in 1.06) for exposed and semi-exposed. 2. Shelves- 3/4" for shelves 32" wide or less. Shelves 32" to 48" shall be V thick. Shelves supported by using 5 min diameter pins that fit into multiple holes drilled into casework sides each 32 nun. 3. Cabinet Backs: 1/2" thick, comply with requirements for exposed and semi-exposed conditions. 4. Cabinet Doors and Drawer fronts: Plastic laminate bonded using a acetate resin emulsion to substrate and balanced to make a 314" thickness All four corners and , edges trimmed and eased. Edges finished with matching PVC edge banding, color as selected from standard line. Service Club Ballfield 12300 -4 Manufactured Casework Restroom and Concession Building 5. Drawers Boxes- Drawer Fronts shall be attached to a drawer box - 3/4" Drawer sub ' front and 3/4" drawer back to be doweled and glued to 1/2" drawer sides 1/2" drawer bottom to be dadoed so that bottom is captured on all four sides. ' a. Components shall be finished with neutral color inside and out with top edge finished with PVC edging. Color to match interior. b. Drawer bottom shall be 1/2", color to match interior. Drawer mounted on slides with silencer stops. c. Top edge of file drawers shall be provided with extrusion of size and profile to accept pendaflex hanging folders. ' 6. Miscellaneous components: a. Each base and tall cabinet ends built with intregal toe base. Face toe boards ' applied per elevation at project. b. Dividers shall be prefinished, 1/4" thick, smooth both faces. c. Casework dividers shall be monolithic flake board, 3/4" thick, finished both faces with color to match cabinet interior, front edge finished with PVC edge. D. Casework Construction: 1. General: Casework assembled using AWI 400 Premium casework construction details at the factory. Cut, Machine, Dowel and Clamp components neatly together to form a complete system, square, plumb, and true. ' a. Tops, ends and bottoms - Doweled, glued under pressure (4 dowels per foot) b. Cabinet backs - captured in grooves on cabinet sides, glued and fastened to top and bottom. ' c. Drawer boxes - Doweled and glued with bottom captured in dadoed grooves. 2. All units shall be factory assembled except where unit is too large to move into final location in assembled state. ' E. Countertops with coved backsplash: 1. General: AWI Custom Grade, colors and finishes as indicated on drawings. ' 2 Exposed surfaces• High pressure plastic laminate that meet or exceed NEMA LD3, 3. Balance sheets for concealed sides opposite laminated surfaces. 4. Substrate- Minimum 3/4" flake board unless specified otherwise. 5. Backsplash : 3/16"R coved backsplash, 4 inches high unless indicated otherwise. 6. Front Edge: 1/2"R continuous formed front edge to eliminate seam, unless design does not allow or unless indicated otherwise. 7. Countertops shall be in longest practical lengths to minimize seams. When joints required, factory prepare with minimum 4 joint bolts each No joints within 24 inches of sinks, counter ends, or knee space areas ' F. Stainless Steel Countertops: Material: Stainless steel, Type 304, 0.0781-inch (2.0-mm) ' specified thickness, with bullnose on front edge. 2.4 HARDWARE AND MISCELLANEOUS ' Service Club Ballfield 12300 - 5 Manufactured Casework Restroom and Concession Building A. Hinges: Provide 170 degree European concealed hinge. Meets ANSIBHMA A157.9, fastened per manufacturers specifications. Provide one pair for doors up to 4'high and 1- , 1/2 pair for doors over 4'. B. Door and drawer pulls- 5/16 inch diameter, 96mm wire pulls dull chrome 26D finish. ' C. Seismic double pin for shelf supports. D. Magnetic catches: Provide Min. 7 lb pull, color to be white or match cabinet interior ' 1. Drawer slides: Provide cold rolled steel, zinc plated, ball bearing rollers with positive ' stop lever slides. Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.4.11. Load Capacity: 2. Up to 150 lbs. full extension PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General- Install casework plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Install to a , tolerance of 1/8" in 8"-0" for plumb and level (including tops), and with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces. ' 1. Scribe and cut casework to fit adjoining work, and finish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. Maximum allowable tolerance for scribe work shall be 1/32". Provide adequate scribe to allow for uneven or out of plumb wall surfaces ' 2. Fasten cabinets through frame or other reinforcement. B. Provide closure at tops of tall storage units, and tops and bottoms of wall units where two ' cabinets meet at an inside room corner. C. Anchor casework with manufacturer's standard screws, or fasteners required to securely ' attach to substrate 1. Cabinets- Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust and provide unencumbered operation Complete ' the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated Secure tall casework to walls to prevent upset during seismic activity. 2. Tops- Anchor securely to base units and other supports systems as indicated. ' 3. Backsplash (where not attached)- Anchor securely and set in clear acrylic caulking. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISH, AND PROTECTION ' A. Repair damaged and defective casework where possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair; replace casework. Adjust joinery for uniform , appearance. B. Caulk junction of tops with back splashes. C. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. ' Service Club Ballfield 12300-6 Manufactured Casework ' Restroom and Concession Building D. Remove construction debris. E. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to the fabricator and installer, which ensures manufactured cabinets and casework being without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. ' F. Protection- Installer of cabinets shall advise Construction Manager of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that the work will be without damage or deterioration at the time of acceptance. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 Service Club Ballfield 12300-7 Manufactured Casework Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY ' The work under this Division includes furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, supervision, permits, inspections, tools and items necessary for the construction, installation, connection, testing and operation of all mechanical work for this project, as shown on the Drawings and defined in this Division of the specifications 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Substitutions- Conform to requirements in Section 01300. 1. Whenever any material or equipment is specified by patent or proprietary name or by the name of the manufacturer, such specification establishes the standard of quality in that particular field of manufacture. 2. When approved substitute equipment or material necessitates revisions to the ' plans or involves other trades, include drawings and details showing all such changes, and coordinate and assume any liability from the affected trades. 3. Acceptance: The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by the Architect does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the contract documents. B. Tests: Demonstrate that all equipment operates as indicated as specified, and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations Perform tests in the presence of the Architect. Provide all instruments and personnel required to conduct the tests. C. Qualifications: Use sufficient journeyman and competent supervisors in the execution ' of the work to ensure proper and adequate installation throughout. In the acceptance of installed work, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of the workmen. ' 1.03 WORK OF OTHER TRADES A. The Drawings do not show complete details of the building construction. Refer to the architectural, structural, civil, and electrical Drawings for those details which may affect the execution of this work. Specific locations of structural or architectural features or equipment items, shall be obtained field measurements or the trade providing the material or equipment. No extra payments will be allowed for failure to obtain this information. B. Coordination: Conform to requirements in Section 01039. Plan and execute work including, but not limited to, piping and ductwork, in cooperation with all other trades. Make every reasonable effort to provide all concerned with timely notice of work ' Service Club Ballfield 15010- 1 Mechanical Provisions ' Restroom and Concession Building affecting other trades to prevent conflicts or interference as to space requirements, ' dimensions, openings, and other matters which will cause delays or necessitate work- around methods. Failure to coordinate work will be considered sufficient cause for work to be altered at Contractor's expense, as directed by Architect. 1.04 CODES,PERMITS,INSPECTIONS,AND FEES ' A. Comply with requirements of Section 01040. ' B. Obtain permits and inspections and pay fees required by National, State and Local authorities. Make arrangements for inspections by the Architect, Owner or other ' authority as required. Submit 3 copies of certificates of compliance to the Architect. C. Work and materials shall be in accordance with requirements of all applicable codes ' and regulations. D. Codes shall be construed as establishing a minimum or base level, of requirements. ' Where provisions of the various codes standards conflict with each other, the more stringent provisions shall govern. E. Nothing in Drawings and specifications shall be construed to permit work not in conformance with these rules and regulations. F. Where Drawings or specifications call for material or construction of a better quality or ' larger sizes than required by the above-mentioned rules and regulations, the provisions of the Drawings or specifications shall take precedence over requirements of the rules ' and regulations 1.05 EQUIPMENT APPROVALS A. Whenever UL listed standards exist for equipment with electrical components,provide UL listed equipment. Otherwise provide equipment certified by the manufacturer as , complying with UL standards for similar items. B All materials, equipment, and processes requiring approval of the Washington State ' Department of Labor and Industries or other nationally-recognized testing agency shall be labeled as so approved in accordance with the provisions of the Washington Administrative Code. ' 1.06 INTENT OF DRAWINGS A. Drawings are diagrammatic and show only approximate locations of piping, ducts, ' fixtures, and equipment. Take measurements from building or site and verify with architectural, structural, or electrical Drawings Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be required. Carefully investigate the plumbing, electrical, structural, and finish conditions Service Club Ballfield 15010 -2 Mechanical Provisions ' Restroom and Concession Building that would affect the work to be performed and arrange such work accordingly, furmshing required ductwork and piping offsets, fittings, and accessories to meet such conditions. ' B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide equipment that fits into the space allotted and allows adequate acceptable clearances for installation, replacement, entry, servicing, and maintenance. When motors and equipment furnished are larger than sizes indicated,provide any required changes to the electrical services as may be necessary and related work as a part of the work for the section specifying that motor or equipment. C. Report any conflict to Architect prior to proceeding with the work. Failure to follow this instruction is considered sufficient cause to alter the work, at no cost to the Owner, as directed by the Architect. D. Plans and sections generally do not show all isolating valves, instruments, or other components; refer to diagrams or schematics to obtain a more complete description of systems. 1.07 DETAIL DRAWINGS BY CONTRACTOR A. Wherever the work is of sufficient complexity to warrant additional detailing,prepare additional detail drawings to scale 1/4 inch = 1 foot,prepared on tracing paper the same size as contract drawings, with these layouts, coordinate work with the work of other trades All such detailing work shall be clearly identified on the drawings as to the area to which it applies. B. Do not subnut these drawings to the Architect for approval. At completion, however, include a set of such drawings with each set of as-built drawings for Owner's record purposes. ' 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01300. B Submit shop drawings, descriptive bulletins, data sheets, diagrams, catalog cuts or other additional information as required for the items specified hereinafter in other sections. ' C Acceptance- The acceptance of a manufacturer's name or product by the Architect does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply in all details with the requirements of the contract documents. 1.09 MATERIALS ' A. Comply with requirements of Section 01600. Service Club Ballfield 15010- 3 Mechanical Provisions Restroom and Concession Building B. Quality: Materials,products, and equipment in strict accordance with governing codes and ordinances. , C. Quantity: Equipment and items of any one classification which are used in quantity, such as accessories, valves, specialties, cleanouts, drains, fittings, fans, etc., shall be ' products of one manufacturer and shall be used only for services recommended by the manufacturer. 1.10 ABBREVIATIONS,DEFINITIONS, AND REFERENCE STANDARDS ' A. Refer to Section 01400 for reference standards. Refer to Section 01090 for definitions and abbreviations. Additional reference standards, definitions, and abbreviations are as follows AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ' AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers , ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials as shown as shown on the Drawings CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute F Degrees Fahrenheit MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association ' NEC National Electrical Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association provide furnish and install , psig pounds per square inch gage pressure SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association , UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. v Volts wp Working Pressure (psig) Wg Water Gage Service Club Ballfield 15010-4 Mechanical Provisions ' Restroom and Concession Building ' 1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Time of submittals, quantity of copies for submittals,binding, content, and other ' requirements shall be as specified in Section 01700. B. Prepare an operating and maintenance manual for all equipment provided under Division 15 in accordance with Section 01700 1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Furnish record drawings in conformance with the requirements of Section 01700. 1.13 PRESSURE VESSEL CERTIFICATES A. Construct and label to conform with the Boiler and Unfired Pressure Vessels Inspection Law of the State of Washington Provide, for each item, a framed certificate under glass Mount where directed by Architect. 1.14 SITE CONDITIONS AND METHODS A. Cutting and Patching- Keep cutting and patching to a minimum. If required, all I patching shall conform to specifications for the new general construction work. Finish to match existing work. B. Measurements: Verify space availability by field measurement prior to submitting shop drawings for approval. C. Roughing-In Dimensions: Obtain roughing-in dimensions for equipment from approved shop drawings or actual equipment measurements D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions- Follow manufacturer's written instructions where furnished If the details are in conflict with design drawings, notify Arcltect for resolution. E. Accessibility: Install products which require periodic servicing or repair so that products readily accessible Otherwise, obtain Architect's approval of location. F. Rejected Materials: Remove damaged or rejected materials from the site. G. Operation of Equipment and Systems, Contractor is responsible during all periods of ' balancing and testing. H. Delivery, Storage, and Handling- Conform to requirements in Section 01600. 1. Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials to prevent damage before and during installation in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Architect Replace damaged or defective items Service Club Ballfield 15010- 5 Mechanical Provisions Restroom and Concession Building 1 2. Equipment with damaged factory applied finishes shall be refinished as required to bring the equipment to a like-new condition in accordance with manufacturer's , recommendations. 1.15 TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION ' A. Perform all hydrostatic tests required in codes and ordinances. Architect will be present during operational testing. Give sufficient notice before performing such tests. Additional tests may be required under balancing and testing. B. Systems Operation Demonstration: Subject systems to such operating tests as are , required to demonstrate that the equipment installed will operate within the specified limits through normal ranges and sequences including simulation of possible abnormal conditions. Operate every device manually and automatically, in accordance with its , purpose Operating test duration, not less than 6 hours after all major corrections have been made If tests do not demonstrate satisfactory system performance, correct deficiencies and retest systems. 1.16 INSTRUCTION FOR OWNER'S PERSONNEL A Conform to requirements of Section 01700. B. Contractor's representatives, in general,who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall be qualified foremen or superintendents acquainted with this project and from the trade involved. Their qualifications shall be submitted to the Architect before conducting the instruction period. ' C. Representatives of Owner who will be present at these meetings may include Owners administrative, operating, and maintenance personnel. , D General Description of Instruction Periods- Each period shall include preliminary discussion and presentation of information from operation and maintenance manuals , with appropriate references to Drawings, followed by explaining access methods, servicing, maintenance procedures, temperature settings, and available system and equipment adjustments. , E. Duration of Instruction Periods: Plumbing Systems 1 hour Exhaust Systems 1/2 hour r Service Club Ballfield 15010-6 Mechanical Provisions Restroom and Concession Building 1.17 INSPECTION A. When requesting final inspection, submit written certification that the work has been fully completed in strict accordance with Drawings and specifications B. Submit written certification of inspection from the governing building authority stating that all work has been inspected, accepted, and approved as complying with existing governing ordinances and codes. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION Not used. ' END OF SECTION 15010 Service Club Ballfield 15010 - 7 Mechanical Provisions Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUNIlVIARY The work of this Section includes motors, mechanical identification, balancing and testing, seismic restraints, and miscellaneous other basic materials. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Pipe markers. 2. Seismic restraints. 1 B. Shop Drawings: Seismic restraints. C. Samples: Nameplates and valve tags. D. Reports- Testing and balancing certified reports. E. Certificates: Submit a certificate stamped and signed by a professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington stating that the seismic calculations for equipment have been completed and meet all requirements of the Uniform Building Code PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MOTORS A. Design and Construction: Unless otherwise specified,provide electric motors and enclosures conforming to the applicable definitions and requirements of NEMA MG1 "Motors and Generators." B. Manufacturers• General Electric, Baldor, Reliance, Marathon, U.S. Motors, or approved; C. Additional electrical service and related work shall be provided at no additional cost when motors furnished are larger than the sizes indicated. D. Type and Construction• 1. One-third HP and Smaller: Single-phase capacitor type unless noted otherwise; 120V volt nameplate rating. 2. Service Factor: Not less than 1.15. 1 3. Motor Frames Open drip-proof construction. Service Club Ballfield 15050- 1 Basic Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Anchor Bolts: t 1. Anchor Bolts (Cast—In—Place)- Galvanized steel bolts per ASTM A307 and galvanized steel nuts per ASTM A194. Number and size per manufacturer's recommendations or as shown. In concrete construction, provide bolts set in the form work before pouring concrete. In building floors where equipment bases are cast iron over 18 inches maximum dimension,provide a pipe sleeve around each bolt to allow for positioning. 2. Anchor Bolts (Expansion Type): Molly"Parabolt" or Hilti "Kwik-Bolt 11"; Type 304 stainless steel construction; with impact section on the end of the bolt B. Support Channels. Unistrut, B-Line, or Powerstrut; 12 gauge minimum, 1-5/8 inch by 1-5/8 inch minimum cross-section size; galvanized finish unless indicated otherwise. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FLASHING REQUIREMENTS A. Piping passing through roofs shall be installed through prefabricated penetration flashing units. Coordinate with the type of roofing material to determne which prefabricated penetration flashing unit to use at each penetration. Check with the roofing manufacturer to determine if any special preparations are required and for the type of adhesive to use. 1. Piping Passing Through Flat or Sloping Metal Roofs: Portals Plus "Deck-Mate" or equivalent; flexible aluminum base; EPDM cap, except use silicone cap for high temperature piping. 3.02 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. Valve Tags: Manual valves on piping lines shall be provided with valve tags where the destination is not visible from the valve Valve tags shall contain the following information. 1. Valve Numbers with a Description of Function: Function shall be indicated on the valve tag. 2. Valve tags shall be of 19-gage brass with stamped,black-enamel-filled characters. Tags shall be not less than 1-1/2-inch size and shall be attached to valves with a brass chain and a brass S-hook At Contractor's option, valve tags may be black and white laminated plastic with lettering engraved through the black cover to the white backing. 3. A typewritten list of the tag numbers, showing specific valve location and specific list of rooms affected by valve operation, shall be included in each operation and maintenance manual. 4. Each valve tag shall be numbered chronologically by system and applicable tag , number shall be indicated on the as-built drawings. Service Club Ballfield 15050-2 Basic Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building B. Nameplates: Provide for each piece of equipment including any special instruction for its use; laminated black and white plastic with lettering cut through to white background. Each equipment nameplate shall have equipment identification number. C. Identification of Piping: 1. Piping which is accessible for maintenance operations, including piping concealed above suspended ceilings, shall be identified with semirigid plastic or ' adhesive identification markers. Markers shall be Brady manufacture or approved, conforming to ANSI A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems". 2. Direction of flow arrows shall be included on each marker. Wrap directional flow arrow tape full circumference of pipe over each end of identification marker. 3. Locations for Pipe Markers: a. Adjacent to each valve. b. At 20-foot centers maximum for the length of the pipe. C. At least one marker between any two partitions D. Label in Schedule: Outside Diameter of Pipe Length of Color Band 3/4" to 1-1/4" 8" 1-1/2" to 2" 8" 2-1/2"to 6" 12" E. Color Coding and Markin Pipe Contents Band Color Letter Marker Wording Color Soil, Waste, Drain, and Vent Green White S,W,D, and V Domestic Cold Water Green White CW 3.03 EARTHWORK A. Provide as required for the installation of mechanical work in the ground and as specified herein. B Trench Excavation- Provide as necessary for the installation of the work, with trenches of the necessary width for proper laying of pipe, with banks as nearly vertical as possible. Accurately grade trench bottoms to provide uniform undisturbed bedding for each section of pipe along its entire length, form holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded. Provide temporary pumping equipment to keep the excavation free from water Provide pipe bedding in rock excavation consisting of not less than 6 inches of sand or equivalent material. lC. Bracing and Shoring: Provide as necessary to maintain stability of excavation per section 02165. Service Club Ballfield 15050-3 Basic Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building r r D. Backfillmg: Backfill trenches only after completion of pressure tests and inspection by the Architect. Fill spaces between pipe and sides of trench by hand, shovel tamped in place, cover in 6-inch layers to thickness of 12 inches over top of pipe; fill and tamp remainder of backfill material in 6-inch layers. Provide backfill materials generally of clean earth or sand relatively free of clods or stones. For sewer and water piping, use pea gravel. In addition, wherever paving or future paving is indicated over backfill, provide the remainder of the backfill of granular subgrade backfill material. E. Compacting: Perform compacting individually for each 6-inch layer(maximum) loose thickness of backfill. Where roadway or parking area surfaces will be placed over backfill, provide a moisture condition which will produce a compacted density of 95 percent of maximum density, elsewhere, 90 percent. Measure in accordance with Method D of AASHTO T-180 F. Surplus Earth: Haul off site and dispose of legally. G. Barricades: Locate and maintain barricades, construction signs,warning lights and , guards, as required during periods of open excavation to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. H. Clean-up: Leave premises thoroughly clean at completion. I. Underground warning tape shall be buried above the piping during the trench backfillmg and shall be buried approximately 12 inches deep. Tape shall be 0 004-inch thick polyethylene tape for metallic pipe. Tape shall be 6 inches wide and be printed with repetitive caution warnings along its length. Tapes shall be yellow in color with black letters. Tape color and lettering shall not be affected by moisture or other substances contained in the backfill material. 3.04 ANCHOR BOLTS A. New Concrete Construction: 1. Anchor Bolts (Cast—In—Place): Set anchor bolts in the form work before pouring concrete Number and size of anchor bolts shall be per manufacturer's recommendations Install anchor bolts to structural concrete slab. B. Existing Concrete Construction: 1. Anchor Bolts (Expansion Type): Use only where necessary to support piping, ductwork, and anchor equipment from existing concrete slabs and walls Install expansion type anchor bolts in holes drilled in concrete. 2. Powder actuated inserts are not acceptable. 3.05 EQUIPMENT,DUCTWORK,AND PIPING INSTALLATION A. Welding to Building Structural Members- Not allowed Service Club Ballfeld 15050-4 Basic Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building i B. Provide supports for equipment,piping, and appurtenances as required, including braces as required for seismic restraint. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: All equipment, including ductwork and piping appurtenances, shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Suspended Equipment, Piping, and Ductwork: Supporting elements shall be suitable for stresses imposed by systems, with a safety factor of not less than 5.0. 1. Supports shall not be anchored to metal decking. 2. Supporting elements not shown or specified shall be provided in accordance with SMACNA standards. Piping and heavy equipment supports, not otherwise detailed, shall conform to applicable provisions of MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69. 3. Where it is necessary to frame structural members between existing members or where structural members are used in lieu of commercially rated supports, such supplementary steel shall be provided in accordance with the AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 4. Attach supports to wood truss with lag bolts. 3.06 EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Piping shall be provided with seismic restraints in accordance with Seismic Hazard Level (SHL) B of the SMACNA Seismic Restraints Manual. Guidelines for Mechanical Systems dated 1998. B. Equipment shall be seismically retrained to resist a lateral force acting in any direction in accordance with Uniform Building Code. 1. A professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington shall prepare seismic calculations for equipment to determine restraint loading results from seismic forces. A certificate stamped and signed by the professional engineer shall be submitted stating that the seismic calculations for equipment have been completed and meet all requirements of the Uniform Building Code. 3.07 TESTING,ADJUSTMENT,AND BALANCING A. General: 1. The Owner shall obtain & pay for the services of a qualified testing agency not affiliated with the Contractor and subcontractors Minimum qualifications for acceptance shall be the General Membership standards of the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or the National Environmental Air Balancing Bureau (NEBB). Balancing agency and personnel shall be unrelated to the sale or installation of the system and the control equipment 2. Procedures. Balancing shall be accomplished in accordance with schedules approved by the Architect. Procedures, in general, will be in accordance with the AABC "National Standards for Field Measurements and Instrumentation-Total System Balance," Volume One, No 81266. Service Club Ballfield 15050 -5 Basic Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building 3. Instruments: Instruments used for measurements shall be accurate and calibration histories for each instrument will be available for examination. Method of application of instrumentation shall be in accordance with the AABC/NEBB Procedure. B. Work by Contractor- Before balancing and testing can commence, check fans for t proper rotation, lubricate per the manufacturer's recommendations, and operate fans. Contractor shall work with Owner's balancing agency to obtain required results, all as work in contract. C. Balancing Agenda: A balancing agenda shall be provided to the Architect prior to start of balancing work. D. Air System Procedures: 1. Air quantity measurements in ducts shall be made by prtot tube traverse of the entire cross sectional area of the duct. 2. Duct Test Ports: Provide where required, in ductwork or casings for air balance measurements. Installation shall be airtight and complete with screw cap and gasket 3. Total system air quantities shall be vaned by adjustment of fan speeds 4. Adjust all airflow rates to within 10 percent of design values. E. Certified Reports: 1. Three copies of the reports, submitted in the following format, covering air balance shall be submitted to the Architect, prior to final acceptance of the project Certification shall include adherence to agenda, calculation procedures, and final summaries 2. Provide drawings indicating equipment labeled in accordance with the report numbering system. 3. Types, serial numbers, and dates of calibration of all instruments shall be included 4. Air system data: The certified report shall include air balance and equipment data. END OF SECTION 15050 Service Club Ballf eld 15050-6 Basic Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 15060 PIPE,VALVES, AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Work Included. The work of this Section includes piping, valves, fittings, supports, hangers, and miscellaneous system accessories. 1.02 SUBNHTTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data for each product used. B. Reports: Pressure tests. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. General: Tubing, fitting, valve, and strainer manufacturers listed below are acceptable. B. Copper Tubing: Chase, Anaconda, Revere, Mueller, Reading Tube, or Bridgeport. C. Fittings: Nibco, Anaconda, Chase, Revere, Bridgeport. D. Valves- Apollo, Crane, Centerline, Jenkins, Walworth, Kennedy, Hammond, Stockham, Grinnell,Nibco, Milwaukee Powell, Dezunck, Homestead, Watts Regulator, Rockwell-McCanna, Kitz, Red-White, Wheatley, Worcester, or Mueller. E Strainers: Armstrong, Keckley, Metraflex, McAlear, Sarco, Hoffinan, Crane, Wheatley, Watts, Mueller, or Mech-Line. I2.02 COPPER PIPING- GENERAL A. Pressure Ratings: Provide pipe, tubing, fittings, accessories, and other components with minimum pressure rating of 150 psig. B. Tubing (Pipe), Above Ground: ASTM B88 Type L copper water tube, hard drawn. C. Fittings: 1. Wrought copper solder fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI B 16.22. 2. Cast bronze solder joint fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI B16.18. D. Unions: 1. Wrought copper solder joint unions, ANSI B16.22. 2. Cast bronze solder lomt fittings, ANSI B16 18. E. Threaded Joint Compound: Teflon tape. Service Club Ballfield 15060- 1 Pipes,Valves&Fittings Restroom and Concession Building F. Solder: 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder, ASTM B 32 Hams "Bridget" acceptable. Laco flux or similar not permitted. G. Brazing Alloy: Melting temperature 1000 degrees F or higher; AWS A5.8. H. Strainers: Cast bronze, Y-pattern, screwed or solder end; 20-mesh stainless steel (3/64 inch for 3-inch size) screen, 250 psi at 210 degrees F I. Valves: 1. Check: MSS SP80, 150-psig bronze screwed or solder end, screwed cap, Y- pattern, swing disc of Teflon, regrindable seat 2. Ball: Apollo 70-100 or 70-200 Series, 600 prig WOG bronze body, stainless steel ball and stem, solder ends or screwed, Teflon seat and seal Provide stem extension for use in insulated piping. 2.03 HOSE END DRAIN VALVES A. 125 psig working pressure, bronze body, composition seat, screwed or solder joint ends, with 3/4 inch hose thread adapter; lockshield and removable handle, Nibco Figure 72 or 74 or approved. 2.04 PIPE HANGERS A. Approvals: MSS SP58. , B. Manufacturers: Grinnell, Tolco, Basic Engineering Inc., B-Line, ERICO/Michigan Hanger, PHD, or Mechanical Pipe Shields. C. Materials: 1. Hanger Material: Match piping material at point of contact with piping. a. Galvanized Steel Pipe. Carbon steel, cast iron, or malleable with zinc coating. b. Copper Tubing: Carbon steel or malleable iron with copper finish or carbon steel or malleable iron with plastic coating D. Hanger Rods: Hot rolled steel rod, ASTM A 36; size to "Code for Pressure Piping", ANSI B31.1, with safety factor of 5; hanger rod size and maximum load. Rod Diameter Pipe Size Load Inches Inches Pounds 3/8 2 and smaller 610 1/2 2-1/2 and 3-1/2 1,130 5/8 4 and 5 1,810 E. Insulation Inserts: Factory fabricated split type insert with galvanized steel jacket and t calcium silicate insert; Mechanical Pipe Shields Mfg. F. Hanger Selection: i Service Club Ballfield 15060-2 Pipes,Valves & Fittmgs Restroom and Concession Building 1. Bare Pipe Select to fit outside diameter of pipe. 2. Insulated Pipe: Select to fit outside diameter of insert. G. Ring Hangers: 1. 2-Inch Pipe and Smaller: Grinnell Figure 70, 300, or 104. 2. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: Grinnell Figure 104 or 300. H. Clevis Hangers: Grinnell Figure 260. 2.05 PIPE HANGERS AT WALL A. Pipe 2-1/2 Inches and Smaller: Malleable iron one-hole clamp Grinnell Figure 126. B. Pipe 3 Inches and Larger- Wall bracket, Grinnell Figure 213, 194, 195, or 199 for pipe rings and rod hangers specified herein. C. Loads not to exceed ratings shown to manufacturer's catalog. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Headroom: At ceilings, maintain the maximum possible headroom. Employ carefully planned arrangements to give the best results. B. Diagrams: Diagrams showing pipe connections are schematic only. Do not use for calculating lineal runs or numbers and types of fittings. C. Connections to Equipment: Provide unions to allow local disassembly. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND VALVES A. General: 1. Install piping promptly, capping or plugging all open ends and making pipe generally level and plumb, free from traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work. 2. Inspect each piece of pipe, tubing, fittings, and equipment for defects and obstructions, promptly remove all defective material from the lobsite 3. Install pipes to clear all beams and obstructions, do not cut into or reduce the size of load carrying members. 4. Use long radius elbows wherever possible. 5. Install all piping in accordance with ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping" and as specified herein. B. Location of Pipe- Piping layout as shown is diagrammatic indicating general arrangement. Determine measurements atjobsite, accurately cutting pipe to suit. Locate piping to avoid interference with building structural members, equipment, and building openings, provide access for operation, service, disconnection, removal and Service Club Ballfield 15060- 3 Pipes,Valves&Fittings Restroom and Concession Building replacement of valves, fixtures, and equipment. Within buildings, conceal all piping above ceiling except where indicated to remain exposed. Provide separate trenches for water and sewer lines. C. Cleaning: Clean interior of piping before making joints and placing in position by blowing clean with compressed air Maintain cleanliness of piping throughout installation; provide caps or plugs on open ends of cleaned piping. D. Unions and Fittings: Provide unions at valves, fixtures, and equipment if a means of disconnection is not otherwise provided. Provide reducing fittings for all changes in pipe size; bushings are not acceptable. Use fittings for all changes in direction of piping. E. Routing: Run parallel to column lines and perpendicular to the floor unless shown otherwise on Drawings. F. Leaks: Correct immediately,using new materials; leak-sealing compounds not permitted. G. Concealed Piping: Install piping as concealed work in finished areas,unless indicated otherwise. Do not cover up or enclose work until properly and completely inspected and reviewed. Should work be covered up or enclosed prior to inspections and reviews, uncover work as required and, after completely inspected and reviewed, make repairs and replacements with materials as necessary and at no additional cost to Owner. H. Dielectric Unions: Provide dielectric unions at each joint between dissimilar metals, except that bronze valves and fittings may be used without dielectric couplings for ferrous-to-ferrous or non-ferrous-to-non-ferrous connections. I. Hose End Drain Valves: Provide at low points of all systems and as indicated. 3.03 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide all hangers, supports, bolts, and mounting accessories for piping and equipment. B. Minimum Spacing of Horizontal Pipe Hangers: 1. Comply with the spacing requirements of MSS Standard SP-69. 2. Provide additional supports at concentrated loads, such as valves and similar items Provide minimum of one hanger per section of soil, waste, and drainage piping. C. Vertical Piping: Route vertical piping in a manner such that it can be attached to adjacent walls. D. Suspend piping using steel rod hangers,with individual rods for each hanger. E. Piping Supports: i Service Club Ballfield 15060 -4 Pipes, Valves &Fittings Restroom and Concession Building 1. Support all piping to route expansion and contraction in the required direction. 2. Use hangers for supporting pipe 2 inches and larger that are fabricated to permit adjustment after erection while still supporting its load. 3. Use wall brackets where pipes are adjacent to walls or other vertical surfaces which may be used for support. 4. Install supports to adequately carry the load and still maintain proper alignment. F. Attach hangers to wood truss with lag bolts. 3.04 INSULATION INSERTS Insulated Piping- Provide factory fabricated insulation inserts with split metal jacket. Install inserts prior to installing insulation. Inserts for piping at pipe clamps on formed steel channels shall be 360 degree inserts covering the complete circumference of the pipe. 3.05 JOINTS A. Screwed: 1. Produce sufficient lengths of perfect threads to ensure full metal-to-metal contacts when screwed in fittings, countersink, ream and clean ends of pipes of chips and burrs after threading. 2. Make up full connections with not more than one full thread exposed, by such method that will not subject pipes or fittings to twisting or cross strains, lubricate male threads only with joint compound. B. Brazed and Soldered- Cut ends square and remove all fins and burrs. Replace all dents and damaged tubing with new tubing. Remove all grease and oil from all joints by wiping with clean cloth saturated with a suitable chemical solvent and then clean with emery cloth. After cleaning apply non-corrosive flux, apply heat and solder and hold joint rigidly until solder has hardened. Wipe excess solder from exterior of joint before hardening. Before soldering, remove stems and washers of solder joint valves. 3.06 TESTING OF PIPING A. General: 1. Test piping systems and connected equipment. Test after the lines have been cleaned and prior to insulation. 1 2. Furnish test equipment. Install a calibrated test pressure gage in the piping being tested. 3. Prior to testing, remove apparatus which may be damaged by testing. 4. Make test in presence of the Architect 5. Rectify all defects which develop during testing and retest until approved by the Architect. 6. Provide vents and drain valves as required to drain piping after testing. B. Test Requirements: Follow test requirements unless requirements are specified in individual specification Sections. Submit a report indicating results of all pressure tests. Service Club Ballfield 15060-5 Pipes,Valves &Fittings Restroom and Concession Building 1. Drainage and vent piping and domestic water test pressure requirements are specified in Section 15400. 2. Time: Hold pressure to mspect all joints and connections. 3. Water test piping with water less than 100 degrees F. END OF SECTION 15060 Service Club Ballfield 15060-6 Pipes,Valves &Fittings Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Work Included: The work of this Section includes insulation and accessories for piping systems 1.02 SUBMITTALS Product Data: All materials. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Resistance: 1. Insulation: Flame spread and smoke-developed ratings per NFPA 255, ASTM E84, and UL 723 testing requirements; not more than 25/50. 2. Tape, Adhesives, Vapor Barrier Materials, and Jackets. Flame spread ratings not to exceed 25 3. Exempt Items/Materials: The following are exempt from the fire resistance ratings, a. PVC Jacket covers. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Thickness: Normal thickness of insulation is defined as the thickness of the basic insulating medium not including finishing coats B. Exposed Versus Concealed Insulation: 1. Exposed is defined as work exposed to the view of occupants in normally occupied areas and in equipment rooms 2. Concealed is defined as work located in ceiling spaces, chases, and other locations not exposed to view C. Thermal Conductivity is defined as Btu-inch/hour-square feet-degrees F. D. Cold Piping: Domestic cold water. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 INSULATION CHARACTERISTICS A. Manufacturer. Owens-Coming, Certainteed, Johns Manville, or Knauf. Service Club Ballfield 15250 - 1 Mechanical Insulation Restroom and Concession Building B. Pipe Insulation: 1. Fiberglass. Suitable for pipe temperature from 0 degrees F to plus 800 degrees F; one piece type with only one longitudinal joint; thermal conductivity not greater than 0.24 at 75 degrees F mean temperature Provide factory applied all-service jacket. a. Factory Applied All-service Jacket for Fiberglass Insulation: White kraft paper outer surface bonded to aluminum foil vapor barrier, suitable for painting Kraft paper permanently treated for fire and smoke safety and to prevent corrosion of the foil Factory applied pressure sensitive closure system for permanent seal of laps and butt strips. C. Insulation For Valves 2 Inches and Smaller, Fittings, and Unions: 1. Fiberglass- Owens-Corning Type TIW wool type wrap, Johns Manville HTB 26 insulation blanket, or resilient glass fiber strips to same thickness of adjacent piping insulation. Provide with PVC covers a. PVC Covers- Factory premolded one-piece PVC covers. i D. Insulation For Strainers and Backflow Preventers: ! 1. Fiberglass. Flexible removable fiberglass blanket fabrication of a sandwich section of fiberglass batt( 1 pound per cubic foot density), same thickness as adjacent insulation, enclosed in glass cloth cover machine sewed at the ends; provide copper eyehooks and wire for lacing the blanket. 2.02 INSULATION SPECIALTIES A. Joint Tape: Glass fiber reinforced, aluminum foil and kraft paper laminate with vapor barrier characteristics comparable to insulation facing B. Finishing Cement: Hydraulic setting, low shrinkage insulating and finishing cement for one coat finish, suitable for painting with water base paint, Johns Manville No 375 or approved. C. Insulating Cement: Mineral fiber cement suitable for application on metal in single layers up to 4-inch thick, Johns Manville No 460 Cement or approved D. Vapor Barrier Adhesive- Vapor barrier lap sealing adhesive, Foster 85-20 or approved. E. Lagging Adhesive: Foster 30-36, Miracle LA69, Arabol, or approved. F. Vapor Barrier Coating: Foster 30-80 water based vapor barrier coating or equivalent G. Aluminum Pigmented Vapor Barrier Mastic: Foster 60-65 or approved. H. Mastic: Foster CI oil base or HI water base. I. Inserts- Specified under Section 15060, 2.4E. PART 3 EXECUTION Service Club Ballfield 15250 -2 Mechanical Insulation Restroom and Concession Building 3.01 GENERAL A. Insulate all surfaces of cold piping and piping components. B. Install with all joints tightly butted. Tuck and tuft all edges of insulation. Maintain vapor barrier when butting insulation to inserts. C. Remove all loose dirt, rust, all other loose foreign material, moisture and frost from surfaces prior to installing insulation. D. Apply insulation only after piping has been tested, and accepted by the Architect or the Owner. 3.02 INSTALLATION(PIPING) A. General: 1. Provide all insulation continuous through wall openings and sleeves. 2. In order to prevent condensation formation under normal operation, apply insulation with a continuous, unbroken vapor seal throughout each entire cold piping system. Refer to definition of cold piping in Part 1 of this Section. Adequately insulate and vapor seal hangers and supports that are secured directly to cold surfaces to prevent condensation. 3. Apply specific adhesives, mastics, and coatings at the manufacturer's recommended nunimum coverage per gallon. 4. Inserts• Overlap adjacent insulation jacket a minimum of 1 inch on insulation inserts and securely cement in place B Fiberglass Insulation: 1. Fiberglass Insulation For Pipes- Apply insulation over clean, dry pipe with all joints butted firmly together Smoothly secure longitudinal jacket laps and butt strips according to manufacturer's recommendations 2. Fiberglass Insulation For Valves 2 Inches and Smaller, Fittings, and Unions: Apply insulation and install PVC covers Staple and seal all seam edges of the one-piece PVC cover with vapor-barner adhesive applied over insulation. Tape circumferential edges of cover with vapor barrier pressure sensitive tape to match fitting cover color. The tape shall extend over the adjacent piping insulation and have an overlap on itself at least 2 inches a. Unions- Each union shall have a separate PVC fitting cover. Write the word"UNION" on each PVC union cover with a permanent black felt marking pen 3. Fiberglass Insulation for Strainers and Backflow Preventers: Apply flexible removable fiberglass blanket insulation and glass cloth cover jacket a. Piping Components In Cold Piping Systems: Apply vapor barrier coating over exterior surfaces to provide a continuous vapor barrier. 3.03 ITEMS TO BE INSULATED Service Club Ballfield 15250 - 3 Mechanical Insulation Restroom and Concession Building A. Piping: Domestic cold water piping, domestic hot water piping and hot water recirculation piping. 3.04 ITEMS NOT TO BE INSULATED A. Piping: 1. Valve stems and operators. 2. Cold water piping from the trap primers to floor drains. 3. Below ground piping. 3.05 INSULATION TYPE AND THICKNESS A. Pipe- Insulate piping to the thickness listed in the following table. Service Type Insulation Thickness for Pipe Sizes Shown Inches To 1 1.25-2 Domestic Cold Water FG F, F, Domestic HW and HWC PGF 1" 1" B. Abbreviations- 1. FG- Fiberglass. END OF SECTION 15250 Service Club Ballfield 15250 - 4 Mechanical Insulation Restroom and Concession Building i i SECTION 15400 PLUMBING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED The work of this Section includes drainage piping, vent piping, domestic cold water piping, plumbing fixtures, drains, and piping specialties and accessories. 1.02 CODES Provide all plumbing work in conformance with the Uniform Plumbing Code and local amendments. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for the following: 1. Drains. 2. Pipe, valves, and fittings. 3. Pipe specialties and accessories. 4. Plumbing fixtures and true. 5. Plumbing fixture supports. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING A. Domestic Cold Water Piping (Above Ground)- 1 Pipe, Fittings, and Valves: Piping shall be copper. Conform to requirements of Section 15060. 2 Provide chrome-plated construction for all exposed pipe, fittings, mid valves. B. Domestic Cold Water Piping (Underground Or Embedded in Concrete Up To Fitting at Connection To The Above Ground Water Piping) Except Water Service To The Building. 1. Type K copper tubing, soft drawn, ASTM B88. 2. Fittings. Wrought copper solder joint, ANSI B16.22; cast bronze solder joint, ANSI B16 18 3. Brazing: Brazing alloy with melting temperature 1000 degrees For higher, AWS A5.8. C. Water Service Piping To The Building(Underground or Embedded in Concrete): Conform to the requirements of Section 02510-Exterior Water Distribution for water service piping. Pipe shall be the same type of pipe as the pipe at the point of connection to the site water service piping. Service Club Ballfield 15400- 1 Plumbing Restroom and Concession Building 2.02 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING A. Sanitary Soil and Waste Piping• 1. 1-1/2 Inches And Smaller Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel pipe per ASTM A53; galvanized recessed drainage pattern cast iron fittings per ANSI B16.12. 2. 2 Inches And Larger Above Ground: a. Standard weight bell and spigot cast iron pipe per ASTM A47, with neoprene compression seal, long pattern cast iron drainage fittings. b. Standard weight hubless cast iron pipe per CISPI 301, neoprene sleeve gasket with stainless steel shield and band; long pattern cast iron drainage fittings. 3. Underground: a. Standard weight bell and spigot cast iron pipe per ASTM A47, with neoprene compression seal; long pattern cast iron drainage fittings. b. Standard weight hubless cast iron and pipe fittings per CISPI 301, long pattern cast iron drainage fittings Coupling shall be Clamp-All "Hi-TORQ 12551; 0 024 inch thick Type 304 stainless steel housing with neoprene rubber sleeve gasket and Type 304 stainless steel clamps. B. Sanitary Vent Piping: 1. 1-1/2 Inches and Smaller Above Ground: Standard weight galvanized steel pipe per ASTM A53; galvanized recessed drainage pattern cast iron fittings per ANSI B16 12. 2. 2 Inches and Larger Above Ground: a. Standard weight galvanized steel pipe per ASTM A53, galvanized recessed drainage pattern cast iron fittings per ANSI 1316.12. b. Standard weight bell and spigot cast iron pipe per ASTM A47, with neoprene compression seal; long pattern cast iron drainage fittings C. Standard weight hubless cast iron pipe per CISPI 301; neoprene sleeve gasket with stainless steel shield and band; long pattern cast iron drainage fittings. 3. Underground Piping: a. Standard weight bell and spigot cast iron pipe per ASTM A47, with neoprene compression seal; long pattern cast iron drainage fittings b. Standard weight hubless cast iron and pipe per CISPI 301, long pattern cast iron drainage fittings. Coupling shall be Clamp-All "Hi-TORQ 125", 0 024 inch thick Type 304 stainless steel housing with neoprene rubber sleeve gasket and Type 304 stainless steel clamps C. Contractor's Option For Above Ground Sanitary Soil, Sanitary Waste, and Sanitary Vent System. 4. Copper Drainage Tube: Type DWV,ASTM B306. 5. Fittings. a Type DWV wrought copper drainage fittings, ANSI B16.29 b. Type DWV cast bronze drainage fittings, ANSI B 16.23. Service Club Ballfield 15400 -2 Plumbing Restroom and Concession Building 2.03 PIPING SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Jay R. Smith, Josam,Wade, Zurn, Jones, Mifab,Watts, Ancon, Woodford, Sioux Chief, Precision Plumbing Products or as specified. B. Floor Cleanouts: Jay R. Smith Figure 4020, or equivalent, cast iron body and frame, round adjustable secured nickel bronze top, bronze plug. C. Flashmgs: Refer to Section 15050. D. Hose Bibbs: HB-1 sill faucet, polished chrome plated, 3/4-inch hose connection with E27 vacuum breaker. HB-2• Under sink hose bibs recessed with locking covers Model M82PS or equal. HB-3 Exterior freeze proof, Model M82PS or equal. E. Automatic Trap Primers- Precision Plumbing Products P/N-PO-500 with DV-2 distribution unit where required, or equivalent of Mifab, 1/2-mch connection, air gap type. Provide for all floor drams F. Water Hammer Arresters: Jay R Smith Models 5005 to 5050 or equivalent; in-line, factory-sealed shock arresters with screwed connections; shall meet PDI Standard WH- 201. G. Back Flow Preventers: Febco products specified; equivalent of Watts, Wilkins, Beeco, Cla-Val or Ames are acceptable Backflow preventers shall be approved for use by the Washington State Department of Health They shall comply with WAC 246-490 and recommendations of the PNWS-AWWA Cross Connection Manual, latest edition. 1. Reduced Pressure Type Backflow Preventers Watts 909 Series, bronze construction with isolating ball valves, strainer, and air gap dram fitting. H. Dielectric Unions: 1. 2 Inches and Smaller: Dielectric unions rated at 250 psig at 180 F conforming to ANSI B16 39. 2. Manufacturer: Watts 3000 Series, Epco or equivalent. I. Vandal Proof Vent Cap: Jay R. Smith Model No 1748 or approved equal of Wade or Josam; enameled cast iron dome secured with recessed allen key set screws. J. Strainer: As specified in Section 15060 2.04 DRAINS A. Manufacturer- Jay R. Smith, Josam, Zurn, Ancon, Jones, Watts, or Wade unless specified otherwise. B. Catalog Numbers: Catalog numbers of one or more manufacturers describe exact drain required. Service Club Ballfield 15400-3 Plumbing Restroom and Concession BuiIdmg C. Connection for Trap Pruning- Provide a trap primer connection for floor drams that are indicated on Drawings to be primed. D. Floor Drains: 1. Type FD-A: Jay R. Smith Figure 2005-A-U; enamel coated cast iron body with flashing collar, 8 inch diameter round nickel bronze adjustable strainer, and vandal proof screws. 2. Type FD-B: Jay R. Smith figure 2010-U, enamel coated cast iron body and flashing collar with adjustable 8 inch diameter cast iron vandal proof bar grate. 2.05 PLUMBING FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Water Closet Carrier- Provide concealed cast iron carrier, vertical, non-adjustable pattern, or adjustable horizontal pattern, support fixture independent of wall construction, installed per manufacturer's instructions. Setting accuracy checked by template. Provide synthetic rubber gaskets Manufacturer shall be Jay R Smith, Zurn, Josam, Ancon, Jones, or Wade B. Walls are constructed of concrete masonry units. Provide plumbing fixture manufacturer's steel wall plates where required to fasten fixture to wall. Fasten fixtures to wall with through the wall bolts that allow the fixtures to be secured to the wall from the utility room side of the wall. 2.06 PLUMBING FIXTURE TRIM A. Trim is defined as any metal part used with a fixture; i.e., faucets, drains, traps, attachments, and supplies B Exposed metal parts shall be chrome plated except where specified as stainless steel. C Exposed trim shall be vandal resistant in all areas except utility room. Provide tamper resistant cap nuts. 2.07 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE See drawing P101 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Inspection: 1. Carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence 2. Verify that plumbing is installed in accordance with pertinent codes, regulations, and Drawings. Service Club Ballfield 15400-4 Plumbing Restroom and Concession Building B. Discrepancies: In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect; do not proceed with installation until discrepancies have been resolved.. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. General: Install piping and equipment in accordance with Section 15060 and as follows. 1. Install piping promptly, capping or plugging open ends and in a manner to conserve space for other work. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide uniform pitch of at least 1/4 inch per foot for horizontal waste and soil piping within building. 3. Support all piping independently from connected equipment. 4. Inspect each piece of pipe, fitting, and equipment for defects and obstructions; promptly remove defective material from lob site 5. Install pipes to clear beams and obstructions, do not cut into or reduce size of load carrying members without the approval of the Architect. 6. Water Hammer Arrestors- Install sizes selected from manufacturer's tables to match branch pipe size, fixture units of attached fixtures and equipment, and to suit system pressure at point of installation. Placement and connections shall be per PDI Standard WH-201, with the exception that a water hammer arrestor is not required on a branch line which has only a single fixture. Install in an upright position and in an accessible location. 7. Automatic Trap Primers: Provide trap primers where drains are indicated to be primed and where required by the plumbing code Connect primer line on the top of a horizontal cold water line and install trap primer valve and distribution unit in an accessible location. 8. Provide unions for all equipment requiring disconnection for service including, but not limited to the following. a. Inlet and outlet of trap primers. 9. Dielectric Umon• Provide at each joint between dissimilar metals, except that bronze valves and fittings may be used without dielectric fittings for ferrous-to- ferrous or non-ferrous-to-non-ferrous connections. 10. Cleanouts Provide where shown and install at all locations required by code and as required to permit cleaning of piping. Provide cleanouts full size of pipe, but not larger than 4 inch. Where cleanouts occur in floor, install top flush with floor to avoid trip hazard. Install cleanouts threads with graphite. 11. Install a vandal proof vent cap at termination of plumbing vent through roof. 12. Excavation, Backfilling, and Compaction Requirements For Underground Piping Except Service Water Piping Per requirements in Section 15050. 13. Excavation, Bedding, and Backfill for Water Service• a Provide all excavation, bedding, and backfill required both inside and outside the building per requirements of Section 02510-Extenor Water Distribution. b. Install underground piping in accordance with requirements of Section 02510-Extenor Water Distribution. Service Club Ballfield 15400-5 Plumbing Restroom and Concession Building B. Joints and Connection For Cast Iron Soil Pipe: 1. Bell and Spigot: Neoprene compression seal, specifically designed for pipe and fittings used, installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions 2. Laying of Bell and Spigot Piping: Piping, installed in bedding of trench, graded to provide uniform support for pipe with bell holes to permitjoining. Bells, at upgrade end. 3. Hubless: Install neoprene gasket and stainless steel shield coupling jointing assemblies with bolts alternately and incrementally tightened to 60 inch-pounds torque, minimum. Use single set-point torque wrench manufactured specifically for this purpose,use of screwdrivers or other types of wrenches not penrutted. Retorque bolts after 24 hours C. Hangers and Supports: 1. Provide hangers and supports for aboveground hubless cast iron pipe in accordance with CISPI Pamphlet No 100 For aboveground hub and spigot cast iron soil pipe, support piping at 5 feet maximum center and at every joint. 2. Use wall brackets for supporting piping adjacent to walls or other vertical surfaces. Use bolted steel clamps for supporting vertical lines. Place supports as near as possible to concentrated loads and, when practicable, immediately adjacent to changes in direction Support horizontal piping so as to maintain alignment,prevent grade reversals, and prevent sagging. 3. Water Piping: Per requirements in Section 15060. D. Backflow Preventers: Install reduced pressure backflow preventers at maximum 4 feet above the finished floor. 3.03 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Locate fixtures where indicated on the Drawings. Refer to Architectural Drawings for mounting heights. Locate in accordance with details and dimensions on Drawings. Use the type of mountings specified. B. Plumbing Fixture Supports: Anchor support to floor slab with anchor bolts. C. Make all connections gas tight and water tight. D. Use one-piece special molded gaskets for connections between earthenware of fixtures and soil pipe flanges. Do not use bulk material, including putty and plastic, for gaskets. E. Provide individual vents for each fixture. F. Provide separate traps, where manufacturers do not supply trap for fixture. 3.04 CONCEALED WORK Service Club Ballfield 15400 - 6 Plumbing Restroom and Concession Buildmg A. General: Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved. B. Noncompliance: Should work be covered up or enclosed prior to required inspections, uncover work as required and, after inspection and approval, make repairs and replacements. 3.05 TESTING A. Drainage and Vent Piping Tests: 1. Make pressure test of 5 psi minimum,witnessed by the Plumbing Inspector. 2. Make pipe leaks tight, repeat test B. Domestic Water Piping: Test with water at 1-1/2 times working pressure. C. Trap Primers: Provide test results to certify acceptable operation. D. Backflow Preventers: Provide test results to certify acceptable operation. 3.06 CLEANING UP Prior to acceptance of building, thoroughly clean exposed portions of plumbing installation, removing labels and traces of foreign substance, using only a cleaning solution approved by manufacturer of plumbing item and being careful to avoid damage to finished surfaces. 3.07 STERILIZATION AND FLUSHING A. After completion of domestic water piping installation, flush system thoroughly. Submit a sample of water to the Water Department to determine compliance with Water Department standards. If sample is not in compliance, sterilization shall be performed as follows: 1. Sterilize domestic water piping, 8-hour sterilization contact time; 50 parts per rmllion chlorine concentration. After sterilization period open all vklves several times, follow by flushing with clean water until residual chlorine is less than 0.2 parts per million. 3.08 SYSTEMS OPERATION DEMONSTRATION Subject systems to such operating tests as are required to demonstrate that the devices installed will operate Operate every device in accordance with its purpose If tests do not demonstrate satisfactory system performance, correct deficiencies and retest systems END OF SECTION 15400 Service Club Ballfield 15400 -7 Plumbing Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 15850 AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION The work of this Section includes fans. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Ceiling fans. B. Performance Data: Submit fan performance curve. Curve shall show static pressure vs. volume flow, efficiency, and brake horsepower. Specified point of rating shall be prominently shown and labeled on curve. Performance shall be certified in accordance with AMCA Standard 210 C. Sound Power Level Data: Submit data plottmg octave band frequencies from 63 Hz to 8000 Hz vs octave band sound power level, dB re 10-12 watts, for fan. Performance shall be certified in accordance with AMCA Standard 300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FANS A. General: 1. Fans shall be selected at the point of maximum mechanical efficiency at the point of operation. Fan class shall be based on rpm increase of 25 percent over the rpm required for the indicated cfin. 2. Fans shall be AMCA rated and labeled. 3. Motors shall conform to requirements of Section 15050. 4. Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced. B. Ceiling Fans Greenheck Model SP or equal of Cook,ILG, Pace, or Penn Ventilation; UL listed; ceiling mounted exhaust fans shall be of the centrifugal direct drive type. The fan housing shall be constructed of galvanized steel The housing interior shall be lined with 1/2 inch acoustical insulation. The outlet duct collar shall include an aluminum backdraft damper and shall be suitable for horizontal discharge. The grille shall be constructed of high impact polystyrene Grilles shall be non-yellowing. The access for wiring shall be external. The motor disconnect shall be internal and of the plug in type. The motor shall be mounted on vibration isolators The fan wheel shall be of the forward curved centrifugal type. 1. Speed Controllers Greenheck solid state controller or approved equal to control fan speed; factory mount a controller on each fan and provide interconnecting wiring. PART 3 EXECUTION Service Club Ballfield 15850 - 1 Air Handling Equipment Restroom and Concession Building 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and Section 15050. B. Horizontally Suspended Ceiling Fans: Provide hanger rods to support fan from above. Provide seismic restraints for fan. 3.02 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Thoroughly clean fan casing of all debris and blow free of all small particles of rubbish and dust before installing and making final duct connections Wipe equipment clean, with all traces of oil, dust, dirt, or paint spots removed. B. Adjust fans to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to meet specified conditions, ready for air balancing. END OF SECTION 15850 Service Club Ballfield 15850-2 Air Handling Equipment Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 15880 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Work Included: The work of this Section includes sheet metal work and accessories 1.02 SUBMITTALS Ductwork Layout and Installation Shop Drawings: Prepare detailed drawings on tracing material same size as Contract Drawings, coordinating sheet metal work and the work of other trades including plumbing and electrical so that all components fit together. These drawings shall be completed in a timely manner and coordinated with the construction schedule. 1.03 REFERENCES A. The publications of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. 1. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association(SMACNA). a. HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible (HDCS) Second Edition— 1995 and Addendum No.l —November, 1997. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL REGISTERS/GRILLES A. Manufacturers: Titus Model MCD. Anemostat Air Products. E. H Price Company. Krueger Model Tuttle and Bailey Model. Approved Equal B. Type Streamlined and individually adjustable blades, 3/4 inch minimum depth, 3/4 inch maximum spacing with spring or other device to set blades, horizontal face, double deflection C. Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting and gasket. D. Fabrication- Steel with 20 gage rmmmum frames and 22 gage minimum blades, steel and aluminum with 20 gage minimum frame, or aluminum extrusions, with factory off- white enamel finish, color to be selected. E. Damper: Integral, gang-operated opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable from face. Service Club Ballfield 15880- 1 Ductwork and Accessories Restroom and Concession Building 2.02 LOUVERS A. Manufacturers• 1. Ruskin Manufacturing. 2. Greenheck Corp. 3. Approved Equal. B. Product Description- Stationary, Drainable. C. Type: 4 inch deep with blades on 45 degree slope with center baffle and return bend, heavy channel frame. D. Fabrication: 12 gage thick extruded aluminum, welded assembly, with factory prime coat. E. Mounting- Furnish with flat flange or angle flange screw holes in jambs or masonry strap anchors for installation. F. Bird Screen: Bird screen with 1/2 inch square mesh for exhaust and 3/4 inch for intake. G. Insect Screen: Aluminum mesh, set in aluminum frame. 2.03 SHEET METAL WORK A. Ducts shall be constructed with G-90 galvanized steel. B. Sheet Metal Connections to Building Construction: Provide steel angles, riveted to the sheet metal and bolted to the building surface using expansion shells or expansion bolts with compressible neoprene gasket under the angles, angles same as for bracing, 1 inch by lurch by 1/8 inch minimum. C. Duct Construction- Construct ductwork to meet functional criteria defined in SMACNA HDCS. 1. Gages shall be per SMACNA HDCS unless specified otherwise or indicated otherwise on Drawings. Sheet metal thickness shall not be less than 26 gage. D. Diagonal Creasing or Beading: On all panels wider than 18 inches and 20 gage or less E. Elbows For Rectangular or Square Ductwork: Inside radius equal to dimension of elbow in the plane of the turn. l 2.04 FOUR-BOLT OR CORNER-CLIP DUCT CONNECTION SYSTEM Service Club Ballfield 15880-2 Ductwork and Accessories Restroom and Concession Building A Transverse Joints: Ductmate, Metz, or W D.C.I. duct connection systems are acceptable Duct constructed using these systems will refer to the manufacturers guidelines for sheet gauge, intermediate reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcements B. Formed on flanges will be constructed as a SMACNA T-24 flange, whose limits are defined in the SMACNA. No other construction pertaining to formed on flanges will be accepted. C. Flanged Interior Gasket Ductmate 440 or equivalent. 2.05 HANGERS FOR SHEET METAL WORK Provide hangers and attachments for all sheet metal work and equipment in accordance with SMACNA Standards. Provide supports as shown on Drawings where specifically noted, with additional requirements noted below as applicable. jPART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION-GENERAL A Fabrications, fittings,joints, attachment to sheet metal work and installation shall be in strict conformance with the applicable SMACNA HDCS. B. Routing of Ductwork. Avoid all structural supports and coordinate work with work of other trades. C Offsets in Ductwork: Drawings do not show all offsets which may be required. Make offsets with fittings with as small angle of offset as possible. D. Ductwork Cleaning- Thoroughly clean all debris from the inside of all ductwork. Blow free all small particles of rubbish and dust. 1. Ductwork shall be maintained clean and dry from fabrication through field installation Open ends shall be sealed with plastic at the end of each workday. Maintain sealing procedure until installation is completed. 2. Damaged, wet, and dirty ductwork shall be removed from site. E. Seal all ducts and equipment connections as required by the indicated seal class Use duct sealant or gaskets. Do not use duct tape. 3.02 PRESSURE TESTING FOR LEAKAGE No pressure testing is required. Visible and audible leaks perceptible to the Architect shall be sealed. END OF SECTION 15880 Service Club Ballfield 15880-3 Ductwork and Accessories Restroom and Concession Building ■ SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Supporting devices for electrical components. 2. Electrical identification. 3. Electricity-metering components. 4. Concrete equipment bases. 5 Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 6. Touchup painting 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For electricity-metering equipment. B Shop Drawings: Dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts of electricity- metering equipment C. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 COORDINATION Service Club Ballfield Section 16050 - 1 Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building A. Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow. 1. Set inserts and sleeves in poured-in-place concrete, masonry work, and other structural components as they are constructed. B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the building. C. Coordinate electrical service connections to components furnished by utility companies. 1. Coordinate installation and connection of exterior underground and overhead utilities and services, including provision for electricity-metering components 2. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and of utility company providing electrical power and other services D. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by finished surfaces. E. Where electrical identification devices are applied to field-finished surfaces, coordinate installation of identification devices with completion of finished surface. F. Where electrical identification markings and devices will be concealed by acoustical ceilings and similar finishes, coordinate installation of these items before ceiling installation. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Material: Cold-formed steel, with corrosion-resistant coating acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction B. Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations: Hot-dip galvanized steel. C. Slotted-Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch- (14- mm-) diameter slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches (50 mm) o.c., in webs. 1. Channel Tluckness Selected to suit structural loading. 2. Fittings and Accessories: Products of the same manufacturer as channel supports. 3. Fittings and Accessory Materials Same as channels and angles, except metal items shall be stainless steel when used outside. Service Club Ballfield Section 16050—2 Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building D. Raceway and Cable Supports- Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring- steel clamps or click-type hangers. E. Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. F. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit. Factory-fabncated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in riser conduits Plugs have number and size of conductor gripping holes as required to suit individual risers. Body constructed of malleable-iron casting with hot-dip galvanized finish. G. Expansion Anchors: Carbon-steel wedge or sleeve type. H. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. 2.2 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Identification Devices: A single type of identification product for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications. B. Underground Warning Tape: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-pnnted, vinyl tape with the following features: 1. Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick(150 min wide by 0.102 mm thick). 2. Compounded for permanent direct-burial service. 3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core. 4. Printed legend that indicates type of underground line. C. Tape Markers for Wire- Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers and letters. D. Engraved-Plastic Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates- Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners 1/16-inch (1 6-mm) mmimum thickness for signs up to 20 sq in (129 sq cm) and 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) minimum thickness for larger sizes. Engraved legend in black letters on white background. E. Interior Warning and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145. Prepnnted, aluminum, baked-enamel-finish signs, punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application F Exterior Warning and Caution Signs: Comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910.145. Weather-resistant, nonfading, prepnnted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch (1-mm), galvanized-steel backing, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the application 1/4-inch (6-mm) grommets in corners for mounting. Service Club Ballfield Section 16050—3 Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building G. Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or No. 10/32 stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. 2.3 EQUIPMENT FOR UTILITY COMPANY'S ELECTRICITY METERING A. Current-Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company. B. Meter Sockets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company. 2.4 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Forms and Reinforcement Materials: As specified in Division 3 Section 03311 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." B. Concrete: 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive strength as specified in Division 3 Section 03311 "Cast-in-Place Concrete " 2.5 TOUCHUP PAINT A. For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish B Galvanized Surfaces• Zinc-rich paint recommended by item manufacturer. PART EXECUTION 3 1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Headroom Maintenance- If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom. B. Materials and Components: Install level,plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, unless otherwise indicated. C. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations D. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION Service Club Ballfield Section 16050—4 Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building A. Damp Locations and Outdoors: Stainless steel, U-channel system components. B. Dry Locations: Steel materials. C. Support Clamps for PVC Raceways- Click-type clamp system. D. Selection of Supports- Comply with manufacturer's wntten instructions. E. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least four; minnnum of 200-lb(90-kg) design load. 3.3 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components. B. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for securing hanger rods and conduits. C. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket-type hangers. D. Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future E. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable-iron pipe hangers or clamps. F. Install 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated. G. Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of raceways and enclosed conductors is carried entirely by raceway supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals. H. Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors. I. Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support. Support sheet-metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers. If bar hangers are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved fastener not more than 24 inches (610 mm) from the box J. Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets, panel boards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices unless components are mounted directly to structural elements of adequate strength K. Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless core-dnlled holes are used Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of Service Club Ballfield Section 16050—5 Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building masonry and fire-rated gypsum walls and of all other fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls. L. Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other , fastening methods are indicated: 1. Wood: Fasten with wood screws or screw-type nails. 2. Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry units. 3. New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts. 4. Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts 34 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES A Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for electrical identification with corresponding designations indicated in the Contract Documents or required by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project C. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean and dry surfaces before applying. , D. Identify raceways and cables with color banding as follows: 1. Bands: Pretensioned, snap-around, colored plastic sleeves or colored adhesive marking tape Make each color band 2 inches (51 min) wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 2. Band Locations- At changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot (15-m) maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot (8-m) maximum intervals in congested areas 3. Colors: As follows: a. Fire Alann System: Red. b. Security System- Blue and yellow. C. Telecommunication System Green and yellow. E. Install continuous underground plastic markers during trench backfilling, for exterior underground power, control, signal, and communication lines located directly above power and communication lines. Locate 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below finished grade. If width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope does not exceed 16 inches (400 mm), overall, use a single line marker. F. Color-code 208/120-V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors throughout the secondary electrical system as follows: Service Club Ballfield Section 16050—6 Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building 1. Phase A: Black. ' 2. Phase B Red. 3. Phase C• Blue. I G. Color-code 480/277-V system secondary service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors throughout the secondary electrical system as follows: ' 1. Phase A• Yellow. 2. Phase B• Brown. 3. Phase C• Orange. H. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where required to comply with 29 CFR, Chapter XVII, Part 1910 145, and where needed to ensure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install engraved plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. Install metal-backed butyrate signs for outdoor items. 3.5 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to cable and raceway penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to achieve fire-resistance rating of the assembly Firestoppmg materials and installation requirements shall meet code and local AHJ requirements. 3.6 CONCRETE BASES A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches (100 mm) larger, in both directions, than supported unit Follow supported equipment manufacturer's anchorage recommendations and setting templates for anchor-bolt and tie locations, unless otherwise indicated. Use 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 3 Section 03311 "Cast-m-Place Concrete." 37 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved. Service Club Ballfield Section 16050—7 Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following: , 1. Supporting devices for electrical components. 2. Electrical identification. 3. Electricity-metering components. 4. Concrete bases. 5. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 6. Touchup painting. 3.9 REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING A Refinish and touch up paint. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 9 Section 09900 "Painting." I. Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location. 2. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of successive coats. 3. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. ' 4. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish Remove burrs, dirt,paint spots, and construction debris. B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 16050—8 Materials and Methods Restroom and Concession Building i SECTION 16051 EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ' PART GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 12 SUMMARY A. Prior to bidding, existing systems and systems adjacent to the work shall be investigated thoroughly. Any damage resulting from performance of work under this contract shall be repaired to assure continuing operation and integrity during and at completion of the project at no increase in contract cost Any existing wiring serving devices to remain in service and which is interrupted by work performed under this contract shall be rerouted to maintain circuit continuity. 1.1 EXISTING SYSTEMS CONCEALED A. The electrical drawings show portions of the existing electrical systems which are to remain, be removed or be modified as a part of the Contractor's work. Concealed features of the existing systems are derived from record drawings and the Engineer's best judgment of the configuration, but no guarantee is made as to their correctness. ' B. The Contractor shall inspect the existing installation prior to bidding and shall make his own judgment as to the work required to provide a complete installation and demolition within the intent of the contract documents. ' 1.4 EXISTING SYSTEM DRAWINGS A. The drawings show portions of the existing systems which are derived from record drawings. The drawings are incomplete and no guarantee is made to their correctness 1.7 PREMIUM TIME ' A. Premium time shall be included in the Base Bid for electrical system(s) outages and for other work as required by the schedule, as shown on the drawings and as noted in other Divisions of the specifications. Service Club Ballfield Section 16051 — I Existing Electrical Systems Restroom and Concession Building PART PRODUCTS 2.1 EXISTING MATERIALS , A. All materials which are a part of the building shall remain the property of the Owner. , 2.2 EXISTING RACEWAYS ' A. The Contractor may reuse the existing raceways if no other systems occupy the raceway, raceways and enclosures are electrically and mechanically continuous and new ' wiring is provided. No warranty is made and the Contractor shall assume the risk of using existing outlet boxes and raceway systems. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Examine the structure, building, and conditions under which electrical work is to be installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of electrical work Do not proceed with work until deficiencies or detrimental conditions have been corrected Report deficiencies or detrimental conditions of existing electrical work which might be unsuitable to connect with or receive other work. Failure to so report shall constitute acceptance of other work as being fit and proper for the reception of electrical work. 3.2 EXISTING SYSTEMS MAINTAINED A. General ' 1. Reroute existing circuits that are interrupted as a result of this contract that serve devices to remain in service. B. Trace out and identify loads and systems being served. C. Provide temporary wiring, schedule outage and reconnect loads to temporary wiring. D. Provide new wiring in new location. E. Schedule outage, disconnect temporary wiring, and connect loads to new wiring. F. Trace out and identify device and systems being served. G. Provide temporary wiring to maintain operation of system throughout facility. 1 H. Schedule outage and connect to temporary wiring and test system. Service Club Ballfield Section 16051 —2 Existing Electrical Systems , Restroom and Concession Building I. Provide new wiring and new equipment in project area. J. Schedule outage, disconnect temporary wiring and connect new wiring and new equipment and test system. 3.3 ACCESS TO PERFORM WORK A. Carefully remove, store or temporarily hang and re-install in undamaged condition all electrical equipment, lighting fixtures and ceiling tiles where access to perform work is required. Clean prior to re-installation. 3.4 POWER OUTAGES A. Scheduled Outages. The facility will continue its normal operation during the construction work; therefore it is required that the Contractor schedule electrical system(s) outages with the Owner. Electrical system(s) outages to Owner occupied areas shall not be permitted from 7.00 am to 6.00 p.m on any day of the week. Submit a written request for a power outage at least one week in advance identifying the areas, and systems that will be affected, time and duration of the power outage. The Contractor shall receive written authorization to proceed with the outage and shall re- notify the Owner verbally at least one hour prior to the outage and also notify the Owner when the outage is completed. ' B. Unscheduled Outages. In the event that the Contractor's work causes or contributes to an unscheduled system(s) outage (or other system fault), the Contractor is responsible for nrnmediately correcting the problem. Included (as examples) shall be any premium time required to stay on the job site until problem is corrected and air freight for parts not locally available. If the Contractor fails to correct the problem, the Owner's cost of correcting the problem shall be deducted from the Contractor's contract amount C. Removal or relocation of existing panelboards. Prior to work, trace out and identify each branch circuit and feeder circuit Temporarily re-feed branch circuits and feeder circuits that serve loads in occupied areas Outages for each branch circuit shall not be more than 20 minutes. Remove or relocate the panel board Move feeders and circuits to relocated or new panelboards Outages shall not be more than 20 minutes END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 16051 —3 Existing Electrical Systems Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART1 GENERAL ' 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.2 SUMMARY ' A. This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data For each type of product indicated. ' B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Ground rods. ' C. Field Test Reports: Submit written test reports to include the following: 1. Test procedures used. ' 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, ' and marked for intended use. 1. Comply with UL 467. PART 2 PRODUCTS Service Club Ballfield Section 16060— 1 Grounding and Bonding Restroom and Concession Building 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Grounding Conductors, Cables, Connectors, and Rods: , a. Apache Grounding/Enco Inc b. Boggs, Inc. ' C. Chance/Hubbell. d. Copperweld Corp. ' e. Dossert Corp. f. Enco Inc.; Electrical Products Group. g. Framatome ConnectorsBumdy Electrical. ' h Galvan Industries, Inc. 1. Harger Lightning Protection, Inc. j. Hastings Fiber Glass Products, Inc. ' k Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co. 1. Ideal Industries,Inc. in. ILSCO. ' n. Kearney/Cooper Power Systems. o. Korns: C C. Koms Co.; Division of Robroy Industries. p. Lightning Master Corp. ' q. Lyncole XIT Grounding. r. O-Z/Gedney Co ; a business of the EGS Electrical Group. S. Raco, Inc.; Division of Hubbell. ' t. Robbins Lightning, Inc U. Salisbury- W H. Salisbury & Co. V. Superior Grounding Systems, Inc. ' W. Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 2.2 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ' A. For insulated conductors, comply with Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables " B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation. C. Isolated Ground Conductors- Insulated with green-colored insulation with yellow ' stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, use colored tape, alternating bands of green and yellow tape to provide a minimum of three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Grounding Electrode Conductors- Stranded cable. E. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded,unless otherwise indicated. F. Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following: Service Club Ballfield Section 16060— 2 Grounding and Bonding Restroom and Concession Building ' I Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. ' 2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. ' G. Copper Bonding Conductors- As follows: 1. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG copper conductor, 1/4 inch ' (6 4 mm) in diameter 2. Bonding Conductor- No 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor. 3. Bonding Jumper Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (42 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.5 min)thick. 4. Tinned Bonding Jumper- Tinned-copper tape, braided copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (42 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) thick. H. Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section, with ' insulators. 2.3 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A. Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items. B Bolted Connectors: Bolted-pressure-type connectors, or compression type. C. Welded Connectors- Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer's written instructions. 24 GROUNDING ELECTRODES 1 A. Ground Rods- Copper-clad steel. 1. Size: 3/4 by 120 inches (19 by 3000 mm) in diameter. B Test Wells: Provide handholes as specified in Division 2 Section "Underground Ducts and Utility Structures " PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 APPLICATION A. In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors. B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections, except those at test wells. Service Club Ballfield Section 16060— 3 Grounding and Bonding Restroom and Concession Building C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps. D. Ground Rod Clamps at Test Wells: Use bolted pressure clamps with at least two bolts. , E. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing ' service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Use insulated spacer, space 1 inch (25.4 mm) from wall and support from wall 6 , inches (150 min) above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated 2. At doors, route the bus up to the top of the door frame, across the top of the doorway, and down to the specified height above the floor ' 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment ' grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated. B. Install equipment grounding conductors in all feeders and circuits. C. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an equipment grounding conductor in nonmetallic ' raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data cables. D. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits- Install an equipment grounding conductor to duct- mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners and heaters. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct ' E. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater, heat-tracing, and antifrost heating ' cable Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. F. Signal and Communication Systems: For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other ' communication systems, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to service location. 1. Wrong Closet. Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-2-by-12-inch (6 4-by- ' 50-by-300-mm)grounding bus mounted on terminal board. Mount at 18" a f.£ G. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures- Provide a grounding electrode in ' addition to installing a separate equipment grounding conductor with supply branch- circuit conductors. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Ground Rods- Install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes. ' Service Club Ballfield Section 16060— 4 Grounding and Bonding Restroom and Concession Building 1. Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating. B. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless ' otherwise indicated Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance. D Metal Water Service Pipe- Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connectors. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor to street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. E. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water ' meters. Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors. F. Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding ' conductors of associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Use braided-type bonding straps. G. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from equipment shutoff valve. ' H. Install one test well for each service at the ground rod electrically closest to the service entrance. Set top of well flush with finished grade or floor. 3.4 CONNECTIONS ' A. General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series ' 2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. Service Club Ballfield Section 16060— 5 Grounding and Bonding Restroom and Concession Building i 3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. ' 4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent ' future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C. Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding lugs No 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors. ' D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations- If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each , conduit with a grounding bushing Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, , unless otherwise indicated. E. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression-type connectors on conductors and make ' bolted- and clamped-type connections between conductors and ground rods F. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. G. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct ' circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor H. Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing- Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has , been energized, test for compliance with requirements 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground- resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, Service Club Ballfield Section 16060— 6 Grounding and Bonding Restroom and Concession Building ! and at ground test wells. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the ! fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. 3. Provide drawings locating each ground rod and ground rod assembly and other grounding electrodes, identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results Describe measures taken to improve test results. Ia. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less. 10 ohms. b. Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. ' 4. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground ! resistance. END OF SECTION i ! 1 i ! 1 1 1 Service Club Ballfield Section 16060— 7 Grounding and Bonding Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 16080 ELECTRICAL TESTING PART1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general requirements for electrical field testing and inspecting. Detailed requirements are specified in each Section containing components that require testing. General requirements include the following: 1. Suitability of test equipment. 2. Calibration of test instruments. 3. Coordination requirements for testing and inspecting. 4. Reporting requirements for testing and inspecting ' 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: As specified in each Section containing electrical testing requirements and in subparagraph and associated subparagraph below ' B Test Equipment Suitability: Comply with NETA ATS, Section 5 2. C. Test Equipment Calibration- Comply with NETA ATS, Section 5.3. PART 2 NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. If a group of tests are specified to be performed by an independent testing agency, prepare systems, equipment, and components for tests and inspections, and perform preliminary tests to ensure that systems, equipment, and components are ready for independent agency testing. Include the following minimum preparations as appropriate: Service Club Ballfield Section 16080— 1 Electrical Testing Restroom and Concession Building 1. Perform insulation-resistance tests. 2. Perform continuity tests. 3. Perform rotation test for motors. 4. Provide a stable source of single-phase, 208/120-V electrical power for test instrumentation at each test location. B. Test and Inspection Reports: In addition to requirements specified elsewhere, report the following: 1. Manufacturer's written testing and inspecting instructions. 2. Calibration and adjustment settings of adjustable and interchangeable devices , involved in tests. 3. Tabulation of expected measurement results made before measurements. 4. Tabulation of"as-found" and "as-left" measurement and observation results END OF SECTION i i i I 1 1 i i i i Service Club Ballfield Section 16080—2 Electrical Testing ' Restroom and Concession Building # SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. # 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field Quality-Control Test Reports: From Contractor. # 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS jA. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: Service Club Ballfield Section 16120— 1 Conductors and Cables Restroom and Concession Building 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2.2 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES , A. Available Manufacturers- 1. Alcan Aluminum Corporation, Alcan Cable Div. 2. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 3. General Cable Corporation. 4. Senator Wire & Cable Company. 5. Southwire Company. B. Refer to Part 3 "Conductor and Insulation Applications" Article for insulation type, cable construction, and ratings C. Conductor Material: Copper complying with NEMA WC 5 or 7; solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. D. Conductor Insulation Types: Type THW or THHN-THWN; XHHW complying with NEMA WC 5 or 7. E. Multiconductor Cable: Metal-clad cable, Type MC with ground wire Provide with manufacturer applied exterior cable identification Exterior conductor identification shall by color coding, continuous along the length of the cable, and shall identify wire types and quantities within cable assembly. 23 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES , A. Available Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc 2. AMP Incorporated/Tyco International. , 3. Hubbell/Anderson 4. O-Z/Gedney, EGS Electrical Group LLC. 5. 3M Company; Electrical Products Division. B. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS , Service Club Ballfield Section 16120 —2 Conductors and Cables Restroom and Concession Building A. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. B. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. C. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. D. Exposed Branch Circuits, including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. E. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. F. Underground Feeders and Branch Circuits: Type XHHW, single conductors in raceway for feeders; Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway for branch circuits G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Walls: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway or metal clad,type MC Cable. H. Class 1 Control Circuits. Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. I. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors,unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 16 Section 16050 'Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." F. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 16 Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." I3.3 CONNECTIONS Service Club Ballfield Section 16120—3 Conductors and Cables Restroom and Concession Building A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches (300 mm) of S slack. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing- Perform the following field quality-control testing• 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been ' energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters. B. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements END OF SECTION i 1 ' i Service Club Ballfield Section 16120—4 Conductors and Cables , Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART1 GENERAL a1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY i A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 16 Section 'Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for supports, anchors, and identification products 2. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes and for floor- box service fittings 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT- Electrical metallic tubing. B. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. C. IMC• Intermediate metal conduit. D. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. E. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. F. RNC• Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets Service Club Ballfield Section 16130 - 1 Raceways and Boxes Restroom and Concession Building 4 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of raceways, boxes, enclosures, cabinets, and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection- 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2.2 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING i A. Available Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Alflex Inc. 3. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 4. Electri-Flex Co. 5. Grinnell Co./Tyco International; Allied Tube and Conduit Div. 6. LTV Steel Tubular Products Company. 7. O-Z Gedney; Unit of General Signal. B. Rigid Steel Conduit- ANSI C80.1. r C IMC: ANSI C80 6. D Plastic-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. E. Plastic-Coated IMC and Fittings- NEMA RN 1. Service Club Ballfield Section 16130—2 Raceways and Boxes Restroom and Concession Building F. EMT and Fittings: ANSI C80.3. 1. Fittings: Compression type. G. FMC: Zinc-coated steel. H. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. I. Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit and tubing materials. 23 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Available Manufacturers: 1. American International. 2. Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 3. Amco Corp 4. Cantex Inc 5. Certainteed Corp., Pipe & Plastics Group. 6. Condux International. 7. ElecSYS, Inc. 8. Electn-Flex Co 9. Lamson& Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 11. RACO, Division of Hubbell, Inc. 12. Spiralduct, Inc/AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 13. Thomas & Betts Corporation. B. RNC• NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC. C. RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. D. LFNC• UL 1660. 2.4 METAL WIREWAYS A. Manufacturers: 1. Hoffinan. 2. Square D. B. Material and Construction: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated,NEMA 1. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. Service Club Ballfield Section 16130—3 Raceways and Boxes Restroom and Concession Building D. Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to comply with NFPA 70. E. Wireway Covers- Screw-cover type or as indicated. F. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.5 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Manufacturers: 1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2. Emerson/General Signal, Appleton Electric Company. 3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. 4. Hoffman. 5. Hubbell, Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. 6. O-Z/Gedney; Unit of General Signal 7. RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc. 8. Robroy Industries, Inc., Enclosure Division. 9. Scott Fetzer Co., Adalet-PLM Division. 10 Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. 11. Thomas & Betts Corporation. 12. Walker Systems, Inc., Wiremold Company(The). 13. Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary. B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes- NEMA FB 1, Type FD, with gasketed cover. , D. Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular. E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. F. Hinged-Cover Enclosures- NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. 1. Metal Enclosures- Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. G. Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboards. Include metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage and include accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. Service Club Ballfield Section 16130—4 Raceways and Boxes Restroom and Concession Building 2.6 FACTORY FINISHES A. Finish: For raceway, enclosures, or cabinet components, provide manufacturer's standard prime-coat finish ready for field painting. B. Finish: For raceway, enclosures, or cabinet components, provide manufacturer's standard gray paint applied to factory-assembled surface raceways, enclosures, and cabinets before shipping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Indoors: 1. Exposed: EMT. 2. Concealed- EMT. 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Dnven Equipment) FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 4. Damp or Wet Locations- Rigid steel conduit. 5. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except as follows: a. Damp or Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel. B. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size (DN 21) for power, 1-inch trade size for telecomm/data C. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits- Use only fittings approved for use with that material Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits. ID. Do not install aluminum conduits embedded in or in contact with concrete. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Keep raceways at least 6 inches (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes Install horizontal raceway runs above water and waste piping. B Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation Service Club Ballfield Section 16130—5 Raceways and Boxes Restroom and Concession Building i C. Support raceways as specified in Division 16 Section 'Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." D. Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways. E. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance, considering type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated. H. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle 1/3 of slab thickness where practical and leave at least 2 inches (50 mm) of concrete cover. 1. Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. 2. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. 3. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size (DN 27) parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 4. Change from nonmetallic tubing to Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit, rigid steel conduit, or IMC before rising above the floor I. Install exposed raceways parallel or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members and follow surface contours as much as possible 1. Run parallel or banked raceways together on common supports. 2. Make parallel bends in parallel or banked runs. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways. J. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints tight. K. Terminations: 1. Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside box 2. Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into hub so end bears against wire protection shoulder Where chase Service Club Ballfield Section 16130—6 Raceways and Boxes Restroom and Concession Building nipples are used, align raceways so coupling is square to box; tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed. L. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-1b (90-kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each end of pull wire. M. Telephone and Signal System Raceways, 2-Inch Trade Size (DN 53) and Smaller: In addition to above requirements, install raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet (45 m) and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements N. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC may be used 6 inches (150 mm) above the floor. Install screwdriver- operated, threaded plugs flush with floor for future equipment connections. O. Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections. P. Surface Raceways: Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction box supplying raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals Q. Set floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. R. Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer 2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer 3.4 CLEANING A. After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished raceways and boxes, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 16130—7 Raceways and Boxes Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Single and duplex receptacles, and ground-fault circuit interrupters. 2. Single- and double-pole snap switches and dimmer switches. 3. Device wall plates 13 DEFINITIONS A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B. GFCI• Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C. PVC Polyvinyl chloride D. RFI: Radio-frequency interference. E. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. F. UTP• Unshielded twisted pair. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for pre- marking wall plates. C. Field quality-control test reports 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Service Club Ballfield Section 16140— 1 Wiring Devices Restroom and Concession Building A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a single manufacturer. B Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Receptacles for Owner-Furmshed Equipment: Match plug configurations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Wiring Devices: a. Bryant Electric, Inc/Hubbell Subsidiary. b. Eagle Electric Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems d. Levrton Mfg. Company Inc. e. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div. 2.2 RECEPTACLES A. Straight-Blade-Type Receptacles. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, DSCC W-C-596G, and UL 498. B. Straight-Blade and Locking Receptacles: Heavy-Duty grade. C. GFCI Receptacles: Straight blade, non-feed-through type, Hospital grade, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R duplex receptacle; complying with UL 498 and UL 943. Design units for installation in a 2-3/4-inch- (70-mm-) deep outlet box without an adapter. 2.3 SWITCHES A. Single- and Double-Pole Switches: Comply with DSCC W-C-896F and UL 20 Service Club Ballfield Section 16140—2 Wiring Devices Restroom and Concession Building B Snap Switches: Heavy-Duty grade, quiet type. 2.4 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices unless noted otherwise on plans 1. Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: 0 035-inch-thick, satin-finished stainless steel. 3. Material for Unfinished Spaces 0 035-inch-thick, satin-finished stainless steel 4. Material for Wet Locations: Cast aluminum with spring-loaded lift cover, and listed and labeled for use in "wet locations." 2.5 FINISHES A. Color: 1. Wiring Devices: As selected by Architect, unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install devices and assemblies level, plumb, and square with building lines. B. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. C. Remove wall plates and protect devices and assemblies during painting. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 16 Section 'Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" 1. Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." Service Club Bailfield Section 16140—3 Wiring Devices Restroom and Concession Building B. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 34 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. After installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements 2. Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 16140—4 Wiring Devices Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS (600 V AND LESS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of dry-type transformers rated 600 V and less, with capacities up to 1000 kVA- 1. Distribution transformers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Include rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum clearances, installed devices and features, and performance for each type and size of transformer indicated B. Shop Drawings- Wiring and connection diagrams. C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that transformer assembly and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 16 Section "Seismic Controls for Electrical Work " Include the following 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified " b. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit- Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. Service Club Ballfield Section 16461- 1 Dry-Type Transformers Restroom and Concession Building D. Source quality-control test reports. E. Output Settings Reports: Record of tap adjustments specified in Part 3. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with IEEE C 57.12.91. C. Energy-Efficient Transformers Rated 15 kVA and Larger: Certified as meeting NEMA TP 1, Class 1 efficiency levels when tested according to NEMA TP 2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated-type unit, throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and when transformer is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3 B. Coordinate installation of wall-mounting and structure-hanging supports PART2 -PRODUCTS t 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Square D/Groupe Schneider NA. 2. Cutler-Hammer. 3. GE Electrical Distribution& Control. 4. Siemens Energy &Automation, Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS Service Club Ballfield Section 16461-2 Dry-Type Transformers Restroom and Concession Building A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service. B. Cores: Grain-oriented,non-aging silicon steel. C. Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps. 1. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type. 2. Coil Material: Copper. 2.3 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with NEMA ST 20, and list and label as complying with UL 1561. B. Provide transformers that are internally braced to withstand seismic forces specified in Division 16 Section "Seismic Controls for Electrical Work." C. Cores: One leg per phase. D. Enclosure: Ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2. E. Indoor Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA 250 for "Indoor Corrosion Protection." 1. Finish Color: Gray F. Insulation Class: 220 deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150 deg C rise above 40 deg C ambient temperature. G. Taps for Transformers 7.5 to 24 kVA: One 5 percent tap above and one 5 percent tap below normal full capacity. H. Taps for Transformers 25 kVA and Larger- Two 2.5 percent taps above and four 2.5 percent taps below normal full capacity. I. K-Factor Rating: Transformers indicated to be K-factor rated shall comply with UL 1561 requirements for nonsinusoidal load current-handling capability to the degree defined by designated K-factor 1. Unit shall not overheat when carrying full-load current with harmonic distortion corresponding to designated K-factor 2. Indicate value of K-factor on transformer nameplate J. Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and inspect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.91. ; Service Club Ballfield Section 16461-3 Dry-Type Transformers Restroom and Concession Building B. Factory Sound-Level Tests: Conduct sound-level tests on equipment for this Project. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure- and ambient-temperature requirements for each transformer B. Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions C. Examine walls and floors for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be installed. D Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install wall-mounting transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by transformer manufacturer. 1. Brace wall-mounting transformers as specified in Division 16 Section "Seismic Controls for Electrical Work." B. Install floor-mounting transformers level on floor 1. Anchor transformers to floor according to manufacturer's written instructions, seismic codes at Project, and requirements in Division 16 Section "Seismic Controls for Electrical Work." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding " B. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4 ADJUSTING Service Club Ballfield Section 16461-4 Dry-Type Transformers Restroom and Concession Building A. Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 10 percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage tmnus 5 percent Submit recording and tap settings as test results. B. Adjust buck-boost transformers to provide nameplate voltage of equipment being served, plus or minus 5 percent, at secondary terminals C Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 16461- 5 Dry-Type Transformers Restroom and Concession Building SECTION 16511 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes interior lighting fixtures, lighting fixtures mounted on exterior building surfaces lamps, ballasts, emergency lighting units, and accessories. B. Related Sections include the following. 1. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices" for manual wall-box dimmers for incandescent lamps. 12 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture scheduled, arranged in order of fixture designation Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: 1 Physical description of fixture, including dimensions and verification of indicated parameters. 2. Emergency lighting unit battery and charger. 3. Fluorescent and high-intensity-discharge ballasts. 4. Lamps B. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plan(s) and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1. Suspended ceiling components. 2. Structural members to which lighting-fixture suspension systems will be attached. 3. Other items in finished ceiling, including the following: a. Air outlets and inlets. b. Speakers. C. Sprinklers. d Access panels. 4. Perimeter moldings. Service Club Ballfield Section 16511 — 1 Interior Lighting Restroom and Concession Building C. Samples for Verification- For interior lighting fixtures as requested by architect and/or engineer. D. Field quality-control test reports E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide three copies for lighting equipment and fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1. Catalog data for each fixture. Include the diffuser, ballast, and lamps installed in that fixture. F. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. 2.2 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS A. Description: Unless otherwise indicated, features include the following. 1. Designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated at full light output. 2. Provide the necessary quantity of ballasts, per fixture, for switching schemes identified on plans. 3. Sound Rating: A or better unless otherwise indicated. 4. Ballasts for Linear Lamps: Electronic type, unless otherwise indicated. Include the following added features: Service Club Ballfield Section 16511 —2 Interior Lighting Restroom and Concession Building a. Certified Ballast Manufacturer Certification: Indicated by label. b. Encapsulation- Without voids in potting compound. C. Parallel Lamp Circuits: Multiple lamp ballasts connected to maintain full light output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail. 5. Ballasts for Compact Lamps Electronic or electromagnetic, fully encapsulated in potting compound, and with the following features. 6. Power Factor 90 percent, minimum. 7. Operating Frequency for Electronic Ballasts: 20 kHz or higher 8. Flicker: Less than 5 percent. 9. Electronic Ballast Interference- Comply with 47 CFR, Chapter 1, Part 18, Subpart C for limitations on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for nonconsumer equipment 10 Ballasts for Dimmer-Controlled Fixtures- Comply with general and fixture- related requirements above for electronic ballasts. a. Compatibility: Certified by manufacturer for use with specific fluorescent dimming system indicated b. Electromagnetic-Interference Filters- A component of fixture assembly. Suppress conducted electromagnetic-interference as required by MIL-STD- 461 D. Fabricate lighting fixtures with one filter for each ballast. 11. Ballasts for Low-Temperature Environments: As follows: a. Temperatures 0 Deg F (Minus 17 Deg C) and Above: Electronic or electromagnetic type rated for 0 deg F (minus 17 deg C) starting temperature. b. Temperatures Minus 20 Deg F (Minus 29 Deg C) and Above: Electromagnetic type designed for use with high-output lamps. 2.3 HIGH-INTENSITY-DISCHARGE LAMP BALLASTS A. General- Comply with ANSI C82 4. Features include the following unless otherwise indicated. I. Type- Epoxy-encapsulatedconstant wattage autotransformer or regulating high- power-factor type, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Minimum Starting Temperature Minus 22 deg F (Minus 30 deg C) for single lamp ballasts. 3. Normal Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg F (40 deg Q. 4. Open-circuit operation that will not reduce average life B. High-Pressure Sodium Ballasts: Equip with a solid-state igniter/starter having an average life in pulsing mode of 10,000 hours at an igniter/starter case temperature of 90 deg C. 2.4 LIGHTING FIXTURES Service Club Ballfield Section 16511 —3 Interior Lighting Restroom and Concession Building A. Refer to lighting fixture schedule on drawings. 2.5 LAMPS A. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index: 3500 K and 85 CRI,unless otherwise indicated B. Noncompact Fluorescent Lamp Life: Rated average shall be 20,000 hours at 3 hours per start when used on rapid-start circuits. 2.6 FINISHES A. Fixtures: Manufacturer's standard,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Paint Finish: Applied over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer, free of defects. 2. Metallic Finish: Corrosion resistant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Verify normal operation of each fixture after installation. 2. Emergency Lighting: Interrupt electrical supply to demonstrate proper operation Verify normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal B. Defective and Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components Replace or repair, then retest. Repeat procedure until units are acceptable. C. Report test results in writing. END OF SECTION Service Club Ballfield Section 16511 —4 Interior Lighting Restroom and Concession Building State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Section-Telephone(360)902-5335 PO Box 44540,Olympia,WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here Include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects,workers'wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total A brief description of overtime calculation requirements Is provided on the Benefit Code Key KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-06 etr**t*xx�,ttxx***•r.*�wfnt**.�*��*t«t,ex*,e«**•*,r,r**.**�**:r*r***t**,+x**t*****,r,t,t**tr*t«+r*tei.,e,rwrtt**�**,t*,t+r*******t+tt« (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Cade Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33 46 1N 5D BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33 32 1 BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $4117 1M 5A CABINET MAKERS(IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $16 67 1 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER $40 23 1M 5D BRIDGE,DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $40 07 1M 5D CARPENTER $40 07 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $40 17 1M 5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR $40 22 1M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $40 20 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $40 20 1M 5D FLOOR SANDER $4020 1M 51D MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS $41 07 1M 5D PILEDRIVERS,DRIVING,PULLING,PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $40 27 1M 5D SAWFILER $40 20 1M 5D SHINGLER $40 20 1M 5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $40 20 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $40 20 1M 5D CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $41 11 1M 5D DIVERS&TENDERS DIVER $8319 1M 50 8A DIVER TENDER $3951 1M 5D DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER $40 77 1T 5D 8L ASSISTANT MATE(DECKHAND) $40 28 1T 5D 8L BOATMEN $40 77 1T 5D 8L ENGINEER WELDER $40 82 1T 5D 8L LEVERMAN,HYDRAULIC $42 34 1T 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $40 28 1T 5D 8L MATES $40 77 1T 5D 8L OILER $40 40 1T 5D 8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $40 29 1E 5P ELECTRICAL FIXTURE MAINTENANCE WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $18 69 1 Page 1 KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-06 *wf.,rwwzr�xr.se�.�x**�*•re*i`t•<***�x��z,r•�,r�rr�x�,rx x.�a�x,r*x,rr�*��a,r�:r.�****.x:.■�.«�,ra:�.*xr�x«.�:�xx�x:.x:rre,et*,rxxt* (See Benefd Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ELECTRICIANS-INSIDE CABLE SPLICER $50 60 1D 5A CABLE SPLICER(TUNNEL) $5440 1D 5A CERTIFIED WELDER $4888 1D 5A CERTIFIED WELDER(TUNNEL) $52 50 1D 5A CONSTRUCTION STOCK PERSON $26 72 1D 5A JOURNEY LEVEL $47 15 1D 5A JOURNEY LEVEL(TUNNEL) $50 60 1 D 5A ELECTRICIANS-MOTOR SHOP CRAFTSMAN $15 37 2A 6C JOURNEY LEVEL $14 69 2A 6C ELECTRICIANS-POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER $52 38 4A 5A CERTIFIED LINE WELDER $47 88 4A 5A GROUNDPERSON $34 87 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $36 75 4A 5A HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $47 88 4A 5A JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $36 75 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON $47 88 4A 5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $40 87 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $47 88 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $36 75 4A 5A ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $31 00 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $55 22 4A 60 MECHANIC IN CHARGE $60 60 4A 6Q FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $12 30 2K 5B FENCE ERECTORS FENCE ERECTOR $18 71 1 FENCE LABORER $12 77 1 FLAGGERS JOURNEY LEVEL $28 78 1N 5D GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $4115 1H 5G HEAT&FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $43 68 1s 51 HEATING EQUIPMENT MECHANICS MECHANIC $33 65 1 HOD CARRIERS&MASON TENDERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33 94 1N 5D INDUSTRIAL ENGINE AND MACHINE MECHANICS MECHANIC $15 65 1 INDUSTRIAL POWER VACUUM CLEANER JOURNEY LEVEL $9 07 1 INLAND BOATMEN CAPTAIN $36 83 1K 5B COOK $31 21 1K 5B DECKHAND $3058 1K 5B ENGINEER/DECKHAND $3325 1K 5B MATE,LAUNCH OPERATOR $34 87 1K 5B Page 2 KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-06 «*x+.,+:��:.•xwr*xw*:r**�*:+����:«+*t*****r*x*��.�****+*:�.:.•:,rr rt«***:*+*x***,r*t•*z**:e x•**+*x,rr*,r*x,r.:t rt**x*,t.:t*n (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code INSPECTION/CLEANING/SEALING OF SEWER&WATER SYSTEMS BY REMOTE CONTROL CLEANER OPERATOR,FOAMER OPERATOR $9 73 1 GROUT TRUCK OPERATOR $11 48 1 HEAD OPERATOR $12 78 1 TECHNICIAN $7 63 1 TV TRUCK OPERATOR $10 53 1 INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $40 07 1M 5D IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $44 61 10 5A LABORERS ASPHALT RAKER $33 94 IN 5D BALLAST REGULATOR MACHINE $3346 IN 5D BATCH WEIGHMAN $28 78 1N 5D BRUSH CUTTER $3346 1N 5D BRUSH HOG FEEDER $3346 1N 5D BURNERS $3346 1N 5D CARPENTER TENDER $3346 IN 5D CASSION WORKER $34 30 1N 5D CEMENT DUMPERIPAVING $33 94 IN 5D CEMENT FINISHER TENDER $3346 IN 5D CHANGE-HOUSE MAN OR DRY SHACKMAN $3346 IN 5D CHIPPING GUN(OVER 30 LBS) $33 94 1N 5D CHIPPING GUN(UNDER 30 LBS) $3346 IN 5D CHOKER SETTER $3346 IN 5D CHUCK TENDER $3346 1N 5D CLEAN-UP LABORER $3346 1N 5D CONCRETE DUMPER/CHUTE OPERATOR $33 94 1N 5D CONCRETE FORM STRIPPER $3346 1N 5D CONCRETE SAW OPERATOR $33 94 1N 5D CRUSHER FEEDER $28 78 1N 5D CURING LABORER $3346 1N 5D DEMOLITION,WRECKING&MOVING(INCLUDING CHARRED $3346 1N 5D DITCH DIGGER $3346 1N 5D DIVER $3430 1N 5D DRILL OPERATOR(HYDRAULIC,DIAMOND) $33 94 1N 5D DRILL OPERATOR,AIRTRAC $34 30 1N 5D DUMPMAN $3346 1N 5D EPDXY TECHNICIAN $3346 1N 5D EROSION CONTROL WORKER $3346 1 N 5D FALLER/BUCKER,CHAIN SAW $33 94 1N 5D FINAL DETAIL CLEANUP(i e,dusting,vacuuming,window cleaning,NOT $26 46 1 N 5D construction debris cleanup) FINE GRADERS $3346 1N 5D FIRE WATCH $28 78 1N 5D FORM SETTER $3346 1N 5D GABION BASKET BUILDER $3346 1N 5D GENERAL LABORER $3346 1N 5D GRADE CHECKER&TRANSIT PERSON $33 94 1N 5D GRINDERS $3346 1N 5D GROUT MACHINE TENDER $3346 1N 5D Page 3 KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-06 xxx*:t++e*��x«*,r,r*x•**t**•�rr+*�«.**r+rz*.rrx**x*xx:r*x,t*a,r.*�«xa>zxx:t**x*x*+xxx**x*xx***.**x�*:r**x**a**zzxxx*x**:er+cx (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code GUARDRAIL ERECTOR $3346 IN 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL A $34 30 IN 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL B $33 94 1N 5D HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL C $3346 IN 5D HIGH SCALER $34 30 1N 5D HOD CARRIERIMORTARMAN $33 94 1N 5D JACKHAMMER $33 94 1N 5D LASER BEAM OPERATOR $33 94 IN 5D MANHOLE BUILDER-MUDMAN $33 94 1N 5D MATERIAL YARDMAN $3346 1N 5D MINER $34 30 1N 5D NOZZLEMAN,CONCRETE PUMP,GREEN CUTTER WHEN USING HIGH $33 94 1N 5D PRESSURE AIR&WATER ON CONCRETE&ROCK,SANDBLAST, GUNITE,SHOTCRETE,WATER BLASTER PAVEMENT BREAKER $33 94 1N 5D PILOT CAR $28 78 1N 5D PIPE POT TENDER $33 94 1N 5D PIPE RELINER(NOT INSERT TYPE) $33 94 1N 5D PIPELAYER&CAULKER $33 94 1N 5D PIPELAYER&CAULKER(LEAD) $34 30 1N 5D PIPEWRAPPER $33 94 1N 5D POT TENDER $3346 1N 5D POWDERMAN $34 30 1N 5D POWDERMAN HELPER $3346 1N 5D POWERJACKS $33 94 1N 5D RAILROAD SPIKE PULLER(POWER) $33 94 1N 5D RE-TIMBERMAN $34 30 1N 5D RIPRAP MAN $3346 1N 5D RODDER $33 94 1N 5D SCAFFOLD ERECTOR $3346 1 N 5D SCALE PERSON $3346 1N 5D SIGNALMAN $3346 1N 5D SLOPER(OVER 20") $33 94 IN 5D SLOPER SPRAYMAN $3346 IN 5D SPREADER(GLARY POWER OR SIMILAR TYPES) $33 94 IN 5D SPREADER(CONCRETE) $33 94 IN 5D STAKE HOPPER $3346 1N 5D STOCKPILER $3346 1N 5D TAMPER&SIMILAR ELECTRIC,AIR&GAS $33 94 IN 5D TAMPER(MULTIPLE&SELF PROPELLED) $33 94 IN 5D TOOLROOM MAN(AT JOB SITE) $3346 IN 5D TOPPER-TAILER $3346 1N 50 TRACK LABORER $3346 IN 5D TRACK LINER(POWER) $33 94 IN 5D TRUCK SPOTTER $3346 IN 5D TUGGER OPERATOR $33 94 IN 5D VIBRATING SCREED(AIR,GAS,OR ELECTRIC) $3346 1N 5D VIBRATOR $3394 1N 5D VINYL SEAMER $3346 1N 5D WELDER $3346 1N 5D WELL-POINT LABORER $33 94 1N 5D Page 4 KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-06 rw*t«*«**«•:.,t**«**+*:�*.**,t*****x�.*:,r****x,tx*��x+*r**�***+t*+*x+re���**«:e*�x,rw**«**,r**xwxt**x•x***rr**x�*:t**xt*** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code LABORERS-UNDERGROUND SEWER&WATER GENERAL LABORER $33 46 1N 5D PIPE LAYER $33 94 1N 5D LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $11 07 1 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $10 63 1 LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $8 42 1 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $40 22 1M 5D METAL FABRICATION(IN SHOP) FITTER $15 86 1 LABORER $9 78 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $13 04 1 PAINTER $11 10 1 WELDER $15 48 1 MODULAR BUILDINGS CABINET ASSEMBLY $11 56 1 ELECTRICIAN $11 56 1 EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE $11 56 1 PLUMBER $11 56 1 PRODUCTION WORKER $9 26 1 TOOL MAINTENANCE $11 56 1 UTILITY PERSON $11 56 1 WELDER $1156 1 PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $32 63 213 5A PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $40 58 1R 5A PLAYGROUND&PARK EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS JOURNEY LEVEL $8 42 1 PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $53 39 1G 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $38 42 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE,EXCAVATOR,SHOVEL (3 YD&UNDER) $41 12 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR,SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD&UNDER 6 YD) $41 59 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR,SHOVEL(6 YD AND OVER WITH $42 13 1T 5D 8L BACKHOES, (75 HP&UNDER) $40 71 1T 5D 8L BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $41 12 1T 5D 81- BARRIER MACHINE(ZIPPER) $41 12 1T 5D 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR,CONCRETE $41 12 1T 5D 8L BELT LOADERS(ELEVATING TYPE) $40 71 1T 5D 8L BOBCAT(SKID STEER) $38 42 1T 5D 8L BROOMS $38 42 1T 5D 8L BUMP CUTTER $41 12 1T 5D 8L CABLEWAYS $41 59 1T 5D BL CHIPPER $41 12 1T 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $38 42 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE-LASER SCREED $38 42 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $40 71 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMP-TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $41 12 1T 5D 8L CONVEYORS $40 71 1T 5D 8L Page 5 r� KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-06 **»,r**�**«w.a**.*t«r,ex�*«**w**xs**+****x*a:r,rxx.xxsxx�xz�xr+x***x*a*+xx•�,rwx*****x**+**««,e,r*x,rrxx+*x+**.xxa*xw�*rx (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note , Classification WAGE Code Code Code CRANES, THRU 19 TONS,WITH ATTACHMENTS $40 71 1T 5D 8L CRANES, 20-44 TONS,WITH ATTACHMENTS $41 12 1T 5D 8L CRANES, 45 TONS-99 TONS,UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM(INCLUDING $41 59 1T 5D 8L JIB WITH ATACHMENTS) CRANES,100 TONS-199 TONS,OR 150 FT OF BOOM(INCLUDING JIB $42 13 1T 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES,200 TONS TO 300 TONS,OR 250 FT OF BOOM(INCLUDING JIB $42 68 1T 5D 8L ' WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES,A-FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $38 42 1T 5D 8L CRANES,A-FRAME,OVER 10 TON $40 71 1T 5D 8L CRANES,OVER 300 TONS,OR 300'OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH $43 22 1T 5D 8L ATTACHMENTS CRANES,OVERHEAD,BRIDGE TYPE(20-44 TONS) $41 12 1T 5D 8L CRANES,OVERHEAD,BRIDGE TYPE(45-99 TONS) $41 59 1T 5D 8L CRANES,OVERHEAD,BRIDGE TYPE(100 TONS&OVER) $42 13 1T 5D 81- CRANES,TOWER CRANE UP TO 175'IN HEIGHT,BASE TO BOOM $42 13 1T 5D 8L CRANES,TOWER CRANE OVER 176 IN HEIGHT,BASE TO BOOM $42 68 1T 5D BL CRUSHERS $41 12 1T 5D BL DECK ENGINEERIDECK WINCHES(POWER) $41 12 1T 5D 8L DERRICK,BUILDING $41 59 1T 5D BL DOZERS,D-9&UNDER $40 71 1T 5D 8L DRILL OILERS-AUGER TYPE,TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT $40 71 1T 5D 8L DRILLING MACHINE $41 12 1T 5D 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT,PERMANENT AND SHAFT-TYPE $38 42 1T 5D 8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER(OILER) $40 71 1T 5D BL FINISHING MACHINE/BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP $41 12 1T 5D 8L FORK LIFTS,(3000 LBS AND OVER) $40 71 1T 5D 8L FORK LIFTS,(UNDER 3000 LBS) $38 42 1T 5D 8L GRADE ENGINEER $40 71 1T 5D 8L GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN $38 42 1T 5D 8L GUARDRAIL PUNCH $41 12 1T 5D 8L HOISTS,OUTSIDE(ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS),AIR TUGGERS $40 71 1T 5D 8L HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $40 71 1T 5D 8L HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR $41 12 1T 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS/BOOM TRUCKS(10 TON&UNDER) $38 42 1T 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS/BOOM TRUCKS(OVER 10 TON) $40 71 1T 5D 8L LOADERS,OVERHEAD(6 YD UP TO 8 YD) $41 59 1T 5D 81. LOADERS,OVERHEAD(8 YD&OVER) $42 13 1T 5D 8L LOADERS,OVERHEAD(UNDER 6 YD),PLANT FEED $41 12 1T 5D 8L LOCOMOTIVES,ALL $41 12 1T 5D 8L MECHANICS,ALL $41 59 1T 5D 8L MIXERS,ASPHALT PLANT $41 12 1T 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER(FINISHING) $41 12 1T 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER(NON-FINISHING) $40 71 1T 5D 8L MUCKING MACHINE,MOLE,TUNNEL DRILL AND/OR SHIELD $41 59 1T 5D 8L OIL DISTRIBUTORS,BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING $38 42 1T 5D 8L OPERATOR PAVEMENT BREAKER $38 42 1T 5D 8L PILEDRIVER(OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $41 12 1T 50 8L PLANT OILER(ASPHALT,CRUSHER) $40 71 1T 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER,MECHANICAL $38 42 1T 5D 81. POWER PLANT $38 42 1T 5D 81. PUMPS,WATER $3842 1T 5D 8L Page 6 ,1 KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-06 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxtrxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code QUAD 9,D-10,AND HD-41 $41 59 1T 5D 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING $41 59 1T 5D 8L EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $38 42 1T SD 8L ROLLAGON $41.59 1T 5D 8L ROLLER,OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $38 42 1T 5D 8L ROLLERS,PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS $40 71 1T 5D 8L ROTO-MILL,ROTO-GRINDER $41 12 1T 5D 8L SAWS,CONCRETE $40 71 1T 5D 8L SCRAPERS-SELF PROPELLED,HARD TAIL END DUMP,ARTICULATING $41 12 1T 5D 8L OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT(UNDER 45 YD) SCRAPERS-SELF PROPELLED,HARD TAIL END DUMP,ARTICULATING $41 59 1T 5D BL OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT(45 YD AND OVER) SCRAPERS,CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $40 71 1T 5D 8L SCREED MAN $41 12 1T 5D 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $38 42 1T 5D 8L SLIPFORM PAVERS $41 59 1T 5D 8L SPREADER,TOPSIDE OPERATOR-BLAW KNOX $41 12 1T 5D 8L SUBGRADETRIMMER $41 12 1T 5D 8L TOWER BUCKET ELEVATORS $40 71 1T 5D 8L TRACTORS,(75 HP&UNDER) $40 71 1T 5D 8L TRACTORS,(OVER 75 HP) $41 12 1T 5D 8L TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $41 12 1T 5D 8L TRANSPORTERS,ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $41 59 1T 5D 8L TRENCHING MACHINES $40 71 1T 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER(UNDER 100 TON) $40 71 1T 5D BL TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER(100 TON&OVER) $41 12 1T 5D BL ' TRUCK MOUNT PORTABLE CONVEYER $41 12 1T 5D BL WHEEL TRACTORS,FARMALL TYPE $38 42 1T 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER $41 12 1T 5D 8L POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS-UNDERGROUND SEWER& (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS) POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $34 75 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $33 00 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $33 43 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER $31 10 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON $23 43 4A 5A REFRIGERATION&AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC $5101 1G 5A RESIDENTIAL BRICK&MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $27 05 1 RESIDENTIAL CARPENTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $23 47 1 RESIDENTIAL CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $22 64 1 RESIDENTIAL DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $40 29 1E 5P RESIDENTIAL ELECTRICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $26 24 1 RESIDENTIAL GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27 89 1H 5G Page 7 KING COUNTY Effective 03-03-06 ' w**rx****rx,t**w�:�.:x«*+tw*r«,e,e**�.*****,t*:**x��x�wx.��+**r**«**,r«:r.xx.�*..:,r.xx.xx.�*.+x:+�xx�:.�**t*�trx*xt*,rwx• (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note ' Class cation WAGE Code Code Code RESIDENTIAL INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $17 60 1 RESIDENTIAL LABORERS JOURNEY LEVEL $18 12 1 RESIDENTIAL PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $18 36 1 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $22 95 1 , RESIDENTIAL REFRIGERATION&AIR CONDITIONING JOURNEY LEVEL $5101 IIG 5A RESIDENTIAL SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL(FIELD OR SHOP) $19 48 1 ' RESIDENTIAL SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33 04 1B 5A RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER FITTERS(FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $28 26 1B 5C RESIDENTIAL TERRAZZOITILE FINISHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $26 30 1 RESIDENTIAL TERRAZZOITILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $38 43 1B 5A ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL $34 53 1R 5A USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $37 53 1R 5A SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL(FIELD OR SHOP) $48 22 1E 6L SIGN MAKERS&INSTALLERS(ELECTRICAL) SIGN INSTALLER $23 36 1 SIGN MAKER $16 84 1 SIGN MAKERS&INSTALLERS(NON-ELECTRICAL) SIGN INSTALLER $17 31 1 SIGN MAKER $15 61 1 SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33 04 1 B 5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS , JOURNEY LEVEL $12 44 1 5S SPRINKLER FITTERS(FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $51 09 1H 5C STAGE RIGGING MECHANICS(NON STRUCTURAL) JOURNEY LEVEL $13 23 1 SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON $9 35 1 INSTRUMENT PERSON $11 40 1 PARTY CHIEF $13 40 1 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $22 76 1 TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION-OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER $28 92 2B 5A HOLE DIGGERIGROUND PERSON $16 22 2B 5A INSTALLER(REPAIRER) $27 74 2B 5A JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON $26 90 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER 1 $28 92 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II $28 34 2B 5A Page 8 KING COUNTY ' Effective 03-03-06 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(HEAVY) $28 92 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(LIGHT) $26 90 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $15 39 2B 5A TELEVISION LINEPERSON/INSTALLER $20 45 2B 5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $24 32 28 5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $21 88 2B 5A TREE TRIMMER $26 90 2B 5A TERRAZZO WORKERS&TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $38 43 1B 5A TILE,MARBLE&TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER $3226 1B 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33 40 1K 5A TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX(TO 16 YARDS) $37 94 1T 5D 8L ' ASPHALT MIX(OVER 16 YARDS) $38 52 1T 5D 8L DUMP TRUCK $37 94 1T 5D 8L DUMP TRUCK&TRAILER $38 52 1T 5D 8L OTHER TRUCKS $38 52 1T 5D 8L TRANSIT MIXER $23 45 1 WELL DRILLERS&IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $17 71 1 OILER $12 97 1 WELL DRILLER $17 68 1 Page 9